Upload
others
View
10
Download
0
Embed Size (px)
Citation preview
Elementary
English Curriculum Teacher’s
Manual
Peace Corps Uzbekistan
Tbilisi 2006
�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
ContentsIntroduction......................................................................... 11
SamplePage......................................................................... 13
FIRST YEAR ............................................ 15SuggestedVocabulary........................................................ 16
Semester 1 ........................................................... 17
Class#1: Introductions,theAlphabet,andClassRules................... 17
Class#2: Introductions,theAlphabet(ABC)andClassRulesReview... 17
Class#3: VariationsonGreetings,theAlphabet(DEF),and‘tobe’.... 17
Class#4: VariationsonGreetings,theAlphabet(GHI),and‘tobe’.... 18
Class#5: Greetings,ColorsandAlphabet(JKL)............................ 18
Class#6: Dialogues,ColorsandAlphabet(MNO).......................... 19
Class#7: Dialogues,Colors,NumbersandAlphabet(PQR)............... 20
Class#8: Dialogues,Colors,NumbersandAlphabet(STU)................ 20
Class#9: InformalAssessmentDay.Thisisadayfortheteachertocheckandseehowwellthechildrenarelearning........................................... 21
Class#10: ClassroomCommandsandAlphabet(VWX)...................... 21
Class#11: ClassroomCommandsandAlphabet(YZ)........................ 22
Class#12: ClassroomObjects“Itisa…”...................................... 22
Class#13: ClassroomObjectsand“Whatisit?”............................ 23
Class#14: ClassroomObjects,PluralNouns................................. 23
Class#15: Wrap-up/Review.................................................... 24
Class#16: InformalAssessmentDay........................................... 24
Class#17: EndofSemesterFunDay........................................... 25
Semester 2 ........................................................... 26
Class#1: Reviewallmaterialandteach,“Whoseisit?”.................. 26
Class#2: ClassroomObjectsandPossessiveadjective“MyandYour”.. 26
�
Class#3: ClassroomObjects“Thisis…”“Thatis…”........................ 27
Class#4: ClassroomObjectsandPrepositions“Under,On,andIn”..... 28
Class#5: ClassroomObjectsandPrepositions“Under,On,andIn”..... 29
Class#6: InformalAssessment................................................. 29
Class#7: FamilyWords......................................................... 30
Class#8: FamilyWordsand“Ihavea…”.................................... 31
Class#9: FamilyWordsandtheverb‘tohave’............................. 31
Class#10: FamilyWords:Doyouhavea…?(Yes/No)........................ 32
Class#11: FamilyWords:Doyouhavea…?(Yes,Ihavea…)............... 33
Class#12: Review................................................................. 33
Class#13: Review................................................................. 34
Class#14: InformalAssessment................................................. 35
Class#15,16:HolidayActivities................................................... 35
Semester 3 ........................................................... 36
Class#1: Reviewsemesters1&2.............................................. 36
Class#2: IntroducePartsoftheBody........................................ 36
Class#3: PartsoftheBodyusingplurals.................................... 37
Class#4: PartsoftheBodyandthePossessiveAdjectives‘my’and‘your’............................ 37
Class#5: PartsoftheBody,“Ihavea/an…”(Articleuse)................ 38
Class#6: PartsoftheBody,“Thisis…”“Thatis…”........................ 39
Class#7: PartsoftheBodyandPrepositions(OnandUnder)............ 39
Class#8: PartsoftheBodyandQuestionWords(What,Whose,WhereandWho?)................................. 40
Class#9: Review................................................................. 41
Class#10: InformalAssessment................................................. 41
Class#11: DomesticAnimalVocabulary....................................... 42
Class#12: DomesticAnimals.................................................... 43
Class#13: AnimalswithNumbersandPrepositions......................... 43
Class#14: TalkaboutPets....................................................... 44
Class#15: Review................................................................. 45
Class#16: Review................................................................ 45
Class#17: Assessment............................................................ 46
Class#18: FunDay................................................................ 46
Class#19,20:Catch-upDayorNavruzActivities.............................. 46
Semester 4 ........................................................... 47
Class#1: WildAnimalVocabulary............................................. 47
�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class#2: WildAnimals.......................................................... 47
Class#3: WildAnimals.......................................................... 48
Class#4: Review................................................................ 49
Class#5: InformalAssessment................................................. 49
Class#6: ToysVocabulary...................................................... 50
Class#7: ToyswithPossessiveAdjectives“Itismy…”“Itisyour…”.... 50
Class#8: Toysand“Ihavea…”................................................ 51
Class#9: EndoftheYearAssessment........................................ 51
Class#10: FunDay................................................................ 52
SecondYear ........................................... 53SuggestedVocabulary....................................................... 54
Semester 1 ........................................................... 55
Class#1: Introduction,GooverClassRules,ReviewGreetings.......... 55
Class#2: ReviewGreetings,Alphabet&Numbers,ClassroomWords... 55
Class#3: ReviewToys,Alphabet&Numbers................................ 56
Class#4: ReviewPartsoftheBody,Alphabet&Numbers................. 57
Class#5: ReviewAnimals,Alphabet&Numbers............................ 58
Class#6: ReviewFamily,Alphabet&Numbers............................. 59
Class#7: GeneralReview-Alphabet,Numbers,Colors,Greetings,ClassroomWords,FamilyWords,BodyParts,AnimalsandToys..................................... 60
Class#8: ExtendedFamily.................................................... 60
Class#9: ExtendedFamily,Numbersand‘tohave’....................... 61
Class#10: ExtendedFamilyandAskingQuestions.......................... 62
Class#11: ExtendedFamily,theverb‘tolive’,andthepreposition‘in’............................................ 63
Class#12: Professions/Pronouns,theverbtobe............................ 64
Class#13: PronounsandProfessionsusingFamilyVocabulary&Articles‘a’and‘an’....................... 65
Class#14: Professions,theverbtowork,prepositionsandplacenames..................................... 66
Class#15: Review................................................................. 67
Class#16: Assessment........................................................... 68
Class#17: Halloween............................................................. 69
Semester 2 ........................................................... 70
Class#1: ReviewExtendedFamily,verbtobe.............................. 70
�
Class#2: ReviewProfessions,Prepositions,Nounsandtheverb‘towork’...................................... 71
Class#3: PhysicalAppearance,ReviewBodyParts,theverbs‘tobe’and‘tohave’..................... 72
Class#4: PhysicalAppearanceAdjectivesandtheverbtobeandtohave................................... 73
Class#5: PhysicalAppearance,DescribeSelf............................... 74
Class#6: DescribeFamilyMembersorPetswithpossessiveadjective“my”................................... 74
Class#7: Describeeachother,usepossessiveadjectives................. 75
Class#8: DescribePictures.................................................... 76
Class#9: Review................................................................. 77
Class#10: Assessment........................................................... 78
Class#11-13:Built–inCatchupdays............................................. 79
Class#14,15,16:HolidayActivities(ChristmasandNewYear)............... 79
Semester 3 ........................................................... 80
Class#1: ReviewPhysicalAppearance....................................... 80
Class#2: ReviewPossessiveAdjectives...................................... 80
Class#3: Groundhog’sDay.................................................... 80
Class#4: St.Valentine’sDay.................................................. 80
Class#5: Valentine’sDay...................................................... 81
Class#6: HobbiesVocabularyOverview..................................... 81
Class#7: HobbieswithIliketo,Ienjoy..................................... 82
Class#8: HobbiesVocabularyinGerund..................................... 83
Class#9: SportsVocabularyOverview........................................ 84
Class#10: SportsIliketo…Ienjoy….......................................... 85
Class#11: SportsandgerundIlike…ingandIenjoy….ing.................. 86
Class#12: Interestsvocabularyandverbs.................................... 87
Class#13: Interests,Ilike…orIenjoy…...................................... 88
Class#14: InterestswithgerundIenjoy/like…ingreviewpronouns..... 89
Class#15: Review................................................................. 90
Class#16: Assessment............................................................ 91
Class#17: Woman’sDayActivity............................................... 92
Class#18: StPatrick’sDayActivities.......................................... 92
Class#19,20:HolidayActivities(Navruz)........................................ 92
Semester 4 ........................................................... 93
Class#1: AprilFool’sDayandReview........................................ 93
Class#2: Review................................................................. 93
�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class#3: FoodVocabularyOverview......................................... 93
Class#4: Food&Ilike.......................................................... 94
Class#5: FoodAdjectivesandPrepositions................................. 95
Class#6: FoodQuestionWords-Whatisit?................................ 96
Class#7: YearReview........................................................... 97
Class#8: YearReview........................................................... 97
Class#9: EndoftheYearAssessment........................................ 97
Class#10: FunDay................................................................ 98
ThirdYear ............................................. 99SuggestedVocabulary......................................................100
Semester 1 ......................................................... 101
Class#1: Introduction.........................................................101
Class#2: ReviewClassRules,reviewProfessionsandHobbies..........101
Class#3: ReviewBodyParts,Alphabet&Numbers.......................102
Class#4: ReviewAnimals,Alphabet&Numbers...........................103
Class#5: ReviewFoods........................................................104
Class#6: GeneralReview-Professions,Animals,Food,BodyParts....105
Class#7: ShoppingVocabularyOverview...................................106
Class#8: ShoppingVocabularywithverbsandHowmuch?/Howmany?..........................................107
Class#9: ShoppingandAdjectives...........................................108
Class#10: ShoppingandDegreesofComparison...........................109
Class#11: Shoppingdialoguesand“Which?”................................110
Class#12: ShoppingDialogues.................................................111
Class#13: Catch-upDay........................................................112
Class#14: Review................................................................112
Class#15: Assessment...........................................................113
Class#16,17:Halloween.........................................................113
Semester 2 ......................................................... 114
Class#1: ReviewShopping,BuyingandSelling............................114
Class#2: ClothingVocabularyOverview....................................114
Class#3: Clothingandtheverb“Towear”inpresentcontinuous......115
Class#4: ClothingandDescriptions.........................................116
Class#5: ThanksgivingActivitiesandClothingReview...................117
Class#6: AssessmentandThanksgiving....................................117
�
Class#7: SeasonsandMonthsoftheYear..................................118
Class#8: SeasonDescriptions................................................119
Class#9: WeatherPastTense.................................................120
Class#10: WeatherwithFutureTense........................................121
Class#11: Weatherwithpresentcontinuoustense........................122
Class#12: VerbTensesandtemperatures....................................123
Class#13: Review...............................................................124
Class#14: Assessment...........................................................124
Class#15,16:HolidayActivities(Christmas,NewYear).....................125
Semester 3 ......................................................... 126
Class#1: ReviewClothingandSeasons.....................................126
Class#2: Hourlytimeandclockbasics.....................................127
Class#3: HourlytimeinthePastandFuturetense.......................128
Class#4: HourlyTimePast&FutureTenseusingtheverbs‘tobe’and‘togo’.....................................................................129
Class#5: Valentine’sDay.....................................................130
Class#6: MyDayandVerbs...................................................130
Class#7: MyDay-HygieneLesson...........................................131
Class#8: MyDay,TimeandPresentContinuous...........................131
Class#9: Review................................................................132
Class#10: Assessment...........................................................133
Class#11: MyHouse/ApartmentVocabularyOverview...................134
Class#12: Myroom..............................................................134
Class#13: MyHouse/ApartmentAdjectives.................................135
Class#15: Review................................................................137
Class#16: Assessment...........................................................137
Class#17: Women’sDay........................................................138
Class#18: StPatrick’sDay(orNavruz)......................................138
Class#19,20:NavruzActivities...................................................138
Semester 4 ......................................................... 139
Class#1: AprilFool’sDayandReview.......................................139
Class#2: NatureandAnimalHabitatsVocabularyOverview............139
Class#3: DesertVocabulary..................................................140
Class#4: OceanVocabulary...................................................141
Class#5: ForestVocabulary...................................................142
Class#6: City/FarmVocabulary..............................................143
Class#7: YearReview..........................................................144
�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class#8: YearReview..........................................................144
Class#9: EndoftheYearAssessment......................................144
Class#10: FunDay...............................................................145
FourthYear .......................................... 147SuggestedVocabulary.......................................................148
Semester 1 ......................................................... 149
Class#1: Introduction&ReviewWeather,Seasons,Months&Days....149
Class#2: ReviewFoods........................................................149
Class#3: ReviewClassroom...................................................150
Class#4: ReviewBodyPartsandClothing..................................151
Class#5: ReviewMyDay,TimeandProfessions...........................152
Class#6: ReviewAnimals......................................................152
Class#7: OurWorld(LargeGeographicFeatures)VocabularyOverview...............................................154
Class#8: OurWorld(SmallScaleEnvironment)...........................155
Class#9: Pollution.............................................................156
Class#10: OurWorldandAmounts(many,alot,few,much).............157
Class#11: EnvironmentandAdverbs.........................................158
Class#12: Environmentandpast/presentandfutureverbs.............159
Class#13: OurWorldandpast/presentandfutureverbs.................160
Class#14: Review................................................................161
Class#15: Assessment...........................................................162
Class#16,17:Halloween.........................................................163
Semester 2 ......................................................... 164
Class#1: ReviewEnvironmentandfuturetense..........................164
Class#2: MyTownVocabularyOverview....................................164
Class#3: TownwithAmounts.................................................165
Class#4: MyTownwithdirectionsandprepositions......................166
Class#5: Directions............................................................167
Class#6: Townwithdirections...............................................167
Class#7: Thanksgiving.........................................................168
Class#8: Review................................................................168
Class#9: Assessment...........................................................168
Class#10: MyCountryVocabulary.............................................169
Class#11: MyCountryandAdjectivesandPrepositions...................170
�
Class#12: UzbekistanPast/Pres./FutureVerbs.............................171
Class#13: Review................................................................172
Class#14: Assessment...........................................................173
Class#15,16:HolidayActivities(ChristmasandNewYear).................173
Semester 3 ......................................................... 174
Class#1: ReviewTownandCountryvocabulary...........................174
Class#2: TransportationOverview..........................................174
Class#3: Transportationwithdirections....................................175
Class#4: TransportationandTime...........................................175
Class#5: TransportationandQuestionWords..............................176
Class#6: St.Valentine’sDay.................................................177
Class#7: Review................................................................177
Class#8: Assessment...........................................................178
Class #9: Specific Time vocabulary overviewwithreviewofHourlyTime.......................................178
Class#10: Specific Time & Tenses.............................................179
Class #11: Specific Time and Past Continuous...............................181
Class #12: Specific Time........................................................182
Class#13: Catch-upDay........................................................183
Class #14: Specific Time Review ..............................................183
Class#15: Review................................................................183
Class#16: Assessment...........................................................184
Class#17: Women’sDayActivities...........................................185
Class#18: St.Patrick’sDayActivities-orNavruz...........................185
Class#19,20:NavruzActivities...................................................185
Semester 4 ......................................................... 186
Class#1: Review................................................................186
Class#2: HealthVocabularyOverview......................................186
Class#3: Health:How?Whattodoifyouhurtyourself..................187
Class#4: HealthandVerbs....................................................188
Class#5: FeelingsVocabularyOverview....................................189
Class#6: Feelingsandtheverb‘tofeel’...................................189
Class#7: FeelingsandBecause..............................................190
Class#8: Review................................................................192
Class#9: EndoftheYearAssessment.......................................192
Class#10: FunDay...............................................................193
�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Appendix A: Visual Aids ......................................... 194
Menu ........................................................................199
TashkentCentralBusStation.....................................................200
Appendix B: Review Day Activities ........................... 201
Appendix C: Holiday Activities ................................. 206
Halloween ........................................................................206
Thanksgiving........................................................................208
Christmas ........................................................................209
NewYear’sEve,NewYear’sDay.................................................209
Groundhog’sDay...................................................................211
St.Valentine’sDay.................................................................212
Women’sDay........................................................................213
St.Patrick’sDay....................................................................214
Navruz ........................................................................215
AprilFool’sDay....................................................................216
Appendix D: Fun Day Activities ................................ 217
Appendix E: Songs and Music ................................... 218
�0
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Dearteachers!WeareveryproudtointroduceourElementaryEnglishCurriculumTeacher’sManual.Wecreatedthismanualafterseeingwhatachallengingandinterestingjobit istoteachEnglish inUzbekistan.Wewanttomakeyourjob
easier by providing this book. Peace Corps volunteers have been working in primaryEnglishclassroomssince1998,andin2001TheMinistryofEducationapprovedthePeaceCorpsCurriculumasthenationalcurriculumforteachingEnglishingrades1-4.Webeganworkingtomakethecurriculumbetterin2003,anddecidedthatthebestwaytodothiswouldbesaveourlessonplans,andcompilethemintoateacher’smanual.Afterayearofworkinginlocalschoolswithlocalteachers,weputallofoureffortstogethertoproducethis manual. This is the first teacher’s manual of its kind for English primary teachers in Uzbekistan.
Byusingthisbook,youwill:
Havelessonsforeverydayoftheschoolyear.
Be using the Ministry of Education’s approved English curriculum for primaryforms.
Have lessons on 3 levels of difficulty, so you can choose which is best for your stu-dents
Nothavetoworrywhetheryourstudentshaveatextbook.Theydonotneedatextbookifyouusethisteacher’smanual.
Beusingup-date,testedmethodsforteachinginUzbekistan,withcreativeactivi-tiesthatarefunforyourstudents.
Pleasereadthefollowingpointssothatyouwillusetheteacher’smanualcorrectly.Itwas designed to be flexible, and once you understand how to use it, we hope that you willseeanimprovementintheEnglishskillsofyourstudents.
Noticethatthelessonsaredividedinto1styear,2ndyear,3rdyearand4thyear.This refers to first year of English lessons, 2nd year of lessons, etc. This means that ifyourschoolstartsteachingEnglishin2ndform,youmayusethe1styearlessonplans. You may find that your students need to work with a different year’s lesson plans.Thisisokay,becauseyouhave4yearsofEnglishlessonstoworkwith.
Eachpageofthebookhasachoiceofthreelessons;oneeasy,onemediumandoneadvanced.Youmaychoosewhichlessontogive,basedonhowadvancedyourchildrenare.Youmayuseamediumlessononeday,andaneasylessonthenext,dependingonhowwellyourchildrenunderstandatopic.
IntheFirstYearlessons,thereareonly2lessonsforeachday.Oneisforchildrenwho are in first form, and the other is for children in their first year of English les-sons. We understand that children in the first form are learning to read and write in theirnativelanguage,sowehavemadethelessonsforthemwiththatinmind.
Eachlessonisinthe4Matlessonplanformat.Thisisaveryeasyformattofollow.TheMotivationsectiongetsthechildreninvolvedoracquaintedwiththetopicoftheday.TheInformationsectionisjustthat-thewordsorgrammaryouwouldliketoteachthem.ThePracticesectionisusuallydonewhentheteacherandstudentspracticethenewwordstogether,andtheApplicationsectioninvolveslettingthechildrenusethenewwordstodoataskorassignment.Recommendedhomeworkislisted,aswellasalistofmaterialsthattheteacherwillneedduringtheclass.
Ifyoudonotunderstandoneofthegamesthatismentionedinalesson,pleasecheckAppendixBforcompleteinstructions.
YoumaynoticethatattheendofeachlessonthereisasectioncalledMaterials.This is tohelpyouprepare foryourclasses. Ifyoumake thesematerialsonce,chancesareyouwillbeabletousethemforyearstocome.Readthroughtheen-tirelessonbeforeyoupreparethematerials.Ifyouarenotsurehowtomakethe
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
��
itemlistedinthematerialssection,youcanlookinAppendixA,inthebackofthebook,whereallmaterialsarelistedandexplained.ThesematerialsandvisualaidswillhelpyourstudentsbecomeinterestedinEnglish,andiftheyareexcitedandinterestedinyourclass,theywillbewellbehavedandworkhardtolearnforyou.Pleasedon’tthinkyouneedtobeanartisttomakethesevisualaids.YourvisualaidsDONOTHAVETOBEPERFECT!
TherearemanyReviewDaysthroughouttheschoolyear.Onthesedays,youcanwork on words or grammatical structures that your children find difficult. We have givenyouwrittenexercisesthatyoucandowiththechildren,andsuggestedsomereviewactivitiesforyoutodowiththem.Inthebookyouwillseethesentence“Seereviewactivity#34,23…inAppendixBforsuggestedactivityideas.”LookinAppendixBforcompleteexplanationsoftheseactivities.Donottrytodoalloftheactivitieslisted.Theyarejustsuggestions.Pleasechooseoneortwoactivitiesfromthelisttodoinclass.
TheAssessmentsectionsofthemanualaredividedinto3levelsaswell.Usethelevelthatyourchildrenhavebeenlearningatthroughthesemester.Iftimere-mainsafterthetest,youmayeitherreviewthetestquestionsorplayareviewgamefromAppendixB.
TherearemanyEnglishsongsthroughoutthelessonplans.ThemusictothesongsislocatedinAppendixE,soyoucanlearnthetune.
We understand that some topics are difficult for students to understand, because English isverydifferentfromUzbekandRussian. If thestudentsneedtospendmoretimeonatopic,youmayusethebuilt-incatchupdaystoreviewwiththem,oryoumayuseareviewday.Itismoreimportantforthechildrenknowtheinfor-mationthanitistoteacheverylesson.
IfyourstudentshaveEnglishmoreorlessthan2timesaweek,youcanstillusethismanual.Ifyouhavemorelessons,youmayteach2lessonsfromthesameday’stopic,oryoumayuseoneofthegamesfromadifferentlesson,andchangethevocabulary.Don’tforgetthatyoumaymakeyourowninterestinglessonstoo!Ifyou teach less than 2 times a week, you may finish half of the lessons in the year, oryoumayomitsomeoftheunitsandteachthemnextyear.
There isa listofvocabularywords in thebeginningofeach section.Thesearesuggestedwords.Ifyourstudentscanhandlemoreorlesswords,youmayomitoradd.Ifyouusewordorpicturecardsinclass,thislistcanbeusefulforpreparingthem.
The holiday lesson plan suggestions will teach your children a little about ourAmerican culture. It’s fine if they don’t remember the words; we just want them tobeexposedtosomeofourtraditions.AlloftheholidayactivityideasareinAp-pendixC.Pleaselookatsuggestedactivitiesforeachgradelevel.
FunDaysaredaysforplayinggamesandspeakingEnglishatthesametime.Theyare a reward for your children for working so hard. There are someAmericangamesandactivities forFunDays listed inAppendixD.YoumayuseanyoftheReviewActivitiesinAppendixBonthesedays,oruseafungamethatthechildrenalreadyknowandenjoy.Thisway,yourpupilscanlearnandhavefunatthesametime!Youmay,ofcourseomitthesefundaysanddoreviewactivitiesinstead.
Wehaveusedthepronoun‘her’whenwritingabouttheteacherinthelessons.WerecognizethatmanymenarealsogreatEnglishteachersandweaskforgivenessforusingonlythispronoun!
ThismanualwouldnothavebeenpossiblewithoutthehelpofPeaceCorpsvolunteersJoeTinnel, Jenni Scheifer, Amanda Tuffli, Kayte Stefiuk, Laurie Rich, and Tony Salerno, their colleaguesandtheschoolsinwhichtheyhaveworkedthroughoutUzbekistan.ChirchikSchools#5,15,and24,BukharaSchool#--,ZarbdorSchool#--andJizzakhSchool#--.SomeactivitieshavebeenborrowedfromtheElementarySongbook,byUzbek14volun-teers,andthePCKazakhstanSummerCampManual.
Goodluck,andhaveagreatschoolyear!
Sincerely,
EmilyHouk,editor
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Sample PageClass #8: Extended Family
(This is class number 8 in the semester, and today’s topic is Extended family words.)
Daily Sentence: Ihavealargefamily.Ihavemanyaunts,unclesandcousins.(Thedailysentence should be written on the board before class. When childrencomeintoclass,theyshouldsitdown,takeouttheircopybooks,andcopythesentence.Youdonothavetousethissentenceduringtheclass.)
Easy Lesson
(This lesson is for classes who learn slowly, or pupils beginning English)
Motivation:Showpicture-realordrawn-ofalargefamily;aunts,uncles,grandparents,andcousins.Askchildrentopointoutinnativelanguagewhichpeopletheysee.
Information:TeachtheEnglishwords forthesefamilymembers.Childrenshouldcopythem down- first with translation, then write1 line of each word.
Practice:Practicetranslationthewordswiththechildren.
Application:Askthemtomakesentences,“Ihavea…”or“Ihave2,3…aunts.”Makesuretheypayattentiontoplurals.
Homework: Ask children to find a picture of their extended family to bring in for next class.
Materials:Pictureofextendedfamily(Ifyouarenotsurewhatthismeans,checkAppen-dixAforalistofallvisualaidsandexplanationsofeach.)
Medium Lesson
(This lesson is for classes who learn at the regular pace.)
Motivation:Showchildrenapictureofafamily.Talkaboutwhichfamilymembersareinthepicture.
Information:Teachfamilywords:Grandfather,Grandmother,Granddaughter,Grandson,Cousin,Aunt,Uncle.
Practice:Writesmallparagraphontheboard.
Thereisafatherandamotherinmyfamily.Thereare2grandmothers,andthereis1grandfather.Thereare4cousins.Thereare3unclesand3aunts.
Askchildren if theyunderstand.Havechildren translate ifnecessary.Ask“Howmanycousins?Howmanymothers?”etc
Application:Ask children to speak in more detail about their family. Teach the form“Thereisa…inmyfamily.”and“Thereare….sinmyfamily.”Childrenshouldtelleachotherabouttheirfamilies.Useform“Inmyfamily,thereis/are…”
Homework: Children should find pictures of their extended family to bring in to class. Remindchildrentopracticespellingforthenextclassaswell.
Materials:Pictureofalargefamily
Advanced Lesson
(This lesson is for children who learn very quickly and could be considered advanced.)
Motivation:SingtheGoodMorningsong(seeAppendixD)(AppendixDhasalistofallthesongsinthismanual)
Information: Introduce vocabulary: grandson, granddaughter, niece, nephew, cousin,aunt,uncle,sonanddaughter.Introduce“Thereis/Thereare”
��
Practice:Drawafamilytreeontheboard.Startoffwith2grandparentswhohad3chil-dren(includingfatherormother)whohadvariousamountsofchildren(onebeingme).Makesurethereareuncles,aunts,cousins,niecesandnephews.Describethefamilytothechildren.Askthestudents“Howmany…areinthefamily”Appropriateresponsesare“Thereisone…inthefamily.”And,Thereare…sinthefamily.”
Application:Childrenshouldwritedownhowmanycousins,auntsandunclestheyhave.
Homework:Practicespellingthefamilywordsathome.
Materials:None
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
FIRST YEAR
��
Suggested Vocabulary
Greetings: Hello
Hi
my
name
is
what
your
Good Morning
Good Evening
Good Night
Goodbye
nice
to meet
how
are
fine
okay
Family: father
mother
brother
sister
dad
mom
baby
older
younger
little
big
Body: face
head
hair
eye(s)
nose
mouth
tooth
teeth
ear(s)
arm(s)
hand(s)
stomach
body
leg(s)
foot
feet
finger(s)
toe(s)
lip(s)
shoulder(s)
knee(s)
elbow(s)
back
Classroom: stand
sit
please
quiet
come here
this
that
open
close
take
give
raise your hand
door
window
pen
teacher
pupil(s)
paper
copybook
chair
desk
chalk
board
Toys: ball
doll
bicycle
car
bear
toy
teddy bear
blocks
play
Animals:
cat
dog
pig
cow
horse
hen
chick
rooster (cock)
horse
sheep
goat
duck
goose
Wild Animals: monkey
bear
crocodile
lion
tiger
giraffe
turtle (tortoise)
fish
kangaroo
snake
fox
elephant
Colors: red
orange
yellow
green
blue
purple(violet)
brown
black
white
pink
Sight words (These are the 50 most frequently used words in the English language: the
of
and
a
to
in
is
you
that
it
he
was
for
on
are
as
with
his
they
I
at
be
this
have
from
or
one
had
by
word
but
not
what
all
were
we
when
your
can
said
there
use
an
each
which
she
do
how
their
if
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Semester 1Class #1: Introductions, the Alphabet, and Class Rules
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:GreetChildren“Hello!GoodMorning.Mynameis….”AskchildrentorepeatbothHelloandGoodMorning.
Information:Explainthatchildrenwillneedanotebook,penandcoloredpencilsforev-eryEnglishclass.Explaintheclassrulesandconsequences.TellthemthatinthenextfewweekstheywilllearnEnglishletters.SingtheAlphabetSong,andpointtotheletters.
Practice:Askchildrentotrytosingalongwithyou.Repeatthesongseveraltimes.
Application:Askthechildrentotellyouwhattheclassrulesare.Thenhandoutpiecesofpaper,andtellthemtobringthemhome,andwithsomeoneathome,writetheirnamesinbiglettersonthepaper.Practicegreetingsagain
Materials:Paperfornametags.Optional-Alphabetposter
Class #2: Introductions, the Alphabet (ABC) and Class Rules Review
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildrenagainwith“Hello!”Theyshouldpracticesayingthisword.Reviewclassruleswiththechildren.Checktoseeiftheyhavetheirnamecards.ThensingtheAlphabetSong2-3times.Childrenshouldtrytosingalong.
Information:TeacherintroducesthegreetingGoodMorning.Childrenshouldrepeatsev-eral times as a group and individually. Introduce the first 3 letters of the alphabet. Re-mindthemofthesong“A,B,C…”Writeeachupper-andlower-caseletterontheboard,andsaythem.Childrenshouldrepeat.Askchildrentocometotheboardandpointtotheletteryousay.Letseveralchildrendothis.
Practice:Askchildrentoopentheircopybooks.Ontheboard,showchildrenhowtowriteeachletter2-3times.Thentellchildrentowrite2linesofeachletter.Tellchildrenthatthesoundtheletteramakesis/ah/,or/aee/.Childrencanpracticemakingthesoundeachtimetheywritetheletter.TellthemthesoundfortheletterB,/buh/andagain,letthemmakethissoundeachtimetheymaketheletter.RepeatwithC.Thislettercansay/k/or/ss/.Childrenshouldpracticesayingbothastheywritethisletter
Application:Usinglettercards,mixuptheorderofthelettersandaskseveralchildrentocomeandputtheminorder.Attheendofclass,reviewthewordsHello,GoodMorningandteachGoodbye.Encouragethemtosayitwhentheyleaveclass.
Materials:Alphabetlettercards
Class #3: Variations on Greetings, the Alphabet (DEF), and ‘to be’
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:AskchildreniftheyrememberhowtogreetpeopleinEnglish.Practice“Hel-lo!”and“GoodMorning!”Theyshouldpracticesayingthesewords.ThensingtheAlpha-betSong2-3times.Childrenshouldtrytosingalong.
��
Information:Teacherintroduces“Mynameis…”Childrenshouldrepeatseveraltimesasagroupandindividually.Askeverychildtosay,“Mynameis(child’sname).”Thenreviewthelettersofthealphabettheylearnedlastclass.Writethemontheboard,saythemandhavechildrenpointthemout.Thenintroducethenext3 lettersofthealphabet.Remindthemofthesong“A,B,C,D,E,F…”Writeeachupper-andlower-caseletterontheboard,andsaythem.Childrenshouldrepeat.Askchildrentocometotheboardandpointtotheletteryousay.Letseveralchildrendothis.
Practice:Askchildrentoopentheircopybooks.Ontheboard,showchildrenhowtowritetheletter2-3times,thentellchildrentowrite2linesofeachletter.TellchildrenthatthesoundtheletterDmakesis/duh/.Childrencanpracticemakingthesoundeachtimetheywritetheletter.TellthemthesoundsfortheletterEare/eh/and/ee/andagain,letthemalternatesayingthenameoftheletterandmakingitssoundeachtimetheywritetheletter.RepeatwithF,/ff/.
Application:Using lettercards (A,B,C,D,E,F),mixup theorderof the lettersandaskseveralchildrentocomeandputtheminorder.Attheendofclass,reviewthewords,Hello,GoodMorning.Mynameis…andGoodbye.
Materials:Alphabetlettercards
Class #4: Variations on Greetings, the Alphabet (GHI), and ‘to be’
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SayHelloandGoodMorningtochildren.Theyshouldpracticesayingthesewords.ThensingtheAlphabetSong2-3times.Childrenshouldtrytosingalong.
Information:Teacherreviews,“Whatisyourname?”and“Mynameis...”ThenintroducesTime of Day pictures. These are pictures that show morning, afternoon and eveningscenes.ReviewGoodMorningandthenteachthegreetingfordifferenttimesofday.Chil-drenshouldrepeatseveraltimesasagroupandindividually.Thenreviewthelettersofthealphabettheylearnedinthelastclass.Writethemontheboard,saythemandhavechildrenpointthemout.Thenintroducethenext3lettersofthealphabet.Remindthemofthesong“A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I…”Writeeachnewupper-andlower-caseletterontheboard,andsay,“ItistheletterA.”“ItistheletterB.”Childrenshouldrepeat.Askchildrentocometotheboard,pointtotheletteryousayandusethisnewsentence.Letseveralchildrendothis.
Practice:Askchildrentoopentheircopybooks.Ontheboard,showchildrenhowtowritetheletter2-3times,thentellchildrentowrite2linesofeachletter.TellchildrenthatthesoundtheletterGmakesis/g/,andsometimes/j/.Childrencanpracticemakingthesoundandsayingtheletternameeachtimetheywritetheletter.TellthemthesoundfortheletterH,whichcanmakethesound/h/ornosoundatall.Letthemmakethissoundeachtimetheymaketheletter.RepeatwithI.Thislettercansay/ih/or/eee/.Childrenshouldpracticesayingbothastheywritethisletter
Application:Usinglettercards(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I),mixuptheorderofthelettersandask several children to come and put them in order.At the end of class, review thewords,Hello,Goodmorning/Afternoon/Evening.Whatisyourname?Mynameis…andGoodbye.
Materials:Alphabetlettercards,TimeofDaypictures
Class #5: Greetings, Colors and Alphabet (JKL)
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SayHelloandGoodMorningtochildren.Theyshouldpracticesayingthesewords.ThensingtheAlphabetSong2-3times.Childrenshouldtrytosingalong.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Information:Teacher reviews,“What is yourname?and“Myname is…”Practicewithseveralchildren.Introduce“Howareyou?”Childrenshouldrepeatseveraltimesasagroup and individually. Ask every child “How are you? They should answer: “I am fine.” Repeattogetherandindividually.Thenreviewthelettersofthealphabettheylearnedlastclass.Writethemontheboard,saythemandhavechildrenpointthemout.Thenintroducethenext3lettersofthealphabet.Remindthemofthesong“A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L…”Writeeachnewupper-andlower-caseletterontheboard,andsay:“ItistheletterJ.”Childrenshouldrepeat.Askchildrentocometotheboardandpointtotheletteryousay.Letseveralchildrendothis.
Practice:Askchildrentoopentheirnotebooks.Ontheboard,showchildrenhowtowritetheletter2-3times,thentellchildrentowrite2linesofeachletter.TellchildrenthatthesoundtheletterJmakesis/j/.TellthemthesoundfortheletterK,whichmakesthesound/k/.Letthemmakethissoundeachtimetheymaketheletter.RepeatwithL.Thislettersays/l/.Childrencanpracticemakingthesoundandsayingtheletternameeachtimetheywritetheletter.Childrenshouldpracticesayingbothastheywritetheseletters.
Application:Usinglettercards(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L),mixuptheorderofthelettersandaskseveralchildrentocomeandputtheminorder.Childrenshouldthensaythelet-tersinorder.Introducecolors.Teachthecolors:red,blue,yellowandblack.Askchildrento find different objects in the classroom that are these colors and say, “It is red.” “It is blue.”Attheendofclass,reviewthewords,Hello,Goodmorning.Whatisyourname?Mynameis…andGoodbye.
Materials:Alphabetlettercards,colorcards
Class #6: Dialogues, Colors and Alphabet (MNO)
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SayHelloandGoodMorningtochildren.Theyshouldpracticesayingthesegreeting words. Then sing the Alphabet Song 2-3 times. Children should try to singalong.
Information:Teacherreviewsgreetingphrases.Childrenshouldrepeatseveraltimesasagroup and individually. Ask every child “How are you?” They should answer: “I am fine.” “Iamokay.”or“Iamwell.”Repeattogetherandindividually.Thenreviewthelettersofthealphabettheylearnedlastclass.Writethemontheboard,saythemandhavechil-drenpointthemout.Thenintroducethenext3lettersofthealphabet.Remindthemofthesong“A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O…”Writeeachnewupper-andlower-caseletterontheboard,andsaythem.“ItistheletterM.”Childrenshouldrepeat.Askchil-drentocometotheboardandpointtotheletteryousay.Letseveralchildrendothis.
Practice:Askchildrentoopentheircopybooks.Ontheboard,showchildrenhowtowritetheletter2-3times,thentellchildrentowrite2linesofeachletter.TellchildrenthatthesoundtheletterMmakesis/mm/.TellthemthesoundfortheletterN,/nuh/.Letthemmakethissoundeachtimetheymaketheletter.RepeatwithO.Thislettersays/oh/.Childrencanpracticemakingthesoundandsayingtheletternameeachtimetheywritetheletter.Childrenshouldpracticesayingbothastheywritetheseletters.
Application:Usinglettercards(A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O),mixuptheorderofthelettersandaskseveralchildrentocomeandput them inorder.Childrenshouldthensaythelettersinorder.Reviewcolors.Teachthecolors:orange,greenandwhite.Askchildren to find different objects in the classroom that are these colors and say: “It is green.”“Itiswhite.”Attheendofclass,askseveralchildrentocometothefrontandhaveashortdialoguewithteacher,usingthephrasestheyknow.
Materials:Alphabetlettercards,colorcards
�0
Class #7: Dialogues, Colors, Numbers and Alphabet (PQR)
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SayHelloandGoodMorningtochildren.Theyshouldpracticesayinggreetingwords.ThensingtheAlphabetSong,reviewcolorsandhaveafewshortdialogueswiththeteacher.
Information:Reviewthelettersofthealphabettheylearnedlastclass.Writethemontheboard,saythemandhavechildrenpointthemout.Thenintroducethenext3lettersofthealphabet.Remindthemofthesong“A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O,P,Q,R…”Writeeachnewupper-andlower-caseletterontheboard,andsaythem.“ItistheletterP.”Childrenshouldrepeat.Askchildrentocometotheboardandpointtotheletteryousay.Letseveralchildrendothis.
Practice:Askchildrentoopentheircopybooks.Ontheboard,showchildrenhowtowritetheletter2-3times,thentellchildrentowrite2linesofeachletter.TellchildrenthatthesoundtheletterPmakesis/puh/.TellthemthesoundfortheletterQ,whichonlymakesasoundwiththeletterUandtogethertheymakethesound/kwuh/.Letthemmakethissoundeachtimetheymaketheletter.RepeatwithR.Thislettersays/r/.Childrencanpracticemakingthesoundandsayingtheletternameeachtimetheywritetheletter.Childrenshouldpracticesayingbothastheywritetheseletters.
Application: Teach numbers 1-5. Children should practice on their fingers and with num-bercards(cardswiththenumberononesideandobjectsontheother-forexample,ifteaching the number 5, have a 5 on one side and five circles on the other). Use the letter cardsandmixuptheorderoftheletters.Askseveralchildrentocomeandputtheminorder.Childrenshouldthensaythelettersinorder.Teachthecolors,blackandwhite.Playacolorgame:Placelargepiecesofcoloredpaper(red,orange,yellow,green,blue,black and white) on the floor in the front of the class. Children take turns throwing a beanbagatthepiecesofpaper.Theyshouldsaythenameofthecoloronwhichtheythrowthebag.
Materials:Alphabetlettercards,largepiecesofcoloredpaper,beanbag(smallclothbagwithsmallbeansorricesewninside),numbercards
Class #8: Dialogues, Colors, Numbers and Alphabet (STU)
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SayHelloandGoodMorningtochildren.Theyshouldpracticesayingthesewords.Then sing theAlphabet Song, colors and have a few short dialogues with theteacher.
Information:Reviewthelettersofthealphabettheylearnedlastclass.Writethemontheboard,saythemandhavechildrenpointthemout.Thenintroducethenext3lettersofthealphabet.Remindthemofthesong“A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O,P,Q,R,S,T,U….”Writeeachnewupper-andlower-caseletterontheboard,andsaythem.“ItistheletterS.”Childrenshouldrepeat.Askchildrentocometotheboardandpointtotheletteryousay.Letseveralchildrendothis.
Practice:Childrenshouldwrite2linesofeachletterintheircopybooks.TellchildrenthatthesoundtheletterSmakesis/s/.TellthemthesoundfortheletterT,whichmakesthesound/t/.TheletterUmakesthesound/uh/or/yoo/.Childrenpracticemakingthesoundandsayingtheletternameeachtimetheywritetheletter.Childrenshouldpracticesayingbothastheywritetheseletters.
Application: Review numbers 1-5, and teach 6-10. Children should practice on their fin-gersandwithnumbercards.Usingasimplepicture-suchasastar,andmakerowswithdifferentamountsofthatpicture.Childrenandteachershouldcountthemtogether(ForExample:***Childrenshouldsay,1,2,3stars).Countdifferentthingsintheclassroom(windows, doors, flowers, etc.)
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Usethelettercardsandmixuptheorderoftheletters.Askseveralchildrentocomeandputtheminorder.Childrenshouldthensaythelettersinorder.Pointtodifferentthingsin the classroom and ask, “What color is it?” At first teacher should answer herself: “It is green”.Thenaskchildren“Whatcolorisit?”Theyshouldanswerinthecorrectform.
Materials:Alphabetlettercards,colorcards,numbercards
Class #9: Informal Assessment Day. This is a day for the teacher to check and see how well the children are learning.
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:ReviewGreetingsandletchildrenhaveshortdialogueswiththeteacherandwitheachother.ReviewtheAlphabetSong.
Information:Teachthesong:10LittleKittens.Sing(tothetuneof10LittleFingers,SeeAppendixE):
1 little, 2 little, 3 little kittens4 little, 5 little, 6 little kittens7 little, 8 little, 9 little kittens10 little kittens in a row!
Practice:Teachthewordlittle,andmakeagesturesotheycanguesswhatitmeans.Thenpointtoakittenfromthepicture.Finallypointtotherowofkittensandsay“inarow”.Childrenshouldguesswhatthesewordsmean.Thensay,“1little”,andhavechildrenrepeat,say“2little”andchildrenrepeat.Continueuntiltheyhavesaidallthewordstothesong.Thensaywholelinesofthesong,andaskthemtorepeat.Finally,singthesongagain,andinvitechildrentosingalong.Childrenmaytrytosingwithouttheteacheraswell.
Application:Usecolorcardstoreviewcolors,andthenplayalphabetgame:Choose3children.Giveeachaletterfromagroup(exampleF,G,H)andthechildrenmustmakealine,sothatthealphabetcardsareinorder.Repeat.
Materials:pictureof10kittenssittinginarow
Class #10: Classroom Commands and Alphabet (VWX)
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SayHelloandGoodMorningtochildren.Theyshouldpracticesayingthesewords.ThensingtheAlphabetSong,reviewcolorsandhaveafewshortdialogueswiththeteacher.Singthe10LittleKittenssong.
Information:Reviewthelettersofthealphabettheylearnedlastclass.Writethemindifferent places on the board, and let children find them and say their names. Then in-troducethenext3lettersofthealphabet.Remindthemofthesong“A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O,P,Q,R,S,T,U,V,W,X…”Writeeachnewupper-andlower-caseletterontheboard,andsaythem.“ItistheletterV.”Childrenshouldrepeatwithother2letters.
Practice:Childrenshouldwrite2 linesofeachletter intheircopybooks.TellchildrenthatthesoundtheletterVmakesis/vuh/.TellthemthesoundfortheletterW,whichmakesthesound/wuh/.TheletterXmakesthesound/kss/.Childrenpracticemakingthesoundandsayingtheletternameeachtimetheywritetheletter.Childrenshouldpracticesayingbothastheywritetheseletters.
Application: Teach classroom commands: Stand up. Sit down. Come here. Open yourcopybook.Closeyourcopybook.Repeat.Giveacommandtothegroupandtoindividualchildren.Whenchildrenarecomfortablewithwords,askoneofthemtogivecommandstotheclassorotherchildren.Taketurnsdoingthis.
��
Givethechildren3consecutivelettersandaskthemtoputtheminorder.Dothissev-eral times. Point to different things in the classroom and ask, “What color is it?” At first teachershouldanswerherself:“Itisgreen”.Then,begintoaskchildrenwhatcolorisit?Theyshouldanswerinthecorrectform.
Materials:Alphabetlettercards,colorcards,numbercards
Class #11: Classroom Commands and Alphabet (YZ)
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SayHelloandGoodMorningtochildren.ThensingtheAlphabetSongandaskthemiftheyknowwhichlettersarelefttolearn.Reviewcolorsandnumbersandhaveafewshortdialogueswiththeteacher.Singthe10LittleKittenssong.
Information:Reviewthelettersofthealphabettheylearnedlastclass.Writethemindifferent places on the board, and have children find them and say their name. Then introducethenext3lettersofthealphabet.Remindthemofthesong“A,B,C,D,E,F,G,H,I,J,K,L,M,N,O,P,Q,R,S,T,U,V,W,X,Y,andZ”Writeeachnewupper-andlower-caseletterontheboard,andsaythem.“ItistheletterY.”ChildrenshouldrepeatwithZ.
Practice:Childrenshouldwrite2linesofeachletterintheircopybooks.TellchildrenthatthesoundstheletterYmakesare/yuh/or/eee/.TheletterZmakesthesound/zz/.Childrenpracticemakingthesoundandsayingtheletternameeachtimetheywritetheletter.Childrenshouldpracticesayingbothastheywritetheseletters.Congratulatethechildrenonlearningalloftheletters!
Application:Practiceclassroomcommands:Standup.Sitdown.Comehere.Openyourcopybook.Closeyourcopybook.Teachnewcommands:“Giveittome.”“Takeit.”Askchildrenasagrouptodoacommandandindividually.Whenchildrenarecomfortablewithwords,Teachthewords“Please”and“Thankyou”.Teachthemthatthesewordsareveryimportanttosayandtheyshouldn’tforgettosaythemwhenwewantsomethingandwhenwegetsomething.Practice“Pleasegiveittome.”“Pleasetakeit.”Andtheanswer:“Thankyou.”Reviewallcommands.
Usingsomeorallofthelettercards,mixuptheorderofthelettersandaskseveralchil-drentocomeandputtheminorder.Childrenshouldthensaythelettersinorder.Playamatchinggameontheboard,inwhichupper-caselettersareononeside,andlower-caselettersareontheother.Childrenshoulddrawalineconnectingtheupper-andlower-caseletters.
Haveshortdialogueswiththechildren,usingallgreetingsvocabulary,commandsand“Whatcolorisit?”“Whatletterisit?”
Materials:Alphabetlettercards,colorcards,numbercards
Class #12: Classroom Objects “It is a…”
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren.Ask,“Howareyou?”and“Whatisyourname?”SingtheAl-phabetSongandusingcards,askchildrenwhichsoundsdifferentlettersmake.Playamatchinggamewithupper-andlower-casealphabetletters.Makesurechildrentellyouwhichlettertheyarematching.
Information:Usingpicturesofclassroomobjectsorpointingtorealobjects,teachtheEnglishwordsfordesk,board,pencil,pen,copybook.Pointoutobjectsandhavechildrenpractice:“Itisadesk.Itisa…
Practice:Askchildrenwhichbeginningsoundsare ineachword.Askthemiftheycanguesswhichletterisinthebeginningofeachword.Reviewcolorswithcards.Askchil-drenwhatcolordifferentobjectsare.Pointtodifferentobjectsandsayphrases:“Abluedesk.”“Aredpen…”Letchildrensaytheirownphrases.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Application:Sing10LittleKittens,andaskthemtocountdifferentclassroomobjects.Askthechildrentocopythealphabet(itshouldbewrittensomewheretheycansee)intotheircopybooksatleastonetime.
Materials:Alphabetlettercards,colorcards
Class #13: Classroom Objects and “What is it?”
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Writethewholealphabetontheboard.Sayeachletternameandmakeitssoundorsounds.Thenaskonechildatatimetocometothefrontandpointoutaletterandtrytomakeitssound.Choose3-4children,givethemlettercardsfromapartofthealphabet(forexample:G,H,I)andseeiftheycanputthemorder.Usethebeginninghalfofthealphabetlettersforthisgame-theywillbeabletodothetaskmoreeasily,andbe more confident)
Information:Reviewclassroomobjects:desk,board,pencil,pen,copybook.Pointoutdifferentitemsandaskchildrentonamethem.Whenchildrenseemcomfortablewiththesewords, teachnewones: chair, door, book, ruler. Practice thesewordswith thechildrenseveraltimes.
Practice:Placeanexampleofall8itemsneareachother,andpointoutobjects.Classshouldrespondinchorus.Seeiftheycanrecalltheitemsquickly,andifso,pointoutdifferentitemsquicklyandseeiftheycanstillsaythewords.
Application:Practicecounting.Childrenmaystandinacircle,andgoaroundthecircle,eachonesayinganumber,goingfrom1-10.Thenyoumaytrythiswiththealphabet.Youmaypassabeanbagorballasyougoaroundthecircle.Childrenshouldcopythealphabet(itshouldbewrittensomewheretheycansee)intotheircopybooks.
Materials:Alphabetlettercards,optionalclassroomobjectcards,beanbagorball
Class #14: Classroom Objects, Plural Nouns
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:StartingwithA,goaroundtheroom,andaskeachchildtosaythenextletterofthealphabetuntilZ.
Information:Reviewallclassroomobjects,andthenholdup1pencil.Say“Onepencil.”Thenholdup2pencils.Clearlysay“2pencils.”Dothesamewitheachclassroomobject.Thenshow2pencilsagain,andaskchildrentotellyouhowmany.Makesuretheysaythe/s/sound.Explaininnativelanguagethatwhenthereare2ormorethings,inEnglishweaddthesound/s/totheend.Askwhichlettermakesthatsound.Practicewithdifferentobjects.Showseveralintheplural,thenalternatebetweenpluralandsingularformsofthewords.
Practice: Write lines of letters on the board, for example:AAA, BBBBB, FFFFFF, etc.Teacher should point to the first and say the answer: “Three A’s”. Children should prac-ticethis,andthenmaysaytheanswersontheirown.
Application:Writeseverallettersontheboard.Pointtoanobjectandsayitsname.Forexample:ItisaPen.Childshouldcometotheboardandpointtothebeginningletteroftheword.Donotusetheword‘chair’forthisexercise.Playtelephone.Childrenstandina row. Teacher tells the first child a vocabulary word or phrase, each child must whisper thatwordorphrasetothenext,untiltheendoftheline.Thenthelastpersonmustsaythewordorphraseoutloud.Sometimesthewordorphraseattheendisverydifferentfromtheoneatthebeginning.
Materials:Alphabetlettercards,optionalclassroomobjectcards
��
Class #15: Wrap-up/ Review
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren.Childrenmaystandinacircle,andgoaroundthecircle,eachonesayinganumber,goingfrom1-10.Thendothiswiththealphabet.Childrenmaypassabeanbagorball,ortheymaytosstheballacrossthecircletooneanother.
Information:PlaygameTic-Tac-Toe (NoughtsandCrosses),using letter,color,numberandobjectcards.DrawalargeTic-Tac-Toeboardonthechalkboard.Dividetheclassinto2teams;taketurnshavingonechildfromeachteamcomeuptothefront.Teacherholdsup a card, and whoever says the letter, number or object first gets to put an x or o on the boardforhisorherteam.
Practice:Teachcolorpoem:
I see green (point to something green)I see yellow (point to something yellow)I see this funny fellow (point to a boy in the class)I see red (point to something red)I see blue (point to something blue)I see you, and you and you (point to different children)
Application:Reviewgreetings,usingTimeofDaypictures.Doshortdialogueswiththechildren.Showthemdifferenttimesofdaybeforethedialogues,sotheycanusediffer-entgreetings.
Materials:TimeofDayPictures,cardsfornumbers,colors,classroomobjects,andal-phabet
Class #16: Informal Assessment Day
On this day, the teacher can see how well the class is learning the material. Take notes to see what is difficult and easy. If certain children are having extra trouble, make a note of this so you can give them extra help in future classes.
1st Form and 1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren.Reviewtheclassrules.
Information:Onebyone,askchildrentocomeupandwritealetterofthealphabet.GoinorderfromA-Z.Playmatchinggameontheboardwithupperandlowercaseletters.Thendrawletters(andperhapsnumbersalso)indifferentplacesontheboardandaskchildren to come up and find a certain letter or number.
Practice:Childrenmaystandinacircleandpracticesayingthenumbersto10.Trytodoitquicklyaroundthecircle,andthenuseaballtotossbackandforthacrossthecircle.
Application:Makedialogueswith thechildren.Reviewcolorsbyasking,“What is it?”Childrenshouldtrytoanswer,“Itisaredpen.”“Itisabluebook.”Etc.Reviewthisformwiththembeforeaskingthemtosayitontheirown.
Materials:allobjectandwordcards,ballorbeanbag
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #17: End of Semester Fun Day
See Appendix – for Fun Activities.
With the first 4-5 letters of the alphabet, for example: A- apple, B- ball, C- cat D- dog E-egg.LetchildrendrawalargeCapitalandsmallletterforeachA-E,andthendrawtheitemthatbeginswiththeletter
��
Semester 2
Class #1: Review all material and teach, “Whose is it?”
1st Form lesson
Motivation:Reviewgreetings,colorsandnumbers.
Information:Reviewclassroomobjects.Takeapenciloffachild’sdeskandsay“Whosepencilisit?”answerthequestion,“ItisTimur’spencil.”Dothis2-3moretimes,andthenaskchildrentoanswer.Askchildrenwhatthetranslationofthisquestionis.ThenPlayTranslationgame.Teachershouldsay,“Whosecopybookisit?”Andchildshouldtranslate.Use“Itis(child’sname)’scopybook.”sentencesaswell.
Practice:Sing“10littleKittens”.Writelettersofthealphabetindifferentplacesontheboard.Askchildrentocometotheboardandcircletheletterthattheteachersays.
Application:Reviewcommands,andteachseveralnewclassroomcommands.PracticebyplayingSimonSays.
Materials:None
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Greetclass,quicklyreviewcolorsandnumbers:“Whatcolorisit?”“Whatnumberisit?”Review“Whatisit?”afewtimes,andthenaskchildren“Whosebookisit?”Teacherusespupil’sbookandsays,“ItisTimur’sbook.”Practiceseveraltimes,childrenshouldrepeatandtryontheirown.
Information:Askchildrentocopydownthealphabetonetime.Whentheyaredone,spendtimeaskingchildrenwhatsoundsthatthelettersmake.Ontheboard,write“pen”.Askchildrentoreadtheletters,andthentellyouthesounds.Thenaskchildrentotrytoputthesoundsinthewordtogether.Dothiswith‘desk’and‘book’.
Practice:Writethefollowingwordsontheboard: I, the,a,an,and,you, is.Teachersayswords,andchildrenrepeatseveraltimes.Childrenshouldwritethesewordsintheircopybooks,thenclosetheircopybooks,andpracticereadingthewords.(Thesewordsareamongthe25mostfrequentlyusedwordsintheEnglishlanguage.Childrenshouldlearntorecognizethesewordsbysight,makingthem‘sightwords’-thatis,wordsthattheydon’tread,butratherrecognize.Youmaywanttomakewordcardswiththesewordstodrillstudents.)Childrenshouldpracticesayingthelettersinthesewords,andthenreadthewords.Taketurnslettingchildrenreadthewords.
Application:Childrenshouldwritedownallofthewords.
Materials:None-optionalclassroomobjectcards.
Class #2: Classroom Objects and Possessive adjective “My and Your”
1st Form lesson
Motivation:TeachGoodMorningSong(TothetuneofBrotherJohn.SeeAppendixE):
Good Morning, Good Morning, How are you, How are you?Very Well, I thank youVery Well, I thank youHow are you, How are you?
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Information:Reviewquestion,“Whoseisit?”andanswer“Itis….’s.”Teachershouldgiveherpentoachild,andchildshouldask,“Whoseisit?”Teacheranswers,“It’smypen!”Practicewithanotherobject,andthenaskchildrenwhattheythinkteacherhassaid.Thenteacherandstudentsshouldpracticetogether.
Practice:Childshouldchooseanobjectfromanotherchild’sdeskandsay,“Whose---isit?”Teachershouldanswer,It’sMY(object)!Anotherchildshouldsay,“No,it’s(child’sname)’s(object)!”Afterpracticingforawhile,teachercan introduce‘your’.Teachershouldpickupanobjectandaskachild,“Isityourpen?”Childshouldansweryesorno.Dothisseveraltimesuntilchildrencantellyouwhat“Isityourpen?”meansinnativelanguage.
Application:Practicemakingplurals:Teachersaysawordinsingular,andchildrenshouldsaythepluralform.PlaySimonSays(Youmayteach2-3moreverbswithwhichtoplay).SingGoodMorningSongagain.
Materials:None
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren,andplayagame:Tossabeanbagorballtoachild,andaskhim to say the first letter of the alphabet. He says it, tosses it back, and then the teacher tossestheballtothenextchild,whosaysthenextletter.Continue.Repeatusingnum-bers1-10.
Information:Reviewquestion,“Whoseisit?”andanswer“Itis….’s.”Teachershouldgiveherpentoachild,andchildshouldask,“Whoseisit?”Teacheranswers,“It’smypen!”Dothesame,anduse“It’syourpen.”Practicewithanotherobject,andthenaskchildrenwhattheythinkteacherhassaid.Thenteacherandchildrenshouldpracticetogether.
Practice:Writethefollowingwordsontheboard:of, to, in, that, it.Childrenshouldpracticesayingthelettersandsoundsofthewords,andthenletchildrenpracticeread-ingthewords.Writeallof theclassroomobjectwordsontheboard.Childrenshouldpracticesayingallofthe letters inthewords.Theyshouldthentrytosoundoutthewords.Teachershouldpointtoeachwordandpronounce.Childrenshouldrepeat.Thenpracticepointingtotheword,andthechildrenshouldsayitwithoutprompting.
Application:Childrenshouldwritedownallclassroomobjectwords.Thenewsightwordsare:of,to,in,this,that.Practicesayingthelettersandthesoundsofthesewords.Chil-drenmaypracticereadingthewords,andthenwritethemItheircopybooks.
Materials:Ballorbeanbag
Class #3: Classroom Objects “This is…” “That is…”
1st Form lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren.Singalphabetsongand“10LittleKittens”.
Information:Teach“this”and“that”.Placeonepenonadesk,andholdonepen.Say,“Thispen.”(Pointtothepeninyourhand).Thensay“Thatpen.”Pointtothepenonthedesk.Dothisseveraltimes,andhavechildrenrepeatwords.
Practice: Make false statements- hold up a pen and say, “This is a pencil.” Childrenshouldsay,“No,thatisa…”Saysometruestatementsaswell.Childrenshouldanswerthesebysaying,“Yesthatisa…”Askchildrentosaysentenceswith“Thisis…”andhaveotherchildrenanswerwith“Yes/Nothatis…”
Application:Practicedialogueswithchildren,usingallvocabularyincluding,“Whose(ob-ject)isit?”sentencessuchas:“Thisisapencil.”“Whatisthat?”“Thatisapencil.”
Materials:None
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:TeachGoodMorningSong(TothetuneofBrotherJohn.SeeAppendixE):
��
Good Morning, Good Morning, How are you, How are you?Very Well, I thank youVery Well, I thank youHow are you, How are you?
Information:Teach“this”and“that”.Placeonepenonadesk,andholdonepen.Say,“Thispen.”(Pointtothepeninyourhand).Thensay“Thatpen.”Pointtothepenonthedesk.Dothisseveraltimes,andhavechildrenrepeatwords.
Practice:Writedownthefollowingwords:he,was,for,on,are.Teachershouldsayeachword,andchildrenshouldrepeat.Practicespellingandsayingthesewords.Drillwithchildrenuntiltheycansayallofthewordseasily.Childrenshouldwritethewords.
Application:PlaySimonSayswithclassroomcommands.
Materials:None.Optionalsightwordcards
Class #4: Classroom Objects and Prepositions “Under, On, and In”
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Reviewnumbers1-10.Writenumbersontheboard,andchildrenshouldpointoutthenumbertheteachersays.Practicecounting1-10andthentrycountingdownfrom10to1.
Information:Reviewclassroomobjects.Teachseveralmore:eraser,window,girlandboy.Reviewallobjectstogether.Thenpracticenamingthecolorandnumberofobjects.Usethequestion,“Whatisit?”Dothisuntileverychildgetstospeak.Thenplaceapenonabook.Say“On”.Holdthepenunderthebooksandsay“Under”.Thenopenthebookandplacethepeninside.Closethebookandsay“In”.Repeat,andhavechildrensaythenewwordswithyou.
Practice:Blindfoldachildandgivethemaclassroomobject.Seeiftheycansay“Itisa…”Dothisseveraltimes,andrepeatwithseveralchildren.
Application: Practice dialogues. Teacher should say the first two with children, and then askthechildrentodothenextonestogether.Iftimeallows,SingGoodMorningSong,andreplaceGoodMorningwithGoodEvening.
Materials:blindfold
1st Year Lesson
Motivation: Greet children, and have short dialogues. Then drill them with the sightwordsformlastclass.
Information:Reviewclassroomobjects.Teachseveralmore:eraser,window, girlandboy.Reviewallobjectstogether.Thenpracticenamingthecolorandnumberofobjects.Usethequestion,“Whatisit?”Dothisuntileverychildgetstospeak.Thenplaceapenonabook.Say“on”.Holdthepenunderthebooksandsay“under”.Thenopenthebookandplacethepeninside.Closethebookandsay“in”.Repeat,andhavechildrensaythenewwordswithyou.
Practice:Blindfoldachildandgivethemaclassroomobject.Seeiftheycansay“Itisa…”Dothisseveraltimes,andrepeatwithseveralchildren.
Application:Newsightwords:as,with,his,they,at.Practicesayingthelettersandthesoundsofthesewords.Childrenmaypracticereadingthewords,andthenwritethemintheircopybooks.Thenwriteallsightwordsontheboard,andchildrenmaypracticespellingandpointingoutthewords.
Materials:None-optionalsightwordscards
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #5: Classroom Objects and Prepositions “Under, On, and In”
1st Form Lesson
Motivation: Place alphabet cards around the room, and let children find them as you reviewthealphabet.
Information:Reviewthequestions“Whoseisit?”“Whatisit?”andthenteach,“Whereisit?”“Itison,under,inthe…”
Practice:Play“Ispy”.Teachersays,forexample:“Ispywithmylittleeye,somethingUNDER the desk. Children should look in that place, and try to find the object that the teacher isspeakingabout.Thenpracticenumbers.Writeanumberontheboard,andchildrenshouldwritethenumberbeforeandafterit.
Application:PlayAroundtheWorldwithclassroomobjects.Startonthefrontrighthandside of the room. Ask the first 2 children to stand, and show a classroom object, color, or number picture. Children should try to be the first to answer. The first child to say “It is a…”forclassroomobjectsorsimply“Itis…”forcolorsandnumbers,movestothenextchild,andtheyareshownanothercard.Thechildwhoanswersquicklymovesontothenext child. The other child, who doesn’t answer first, must sit down in the place his turn ends.(Thisway,youcanseewhomovedthefarthest)Playuntileverychildhasaturn,oruntilonechildgoesallthewayaroundtheroom,dependingontimeandifthechildrenareinterested.
Materials:Allwordandobjectcards
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Sing10LittleKittens,andtheAlphabetSong.Drillsightwords.
Information:Reviewclassroomobjects.Teachseveralmore:eraser,window,girlandboy.Reviewallobjectstogether.Thenpracticenamingthecolorandnumberofobjects.Usethequestion,“Whatisit?”Dothisuntileverychildgetstospeak.Thenplaceapenonabook.Say“On”.Holdthepenunderthebooksandsay“Under”.Thenopenthebookandplacethepeninside.Closethebookandsay“In”.Repeat,andhavechildrensaythenewwordswithyou.
Practice:Writeallofthesightwordsandclassroomobjectwords1timeeachonbothsidesoftheboard.Dividetheclassintoteams,andhave1childfromeachteamcometotheboard.Sayaword,andwhoeverputstheirhandonthecorrectwordgetsapointfortheirteam.
Application:SingtheGoodMorningsong,andreviewcolorsandnumbers.
Materials:None-optionalsightwordscards
Class #6: Informal Assessment
On this day, the teacher can see how well the children are learning the material. Take notes to see what is difficult and easy. If certain children are having extra trouble, make a note of this so you can give them extra help in future classes.
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Havedialogueswithseveralofthechildren.Useallquestionwordsandvo-cabularytheyhavelearnedsofar.
Information:PlaySimonSayswithclassroomcommands.
Practice: Play Ispywithcolors,numbersandprepositionson, inandunder.Childrenshould listen to the teacher, look around to find the object or objects, and then raise handtopointthemout.
�0
Application:Playblindfoldguessinggame.Useseveralitemsandchildmustfeelthemandnamethemall.Ifyougive3pens,childmustsay,“Itis3pens.”Withremainingtime,singsongs:AlphabetSongand10LittleKittens
Materials:blindfold
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Havedialogueswithseveralofthechildren.Useallquestionwordsandvo-cabularytheyhavelearnedsofar.
Information:PlaySimonSayswithclassroomcommands.Writesightwordsandclassroomobjectwordsontheboard,andaskeachchildtopointoutaword.
Practice: Play Ispywithcolors,numbersandprepositionson, inandunder.Childrenshould listen to the teacher, look around to find the object or objects, and then raise handtopointthemout.
Application:Playblindfoldguessinggame.Useseveralitemsandchildmustfeelthemandnamethemall.Ifyougive3pens,childmustsay,“itis3pens.”Withremainingtime,singsongs:AlphabetSongand10LittleKittens
Materials:blindfold
Class #7: Family Words
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:GreetChildren.SingtheGoodMorningSong.
Information:Usepicturesoffamilymemberstoteachfamilywords,using“Itisa…”
Practice:Teachershouldshowapictureofherfamily,andsay,“Thisismy…Thisismy…Childrenshoulddrawapictureoftheirfamilyintheircopybooksandtaketurnsshowingtheirfamily,saying“Thisismy…Thisismy…Showpicturesoffamilymembers.
Application:Reviewthealphabet.Teachvowels,A,E,I,O,U.Tellchildrenthatthesearespeciallettersandtheyshouldrememberthattheyaredifferentfromtherestoftheletters.Practicesayingthem,andthenwrite3ofthemontheboard,andhavechildrennamethemissingvowels.Repeatseveraltimes.PlayagameofISpy.
Materials:Familymemberpictures,pictureofteacher’sfamily(mother,father,sistersandbrothersonly)
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:GreetChildren.SingtheGoodMorningSong.
Information:Usepicturesoffamilymemberstoteachfamilywords,using“Itisa…”
Practice:Teachershouldshowapictureofherfamily,andsay,“Thisismy…Thisismy…Childrenshoulddrawapictureoftheirfamilyintheircopybooksandtaketurnsshowingtheirfamily,saying“Thisismy…Thisismy…Showpicturesoffamilymembers.
Application:Writethewords:Mother,father,sister,brotherontheboard.Practicesayingthesewords,andpointoutthe–th-sound.Practicesayingthissound.Childrenshouldcopyallwords,andthenreviewsightwordsandclassroomobjectwords.
Materials:Familymemberpictures,pictureofteacher’sfamily(mother,father,sistersandbrothersonly)
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #8: Family Words and “I have a…”
1st form lesson
Motivation: Write every other letter of the alphabet on the board, and let children fill in therest
Information:Drawapictureofafamilyontheboard.Teachersaysafamilyword,andchildcirclesthepictureofthatfamilymember.Teachershowsapictureofhermother,father,brothersandsisters,andsays,“Ihavea…Foreach,remindchildrenofthenativelanguageformofthis.Childrenshouldpointtothepicturestheydrewoftheirfamily,andsay“Ihavea…”
Practice:Childrenmayusetheform“Ihave…”withotherthingsaswellasfamily.Teach-ershouldmodelthesentences,“Thisisacopybook.Itismycopybook.Ihaveacopy-book.”Dothisseveraltimes.Askchildrentodothesame.Teachershouldsayaword,andchildrenshouldtrytosaythesame3sentences.
Application: PlayTic-Tac-Toewith familywords.Youmayprepare cardswith 1,2 and3brothersandsisteronthem(atotalof6cards)sothatchildrenmustusethepluralforms.
Materials:familycards
1st Year Lesson
Motivation: Write every other letter of the alphabet on the board, and let children fill in therest
Information:Drawapictureofafamilyontheboard.Teachersaysafamilyword,andchildcirclesthepictureofthatfamilymember.Teachershowsapictureofhermother,father,brothersandsisters,andsays,“Ihavea…Foreach,remindchildrenofthenativelanguageformofthis.Childrenshouldpointtothepicturestheydrewoftheirfamily,andsay“Ihavea…”
Practice:Childrenmayusetheform“Ihave…”withotherthingsaswellasfamily.Teach-ershouldmodelthesentences,“Thisisacopybook.Itismycopybook.Ihaveacopy-book.”Dothisseveraltimes.Askchildrentodothesame.Teachershouldsayaword,andchildrenshouldtrytosaythesame3sentences.
Application:Newsightwords:yes,no,be,this,havefrom.Practicesayingeach,andthenwriteallofthesightwordsontheboard.Askchildrentocometothefront,pointoneout,andreadit.Thendothesamewithclassroomobjectwords.
Materials:Familypicturecards,optionalsightwordcards
Class #9: Family Words and the verb ‘to have’
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Writethealphabetontheboardwithmanylettersmissing.Childrenshouldfill it in. Write the numbers with several missing as well and have children orally tell you whicharemissing.
Information: Teachchildren thatusing theword ‘a’ is like saying ‘one’.Examples:amother,afather.Teach“Youhavea…”Childrenshouldsay,“Yes,Ihavea...”“Youhave3brothers.”“No,Ihave2brothers.”Afterrepeatingthismanytimestogether,practiceas a chain drill. Go around the room and have first child say to second, “You have…” The secondchildmustanswer,“Yes/No,Ihave…”andturntothenextchildtomakeasen-tence.Remembertouse‘a’for1thing,andputan‘s’ontheendofwordsforplurals.
Practice:Teach,“Howoldareyou?”“Iam(5,6).”Childrenshouldpracticesayingthisandthen teacher should ask several children how old they are. Then do a chain drill. The first
��
childasksthesecond,“Howoldareyou?”Secondanswersandasksthesamequestiontothethirdchild.Repeatwitheverychild.
Application:Moredialogueswithnewwords.
Materials:None
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Writethealphabetontheboardwithmanylettersmissing.Childrenshouldfill it in. Write the numbers with several missing as well and have children orally tell you whicharemissing.
Information: Teachchildren thatusing theword ‘a’ is like saying ‘one’.Examples:amother,afather.Teach“Youhavea…”Childrenmustsay,“Yes,Ihavea...”“Youhave3brothers.”“No,Ihave2brothers.”Afterrepeatingthismanytimestogether,practiceas a chain drill. Go around the room and have first child say to second, “You have…” The secondchildmustanswer,“Yes/No,Ihave…”andturntothenextchildtomakeasen-tence.Remembertouse‘a’for1thing,andputan‘s’ontheendofwordsforplurals.
Practice:Teach,“Howoldareyou?”“Iam(5,6).”Childrenshouldpracticesayingthisandthen teacher should ask several children how old they are. Then do a chain drill. The first childasksthesecond,“Howoldareyou?”Secondanswersandasksthesamequestiontothethirdchild.Repeatwitheverychild.
Application:Practicewritingthefamilywords:mother,father,sisterandbrother.Chil-drenmaycometotheboardandwritethewords.Then,usingcardsorwritingontheboard,askchildrentoreadsightwords.Askthemiftheyknowwhatanyofthewordsmean.(Theyshouldknowyes,no,in,you,have,I,it,on,thisandthat)
Materials:None,optionalsightwordcards
Class #10: Family Words: Do you have a…? (Yes/No)
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren.Reviewfamilywordswithpictures.Reviewthepluralformofeachofthefamilywords.
Information:Askthequestion:Doyouhaveamother?Answer:“Yes,Ihaveamother.”
Practice:Childrenshouldmakedialoguestogether,andaskeachotheraboutfamilies.Teacher should ask the first few questions, but tell children to pay attention, so they can alsoaskthesequestions.Useallquestionsfrompreviouslessons.
Application:Usethe“Doyouhavea…?”formwithclassroomobjects.Childrenshouldpracticemanytimes,andeachchildshouldspeakat leastonce.ThenplayTelephone(Linechildrenup.Whisperawordorphrasetoonechild,whowhispersittothenext,downthelineofchildren.Thelastchildmustsaywhatheorsheheard.withanyofthenewquestionsorstatementsfromthepastfewclasses.Withextratimesingsongs.
Materials:Familycardsandpictures
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren.Reviewfamilywordswithpictures.Reviewthepluralformofeachofthefamilywords.
Information:Askthequestion:“Doyouhaveamother?”Teacheranswerherself:“Yes,Ihaveamother.”
Practice:Childrenshouldmakedialoguestogether,andaskeachotheraboutfamilies.Teacher should ask the first few questions, but tell children to pay attention, so they can alsoaskthesequestions.Useallquestionsfrompreviouslessons.Ask“Doyouhave…”questionsaboutclassroomobjectsaswell.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Application:Vowelsoundpractice:/e/asinme:meet,feet,seen,sleep,read,bean,seat.Teachchildrenthattheletteremakesthesound/ee/asinmewhenitiswritten–ee,and–ea.Childrenshouldpracticesayingthesewords,andwritingthem.
Materials:Familycardsandpictures,optionalvowelsoundwordcardsandsightwordcards
Class #11: Family Words: Do you have a…? (Yes, I have a…)
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:SingtheAlphabetsong,TenLittleKittens,andTheGoodMorningSong.
Information:Teachtheform“Ihavenosisters/nobrothers.”
Practice:Playagame:Sayaword2ways,oncepronouncingitcorrectly,onceincorrectly.If the first word was correct, children should hold up one finger, if the second word was correct, hold up two finger. Example: Teacher says, “Mahver, Mother” Children should hold up 2 fingers because the second word was correct. Teacher should prepare the words thatshewillsaybeforehandsoactivitymovesquickly.
Application:Invitethechildrentoaskeachotherforthings.Tellthemtheform“Douyouhavea…?”Iftheansweris“YesIhavea…”Thenthechildshouldsay,“Givemea…please.”Goaroundtheroom,asinachaindrill,anduseallclassroomobjectwords.
Materials:None
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SingtheAlphabetsong,TenLittleKittens,andTheGoodMorningSong.
Information:Teachtheform“Ihavenosisters/nobrothers.”
Practice:Invitethechildrentoaskeachotherforthings.Tellthemtousetheform“Douyouhavea…?”Iftheansweris“YesIhavea…”Thenthechildshouldsay,“Givemea…please.”Eachchildshouldpracticesayingthesephrases.
Application:Quicklyplayagame:Sayaword2ways,oncepronouncingitcorrectly,onceincorrectly. If the first word was correct, children should hold up one finger, if the second word was correct, hold up two finger. Example: Teacher says, “Mahver, Mother.” Children should hold up 2 fingers because the second word was correct. Teacher should prepare thesewordspairsbeforeclasssotheactivitymovesquickly.Thenpracticesightwordsand/e/vowelsoundwords.Introduceseveralwordswiththesound/i/asinhit:hit,mitt,sit,pin,bin,did.Childrenshouldpracticespellingandreadingthesewords,andwritethem.
Materials:None-optionalvowelsoundwordcardsandsightwordcards
Class #12: Review
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Reviewcolorsusingcards,andthenshowonlysomeofthecards.Childrenmust figure out which colors are missing. Repeat several times.
Information: Where’s My Desk? Song (see first year lesson, below)
Practice:Learnthissongwell,thenaddgestures.Writeallupper-andlower-caselettersin different placed on the board. Ask children to find the upper and lower case for each letter. Introduce the Alphabet Folder. This is a folder with small window flaps cut in 5 placesonthefront.Numbereachwindow1-5.Insidearepiecesofpaperwithalargelet-terdrawnoneach.Makeoneforeachletterofthealphabet.Placeonepagewithaletter
��
inthefolder.Openonewindow,andchildrenmayguesswhichletterisinside.Iftheyneedto,teachermayopenanotherwindow.Seehowquicklytheycanguesstheletter.
Application:BallTossTranslation.Tossaballorbeanbagtoachild,andsayavocabularyword.Childrenshouldtranslatetheword,andthrowtheballback.Repeatmanytimes.
Materials:Ball,AlphabetFolder
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Reviewcolorsusingcards,andthenshowonlysomeofthecards.Childrenmust figure out which colors are missing. Repeat several times.
Information:Where’sMyDesk?Song(tothetuneofBrotherJohn,seeAppendixE):
Where’s my desk? Where’s my desk?Here it is! Here it is!I can touch the desk, I can touch the desk,With my hand, With my hand.
Thiscanbedonewithotherclassroomobjectsaswell:
Where’s my chair(2), Near my desk!(2) I will sit in my chair(2) Quietly(2)Where’s my pencil(2), On my desk(2)I can hold my pencil(2) In my hand(2)Where’s the window(2) Over there(2), I can see the outside (2) Of my school(2)
Practice:Learnthissongwell,thenaddgestures.Writeallupper-andlower-caselettersin different placed on the board. Ask children to find the upper and lower case for each letter. Introduce the Alphabet Folder. This is a folder with small window flaps cut in 5 placesonthefront.Numbereachwindow1-5.Insidearepiecesofpaperwithalargelet-terdrawnoneach.Makeoneforeachletterofthealphabet.Placeonepagewithaletterinthefolder.Openonewindow,andchildrenmayguesswhichletterisinside.Iftheyneedto,teachermayopenanotherwindow.Seehowquicklytheycanguesstheletter.
Application:Writeallsightwordsontheboard.Childrenshouldpracticereadingthem.Thenwritethevowelsoundwordsontheboard.Askchildrentopointoutandsaywordswiththe/e/sound.Thenaskthemtopointoutandsaywordswiththe/i/sound.
Materials:Alphabetfolder
Class #13: Review
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Review“Where’sMyDesk?”song,thentheAlphabetsong,andthen10LittleKittens.
Information:Childrenshouldpracticequestions“Whatisit?”“Whose….isit?”“Whereisit?”“Howareyou?”“Doyouhave…?”andanswerstoallofthese.Teachersaysaques-tion,childrenrepeat,and1answers.
Practice/Application:PlayAroundtheWorldandTic-Tac-Toe,withnouns,andifthisiseasy for them, perhaps try asking questions, to see who answers first. Also play game wherechildisblindfoldedandmusttouchtheobject,andsaywhatitis.
Materials:Blindfold
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Review“Where’sMyDesk?”song,thentheAlphabetsong,andthen10LittleKittens.
Information:Childrenshouldpracticequestions“Whatisit?”“Whose….isit?”“Whereisit?”“Howareyou?”“Doyouhave…?”andanswerstoallofthese.Teachersaysaques-tion,childrenrepeatquestion,and1childanswers.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Practice:PlayAroundtheWorldandTic-Tac-Toe,withnouns,andifthisiseasyforthem,perhaps try asking questions, to see who answers first. Also play game where child is blindfoldedandmusttouchtheobject,andsaywhatitis.
Application: Have short dialogues with the children. If time remains, practice sightwords.
Materials:Blindfold
Class #14 Informal Assessment
Use this time to see what your pupils know. If you know that they need to practice a certain topic, you may do different revision exercises than the ones written here. Make notes of children who are having trouble and work to make them more comfortable saying English words.
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:PlaySimonSayswithclassroomcommands.
Information:PracticeusingtheAlphabetFolder.Reviewchildren’snamesandaskthemwhichlettercomesinthebeginningoftheirname.Childrenshouldstand,thensingAl-phabet Song, and when they sing the first letter of a child’s name, that child should sit down.
Practice:Teacherwritesaletterontheboard.Childmustwritetheletterthatcomesbeforeandafter it.Callout2colorsandhavechildrenwhoarewearingthosecolorsstandup.
Application:Singallsongs.
Materials:AlphabetFolder
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:PlaySimonSayswithclassroomcommands.
Information:PracticeusingtheAlphabetFolder.Reviewchildren’snamesandaskthemwhichlettercomesinthebeginningoftheirname.Childrenshouldstand,thensingAl-phabet Song, and when they sing the first letter of a child’s name, that child should sit down.
Practice:Teacherwritesaletterontheboard.Childmustwritetheletterthatcomesbeforeandafterit.Writeallsightwords,andvowelsoundwordsontheboard.Askchil-drentocometotheboardandpointthemoutasyousaythem.Callout2colorsandhavechildrenwhoarewearingthosecolorsstandup.
Application:Singsongswithremainingtime.
Materials:AlphabetFolder
Class #15, 16: Holiday Activities
Please see Appendix C for holiday Activity ideas.
��
Semester 3
Class #1: Review semesters 1&2
1st Year Lesson and 1st Form Lesson
Motivation:BegintowritetheGreetings:GoodMorning/Afternoon/Evening/Hello/Good-bye
Information: Children may point out the different letters they see. Take the first word, good, and sound it outwith the children. Point out eachplacewhere teacherwrote‘good’ontheboard.Moveonwiththenextwords.
Practice:Childrenshouldwritedownthesephrases.
Application:TeachDaysoftheWeekSong:Firstsaythewords,andthenhavechildrenrepeatthewords,thentrytosingtogether.(tothetuneofAlouette,SeeAppendixE)
Sunday, Monday, Tuesday Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Then we start again
(Startthesongagain,butonthedayoftheweekyouarecurrentlyon,don’tsaythatday,andinsteadclap.ExplainthatinAmerica,theystarttheirweekonSunday,notMondayaswedoinUzbekistan.)
Materials:None
Class #2: Introduce Parts of the Body
1st Year Lesson and 1st Form Lesson
Motivation:SingDaysoftheWeekSong,andclaponthecurrentdayoftheweek
Information:Teacherpointstonose,andasks,“Whatisthis?”Childrenanswerinnativelanguage.Thenteacherwrites thewordnoseontheboard-anddrawsapictureofanosenexttoit.Childrenshoulddothesameintheircopybooks.Repeatthiswithotherpartsoftheface:Eyes,mouth,ears,hair,head.After,soundoutthewordstogether.Askchildren,oneatatime,topracticesayingthelettersthatareinthewords.Teachthemthatmanytimes,ifitisattheendoftheword,-emakesnosound.Alsopracticethe/th/sound.Childrenshouldputtheirtonguesinbetweentheirteethandblowoutgently.Thisisthe/th/sound.Makesureeveryoneintheclasscanmakethissound,asinmouth.
Practice:Childrenshouldclosetheircopybooks.Eraseallwordsfromtheboard.Childrenshouldclosetheireyesandlistenastheteachersaysaword.Teacherasksthechildrenwhatthebeginningsound/letteris,andwhattheendsoundis.Repeatthisforeachnewword.
Application:Childrenshouldwriteeachword5timesintheircopybooks.Singsongswithextratime.
Materials:None
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #3: Parts of the Body using plurals
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:SingtheDaysoftheWeekSong,reviewthealphabet,colorsandnumbers.Usetheform,“Whatisit?”“Itis…”and“Itisa…”
Information:Teach the restof thepartsof thebody,writing thewordsdown,withapicture. Arm, hand, finger, body, leg, foot, toe. Children should copy the word and pic-turefromtheboard.After,soundoutthewordstogether.Askchildren,oneatatime,topracticesayingthelettersthatareinthewords.
Practice:Makealistofallthebodypartwordsontheboard,andletchildrenpointthemoutasyousaythem.Then,discusswhichbodypartsofwhichwehave2.Childrenshouldpickoutallofthesewords,andpracticedrawingthe‘–s’ontheendofthewordsontheboard.
Application:Childrenshouldwriteeachpluralwordintheircopybooks,andthenwriteeachword5timesintheirnotebooks.
Materials:None
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SingtheDaysoftheWeekSong,reviewthealphabet,colorsandnumbers.Usetheform,“Whatisit?”“Itis…”and“Itisa…”
Information:Teach the restof thepartsof thebody,writing thewordsdown,withapicture. Arm, hand, finger, body, leg, foot, toe. Children should copy the word and pic-turefromtheboard.After,soundoutthewordstogether.Askchildren,oneatatime,topracticesayingthelettersthatareinthewords.
Practice:Makealistofallthebodypartwordsontheboard,andletchildrenpointthemoutasyousaythem.Then,discusswhichbodypartsofwhichwehave2.Childrenshouldpickoutallofthesewords,andpracticedrawingthe‘–s’ontheendofthewordsontheboard.
Application:Quicklyreviewsightwords,andthenwritethesentence“Itisahead.”ontheboard.Drawaheadnexttothepicture.Askchildrentoreadthesentence.Showan-otherbodypartontheboard,andaskchildrentosay“Itisa…”Thenaskachildtocometo the board and write the sentence. Remind them that the first letter is a capital, and a periodgoesattheendofthesentence.Repeatthisastimeallows,andletthechildrencopythesentencesintotheircopybooks.
Materials:None
Class #4: Parts of the Body and the Possessive Adjectives ‘my’ and ‘your’
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:SingDaysoftheWeeksong,andthendosomeshortdialogues.Ask“Howareyou?”“Howoldareyou?”“Doyouhave(familymembers)?”Thenreview“Itismy…”and“Isityour?”Childrenshouldremembertheanswer,“Yes,itismy…”“No,itisyour…”Teachershouldpointtodifferentobjectsandaskthesequestions.Trywithclassroomobjectsandthenwithbodyparts.(Childrenmaythinkthisisfunny.)
Information:Review“Thisismy…”“Thisisyour…”Childrenshouldstandinline,anddoachaindrill.Firstchildsayspointstohimselfandsays,“Thisismy…”Thenheshouldpointtoabodypartofthenextchildandsay,“Thisisyour…”Thischildsays,“Thisismy…”andturntothenext.Repeatthroughtheline.
Practice:TeachtheChant:
1,2,3,4
��
Point your right hand to the door1,2,3,4Point your left hand to the door
Application:Childrenshoulddrawseveraldifferentbodyparts,thenwritethewordnexttoeach.
Materials:None
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SingDaysoftheWeeksong,andthendosomeshortdialogues.Ask“Howareyou?”“Howoldareyou?”“Doyouhave(familymembers)?”Thenreview“Itismy…”and“Isityour?”Childrenshouldremembertheanswer,“Yes,itismy…”“No,itisyour…”Teachershouldpointtodifferentobjectsandaskthesequestions.Trywithclassroomobjectsandthenwithbodyparts.(Childrenmaythinkthisisfunny.)
Information:Review“Thisismy…”“Thisisyour…”Writethese2phrasesontheboard.Childrenshouldstandinline,anddoachaindrill.Firstchildsayspointstohimselfandsays,“Thisismy…”Thenheshouldpointtoabodypartofthenextchildandsay,“Thisisyour…”Thischildsays,“Thisismy…”andturntothenext.Repeatthroughtheline.
Practice: Children should copy the sentences, “This is my leg.” “That is your nose.”Teachermaywriteseveral sentences likethisontheboardandchildrencanpracticereadingthem.
TeachtheChant:
1,2,3,4 Point your right hand to the door1,2,3,4Point your left hand to the door
Application:Introducenewsightwords:or,one,had,by,word.Practicespellingandsay-ingthesewords.Childrenshouldwritethem.
Materials:None
Class #5: Parts of the Body, “I have a/an…” (Article use)
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Reviewalphabetandvowels.Askdifferentchildrentocometotheboardandcirclethevowelsasyousaythem.
Information:Thenwriteafewbodypartsontheboard:leg,eye,ear,arm,head.Tellchildrenthatwhenawordstartswithavowel,youcannotsay,“Itisaear.”Youmustsay“Itisanear.”Writeseveralnounsontheboard(itdoesn’tmatterwhetherchildrenknowthewordsornot)andaskchildrentocometotheboardtowrite‘a’or‘an.’
Practice:Askchildrentocopythesentences:Ihaveahead.Ihaveanose.Teachthemwhatsoundeachwordmakes.
Application:Teachthedifferentpronouns(I,you,he,she,weandthey).Childrenshouldpracticesayingandpointingtodifferentpeopleandsayingthepronouns.Theyshouldwriteallpronouns,andtranslateintheircopybooks.
Materials:None
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Reviewalphabetandvowels.Askdifferentchildrentocometotheboardandcirclethevowelsasyousaythem.
Information:Thenwriteafewbodypartsontheboard:leg,eye,ear,arm,head.Tellchildrenthatwhenawordstartswithavowel,youcannotsay,“Itisaear.”Youmustsay
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
“Itisanear.”Writeseveralnounsontheboard(itdoesn’tmatterwhetherchildrenknowthewordsornot)andaskchildrentocometotheboardtowrite‘a’or‘an.’
Practice:Askchildrentocopythesentences:Ihaveahead.Ihaveanose.Teachthemwhatsoundeachwordmakes.
Application:Teachthedifferentpronouns(I,you,he,she,weandthey).Childrenshouldpracticesayingandpointingtodifferentpeopleandsayingthepronouns.Theyshouldwriteallpronouns,andtranslateintheircopybooks.Teachnewsightwords:but,not,what,all,were.Childrenshouldpracticesayingthesewordswiththeteacher,andthenontheirown.Thentheyshouldreviewallsitewordstogether.
Materials:None,optionalsightwordcards
Class #6: Parts of the Body, “This is…” “That is…”
1st Form Lesson
Motivation: Review Pronouns. Sing Alphabet song, and fill in alphabet, which has been writtenontheboardwithlettersmissing.
Information:Teacherpointstoownbodypartsorachild’sbodyparts.Childrenmustsaywhattheyare,intheform“Itisa/an…”
Practice:Makesmallpiecesofpaperwithbodypartwordsonthem.Onechildshouldcometothefront,andotherchildrenshouldtaketurnstapingthebodypartwordstothecorrectbodypartsofthechild.
Application: Review dialogue words. Write, “How are you? And the answer “I am fine.” Childrenshouldpracticereadingthistogether,andthenwriteitintheircopybooks.
Materials:Smallpiecesofpaperwithbodypartwordswrittenonthem,tape
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Teacherpointstoownbodypartsorachild’sbodyparts.Childrenmustsaywhattheyare,intheform“Itisa/an…”
Information:Makesmallpiecesofpaperwithbodypartwordsonthem.Onechildshouldcometothefront,andotherchildrenshouldtaketurnstapingthebodypartwordstothecorrectbodypartsofthechild.
Practice: Review dialogue words. Write, “How are you? And the answer “I am fine.” Chil-drenshouldpracticereadingthistogether,andthenwriteitintheircopybooks.
Application:Teachnewsightwords:we,when,your,can,said.Askthechildrenwhichwords they recognize (we, your). Children should practice spelling and saying thesewords.Theyshouldwritethemintheirbooks,andthenpracticerecognizingandsayingallsightwords.
Materials:Smallpiecesofpaperwithbodypartwordswrittenonthem,tape,optionalsightwordcards
Class #7: Parts of the Body and Prepositions (On and Under)
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Teachsong:Head,ShouldersKneesandToes(SeeAppendixE)
Head, Shoulders Knees and Toes, Knees and ToesHead, Shoulders Knees and Toes, Knees and ToesEyes and ears and mouth and nose,Head, Shoulders Knees and Toes, Knees and Toes
�0
Information:PlaySimonSayswithcommandsandthenewcommand“Touchyour…”
Practice:Reviewprepositionsin,onandunder.Say“MynoseisONmyhead.Whatelseisonmyhead?”Repeatwitheyes.Thenaskchildrentorepeatwithyou,andthengivemoreexamples.Afterallheadpartshavebeenused,pointtoleg.“Mylegisundermyhead.”“Myarmisundermyhead.”Askchildrenwhatelseisundertheirheads.Useasmanybodypartsasyoucan.
Application:Reviewcolorsandnumbers.Writetheminlistformontheboardandhavechildrencopythem.Askthemtoreadthesewordsbacktoyouasyoupointtothem.Singsongswithextratime.
Materials:None
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Teachsong:Head,ShouldersKneesandToes(SeeAppendixE)
Head, Shoulders Knees and Toes, Knees and ToesHead, Shoulders Knees and Toes, Knees and ToesEyes and ears and mouth and nose,Head, Shoulders Knees and Toes, Knees and Toes
Information:PlaySimonSayswithcommandsandthenewcommand“Touchyour…”
Practice:Reviewprepositionsin,onandunder.Say“MynoseisONmyhead.Whatelseisonmyhead?”Repeatwitheyes.Thenaskchildrentorepeatwithyou,andthengivemoreexamples.Afterallheadpartshavebeenused,pointtoleg.“Mylegisundermyhead.”“Myarmisundermyhead.”Askchildrenwhatelseisundertheirheads.Useasmanybodypartsasyoucan.
Application:Reviewcolorsandnumbers.Writetheminlistformontheboardandhavechildrencopythem.Askthemtoreadthesewordsbacktoyouasyoupointtothem.Teachnewsightwords:there,use,an,each,which.Childrenshouldspell,sayandwritethewords.Practicereadingallsitewords,andvowelsoundwords.
Materials:None–optionalsightwordandvowelsoundwordcards
Class #8: Parts of the Body and Question Words (What, Whose, Where and Who?)
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Childrensing,Where’sMyDesk?andpracticewritingthealphabet.Eachchildcomestothefrontandwritesthenextletterofthealphabet.
Information:Reviewall question sentenceswhilepointing tobodyparts. “What is it?Whoseisit?Whereisit?”Introduce“Whoisit?”Giveananswertoeachoftheseques-tionsandplayagame.Dividetheclass intotwoteams.Childrentaketurnansweringquestionsyougivethem.Askoneteamaquestion,andthenasktheotherteam.Ifthechildanswersthequestioncorrectly,givetheirteam1point.Iftheydonotanswercor-rectly,askthesamequestiontotheotherteam.
Practice: Play Simon Says with classroom commands. Teach the command “Touchyour…”
Application:Writing:Teacherwritesallofthequestionwordsontheboard.Teachchil-dren that the combination of letter ‘wh-’ says /wuh/ Children practice saying thesewords,andwritethemdown5timeseach.
Materials:None
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Childrensing,Where’sMyDesk?andpracticewritingthealphabet.Eachchildcomestothefrontandwritesthenextletterofthealphabet.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Information:Reviewall question sentenceswhilepointing tobodyparts. “What is it?Whoseisit?Whereisit?”Introduce“Whoisit?”Giveananswertoeachoftheseques-tionsandplayagame.Dividetheclass intotwoteams.Childrentaketurnansweringquestionsyougivethem.Askoneteamaquestion,andthenasktheotherteam.Ifthechildanswersthequestioncorrectly,givetheirteam1point.Iftheydonotanswercor-rectly,askthesamequestiontotheotherteam.
Practice: Play Simon Says with classroom commands. Teach the command “Touchyour…”
Application:Writing:Teacherwritesallofthequestionwordsontheboard.Teachchil-dren that the combination of letter ‘wh-’ says /wuh/ Children practice saying thesewords,andwritethemdown.Thenteachnewsightwords:she,do,how,there,if.Chil-drenshouldpracticesayingeachofthesewords,andwritethemintheircopybooks.
Materials:None–optionalsightwordandvowelsoundwordcards
Class #9: Review
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:SingDaysoftheWeekSong.
Information: Play Days of the Week Snake. Go around the room, starting with the first day of the week, each child must say the next day. Keep going even after you have finished allthedays,untilallofthechildrenhavesaidaday.
Practice:Writethenamesoffamilymembersontheboard.Childrenshouldcopythemandpracticesayingthem.
Application:PlayTic-Tac-Toewithbodyparts,classroomobjectsandfamilymembers.Point to an object or a picture. The first child to say what it is gets to draw an x or o for hisorherteam.
Materials:Allwordandobjectcards
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SingDaysoftheWeekSong.
Information: Play Days of the Week Snake. Go around the room, starting with the first day of the week, each child must say the next day. Keep going even after you have finished allthedays,untilallofthechildrenhavesaidaday.
Practice:Teachershouldwritethedaysoftheweekontheboard,practicereadingthewordswiththechildren,andthenthechildrenshouldcopythewords.
Application:PlayAroundtheWorldwithsightwordcards.(seeAppendixDforAroundtheWorldrules)
Materials:Sightwordscards
Class #10: Informal Assessment
1st Year Lesson and 1st Form Lesson
Motivation:SingtheDaysoftheWeeksongandtheGoodMorningSong.
Information:Writewordsthatchildrenhavelearnedontheboard.(Teachershouldin-cluseallsightwordsfor1styearstudents.)Askthemtotrytoreadthewordyoupoint.Keeptrackofwhichchildrencanandcannotreadthewords.Ifnoneofthechildrencanreadthewords,theycanpracticesayingthenamesandsoundsofthelettersinthewordsyoupointto.
��
Practice:PrettyColorsSong(tothetuneofClementine,SeeAppendixE):
Red and Orange,Yellow, Green, Blue,Purple, Brown, Pink and Gray,Pretty colors all around me, And I know each one by name.
Introducethenewcolorswithcards(brown,pink,purple,andgray)andpointtothemeachtimeyousingthesong.Havedifferentchildrenpointtothemaswellwhenyousingthesong.
Application:Practicethesong,thenstandinacircleandtossabeanbagorball,eachchildsayinganumberastheytossit.
Materials:Beanbagorball
Class #11: Domestic Animal Vocabulary
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Lookataposterwithdomesticanimals.Askchildrentonameanimalsthattheysee.
Information:Teachthewordsforthefollowing:Cat,dog,pig,sheep,chick,andhen.
Information:Writeeachanimalnameon theboardandpractice spellingand readingtogether.
Practice:Childrenshouldwritedownthesenewwords.Childrenshouldpracticemakingtheanimalsintheplural.Teachthemthatsheepisusedforthesingularandplural.
Application:Childrenshouldmakeapictureintheirnotebooksforeachanimalwordtheywrote.
Materials:Posterorpicturesofdomesticanimals
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Lookataposterwithdomesticanimals.Askchildrentonameanimalsthattheysee.
Information:Teachthewordsforthefollowing:Cat,dog,pig,sheep,chick,andhen.
Information:Writeeachanimalnameon theboardandpractice spellingand readingtogether.
Practice:Childrenshouldwritedownthesenewwords.Childrenshouldpracticemakingtheanimalsintheplural.Teachthemthatsheepisusedforthesingularandplural.
Application:Children shouldmakeapicture in their notebooks foreachanimalwordtheywrote.Thenteacher shouldwrite the followingwordswith the/a/ sound:bait,raid,wait,wade,fate,gate.Tellchildrenthatoftentheletter–eattheendofthewordmakesnosound.Childrenshouldpracticespellingthewords,andsoundingthemout.Concentrateonthe–aisound.Childrenshouldwritethesewords,
Materials:Posterorpicturesofdomesticanimals
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #12: Domestic Animals
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:ReviewDaysoftheWeekwithoutthesong.Writethewordsandsaythem.Thensayadayoftheweekinnativelanguage,andaskthechildrentopointtotheEng-lish word for it. This will probably be difficult at first. If so, sing the song again.
Information:Teachtherestofthedomesticanimals:Horse,cow,goat,rooster(cock),duck,goose.Practice readingand saying thesewords,andwrite themdown incopy-books.
Practice/Application:SingOldMacDonaldhadaFarm(SeeAppendixE)
Old MacDonald had a farm, E-I-E-I-OAnd on this Farm he had a (animal)E-I-E-I-OWith a (animal sound) here and a (animal sound) there,Here a (animal sound), there a(animal sound), everywhere a (animal sound),Old MacDonald had a farm, E-I-E-I-O
Hereisalistofanimalsandtheirsounds:Cat-meowmeow,dog-barkbark,cow-moomoo,sheep-baabaa,horse-neigh/naynay/hen-cluckcluck,pig-oinkoink.
Materials:Posterorpicturesofdomesticanimals
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SingtheDaysoftheWeeksong.
Information:Teachtherestofthedomesticanimals:Horse,cow,goat,rooster(cock),duck,goose.Practice readingand saying thesewords,andwrite themdown incopy-books.
PracticeSingOldMacDonaldhadaFarm(SeeAppendixE)
Old MacDonald had a farm, E-I-E-I-OAnd on this Farm he had a (animal)E-I-E-I-OWith a (animal sound) here and a (animal sound) there,Here a (animal sound), there a(animal sound), everywhere a (animal sound),Old MacDonald had a farm, E-I-E-I-O
Hereisalistofanimalsandtheirsounds:Cat-meowmeow,dog-barkbark,cow-moomoo,sheep-baabaa,horse-neigh/naynay/hen-cluckcluck,pig-oinkoink.
Application:Teach thenewvowel soundwords:/eh/ sound: set,met,pen, sell,get,less.Childrenshouldpracticespellingandreadingthesewords,thenwritethem.Writeallvowelsoundwordsontheboard,andaskchildrentocometotheboardandreadthewordtheteacherpointsto.
Materials:None,optionalvowelsoundcards
Class #13: Animals with Numbers and Prepositions
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Reviewanimalnames,writealistofanimalnamesontheboard,andchildrencanpracticereadingthem.
��
Information:Reviewtheplural,andplaypluralsgame:Teacherwritesanumberontheboard,andtapes,orplaces,apictureofananimalnexttoit.Childmustsaythenumberandtheanimalinthepluralform.Forexample:7cows.
Practice:Childrenplayagame.Onechildactsoutananimal(theymayusesounds),andotherchildrenmustsaythenameoftheanimalinEnglish.
Application:Writethenamesoftheanimalsontheboard,anddrawapictureoftheanimal,orusepicturecardswithtape.Letthechildrendrawalinefromtheanimal’snametothepicture.
Materials:Animalpicturecardswithtape
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Reviewanimalnames,writealistofanimalnamesontheboard,andchildrencanpracticereadingthem.
Information:Reviewtheplural,andplaypluralsgame:Teacherwritesanumberontheboard,andtapes,orplaces,apictureofananimalnexttoit.Childmustsaythenumberandtheanimalinthepluralform.Forexample:7cows.
Practice:Childrenplayagame.Onechildactsoutananimal(theymayusesounds),andotherchildrenmustsaythenameoftheanimalinEnglish.
Application:Writethefollowingwordswiththe/ah/sound:cat,clam,dad,fat,man,pan.Childrenshouldpracticespellingandreadingthesewords.Theyshouldwritethem,and then play Tic-Tac-Toe with vowel sound words. Divide the class into 2 teams.Achildfromeachteamcomestothefront,andtheteachershowsthemavowelsoundword card. Whichever child says the word correctly first may put an x or o on the game board.
Materials:Animalpicturecardswithtape,vowelsoundwordcards.
Class #14: Talk about Pets
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Askchildreniftheyhaveanypetsthatliveintheirhouse.Asktheysaywhichanimalstheyhave,teachtheEnglishversions.
Information: Review cat, dog, and teach mouse, bird, and fish. Teach the plurals of these,andletchildrenwriteallwords.Reviewwithcards.
Practice:TeachSong“IlikeMice”(totuneofBrotherJohn,seeAppendixE):
I like mice, I like miceSqueak, squeak, squeakSqueak, squeak, squeakNose and eyes and whiskers, nose and eyes and whiskersI like mice, I like mice
Application:Childrenmaypointtonose,eyesandmakewhiskersastheysingthesong.Practicesong,andteachtheterm“Ihaveapet.Ihavea(nameofanimal).”Teach,“Ihavenopets.”aswell.Thenreviewcolors,numbersanddialoguesiftimeallows.
Materials:Animalpicturecardsofpets
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Askchildreniftheyhaveanypetsthatliveintheirhouse.Asktheysaywhichanimalstheyhave,teachtheEnglishversions.
Information: Review cat, dog, and teach mouse, bird, and fish. Teach the plurals of these,andletchildrenwriteallwords.Reviewwithcards.
Practice:TeachSong“IlikeMice”(totuneofBrotherJohn,seeAppendixE):
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
I like mice, I like miceSqueak, squeak, squeakSqueak, squeak, squeakNose and eyes and whiskers, nose and eyes and whiskersI like mice, I like mice.
Childrenmaypointtonose,eyesandmakewhiskersastheysingthesong.
Application:Teachwordswith the /oh/ sound: hot, cot, ox, cod, bog, hog. Childrenshouldpracticespellingandreadingthesewords.Theyshouldwritethem,andpracticesayingvowelsoundwordsthattheyhavelearned.
Materials:Animalpicturecardsofpets,vowelsoundwordcards
Class #15: Review
1st Year Lesson and 1st Form lesson
Motivation:Havedialogueswithseveralchildren.Askabouttheirfamilies.SingIlikeMiceandDaysoftheWeeksongs.
Information:Reviewallbodyparts.Childrenshouldusetheform“Itisa…”
Practice:Learn“TheGoodMorningSong”(tothetuneDoYourEarsHanglow?seeAp-pendixE)
Oh, the duck says quackAnd the cow says moo,The old red rooster says Cock-a-doodle-do.The sheep says baa, And the cat says meowBut I say good morning When I see you!
Application:playAroundtheWorldwithallvocabulary.RemindchildrenthattheyhavealreadylearnedALOTofwords!Congratulatethemontheirgoodwork.
Materials:allwordcards,includingpicturesofanimals
Class #16: Review
1stYearLessonand1stFormLesson
Motivation:Teachermayhavedialogueswiththechildren.
Information: Sing all songs that children have learned.(1st year only: review sightwords)
Practice:Writewordsfromatopic(suchasbodyparts)indifferentplacesontheboardandaskchildrentopointoutdifferentwords.Thiscanbedonewithanimalsandbodyparts.Thenplayagameinwhichonechildisblindfoldedandhastosaythenameofaclassroomobjectthathetouches.Youmayalsoblindfoldachildandaskthemtowritealetterontheboard.
Application:Askchildrentospeakabouttheirfamily.Reviewtheform,“Ihavea….”PlayballTossTranslationgamewithcolorsandnumbers.
Materials:Blindfold,ballorbeanbag,sightwordcards
��
Class #17: Assessment
Teacher should collect copybooks after class today, and see how the children are writing, and if they are doing their work.
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:SingOldMacDonald,ILikeMiceandtheGoodMorningSong.
Information:Askchildrentoopentheircopybooks,andcopythefollowingwordsinthem.Tell them to write just as they see the words on the board: Cat, Dog, Monkey, Leg,Head.
Afterthechildrenhavewrittenthewords,askthemtodrawapicturenexttoeachword,showingwhatthewordmeans.Tellthemnottolookattheirfriends’papers.Aftertheyaredone,collectthenotebooks.
Practice/Application:Reviewpronouns,plurals,dialogues,colors,numbers,andtheal-phabetastimeallows.
Materials:None
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SingOldMacDonald,ILikeMiceandtheGoodMorningSong.
Information:Askchildrentoopentheircopybooks,andcopythefollowingwordsinthem.Tellthemtowritejustastheyseethewordsontheboard.
Cat,dog,monkey,leg,head
Afterthechildrenhavewrittenthewords,askthemtodrawapicturenexttoeachword,showingwhatthewordmeans.Tellthemnottolookattheirfriends’papers.Aftertheyaredone,collectthenotebooks.
Practice/Application:Reviewpronouns,plurals,dialogues,colors,numbers,andtheal-phabetastimeallows.Writesightwordsontheboard,andaskchildrentocometotheboardandpointoutthewordyousay.
Materials:None
Class #18: Fun Day
Please See Appendix D for Fun Day activities
Class #19, 20: Catch-up Day or Navruz Activities
Pease see Appendix C for holiday activity suggestions
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Semester 4Class #1: Wild Animal Vocabulary
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Lookataposterorpicturesofwildanimals.Askchildrenwhattheysee.
Information: Teach wild animals: elephant, tiger, lion, bear, snake and monkey. Theteachershouldpracticesayingthewordswiththechildren
Practice:Childrenshouldreadandwritewords.Afterchildrenhavecopiedwordsintotheircopybooks,askseveralchildrentocometotheboardandpracticewritingoneoftheanimalnamesontheboard.
Application: Children should draw a picture of the animal next to each vocabularyword.
Materials:Posterorpicturesofwildanimals
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Lookataposterorpicturesofwildanimals.Askchildrenwhattheysee.
Information: Teach wild animals: elephant, tiger, lion, bear, snake and monkey. Theteachershouldpracticesayingthewordswiththechildren
Practice:Childrenshouldreadandwritewords.Afterchildrenhavecopiedwordsintotheircopybooks,askseveralchildrentocometotheboardandpracticewritingoneoftheanimalnamesontheboard.
Application:Childrenshoulddrawapictureoftheanimalnexttoeachvocabularyword.Thenintroducethefollowingwordswiththe/oh/sound:road,goat,soak,robe,hope,tote.Practicespellingandreadingthesewords.Remindthechildrenthatoften–edoesn’tmakeasoundwhenit’sattheendoftheword.
Materials:Posterorpicturesofwildanimals
Class #2: Wild Animals
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Lookatposterorpicturesofwildanimals.Askchildrenwhichwordstheyknow,andthendiscusswhichonestheyhaven’tlearnedyet.
Information: Teach more wild animals: giraffe, kangaroo, fish, crocodile and fox.
Practice:Readandwritewords.Afterchildrenhavecopiedwordsintotheircopybooks.Reviewwordsagain.
Application:Childrenshoulddrawapictureoftheanimalnexttoeachvocabularyword.Thenaskonechildatatimetocometothefrontandpretendtobeoneoftheanimals.Don’tsaythenameoftheanimal-lettheotherchildrentrytoguesswhichonethechildisactingout.
Materials:Posterorpicturesofwildanimals
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:GreetChildren,haveshortdialogues,andreviewquestions,“Howoldareyou?Howareyou?Whatisyourname?Whatisit?Whoseisit?Doyouhavea…?”
��
Information: Look at pictures of animals, review those learned in the last class, andteach more wild animals: giraffe, kangaroo, fish, crocodile and fox. Practice saying these words.
Practice:Childrenshouldwriteeachwordanddrawapictureintheirnotebooks.
Application:Writethefollowingwordswiththe/uh/soundontheboard:sun,bud,bun,fun,mutt,bud.Childrenshouldpracticespellingandreadingthesewords.Theyshouldcopythemintheircopybooks.Iftimeremains,singOldMacDonaldhadaFarm.(SeeAp-pendixE)
Materials:Posterorpicturesofwildanimals,vowelsoundwordcards
Class #3: Wild Animals
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:SingDaysoftheWeeksong.Askchildren“Whatdayisit?Theymayanswer,“Itis…”
Information:Reviewallwildanimals.Writethewordsontheboard,andchildrenmaypractice reading them.Then reviewdomestic andwild animals.Write all the animalnames,domesticandwild,ontheboardindifferentplaces.Childrenshouldcircleallofthedomesticanimalwordstheysee.
Practice:5LittleElephantsPoem:
Five Little Elephants, (five children stand in a row, using their arms as ‘trunks’)Standing in a row.Five little trunks,Waving Hello! (Children wave hello with their ‘trunks’)Oh! said an elephant,Time to go (first child looks at his/her watch, makes a surprised face, and sits down)Four little Elephants standing in a row
Repeatthisuntiltherearenolittleelephants.(Donotwriteinstructionsinparenthe-ses)
Application:Practicethispoem.Iftimeallows,sing“OldMacDonald”.
Materials:Picturesofwildanimals
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:SingDaysoftheWeeksong.Askchildren“Whatdayisit?Theymayanswer,“Itis…”
Information:Reviewallwildanimals.Writethewordsontheboard,andchildrenmaypractice reading them.Then reviewdomestic andwild animals.Write all the animalnames,domesticandwild,ontheboardindifferentplaces.Childrenshouldcircleallofthedomesticanimalwordstheysee.
Practice:5LittleElephantsPoem:
Five Little Elephants, (five children stand in a row, using their arms as ‘trunks’)
Standing in a row.Five little trunks,Waving Hello! (Children wave hello with their ‘trunks’)Oh! said an elephant,Time to go (first child looks at his/her watch, makes a surprised face, and sits down)Four little Elephants standing in a row
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Repeatthisuntiltherearenolittleelephants.(Donotwriteinstructionsinparenthe-ses.)
Application:Writethefollowingwordswiththe/aw/soundontheboard:dawn,claw,paw,call,fall.Childrenshouldspellandreadthewords,thenwritethemintheircopy-books.Practicereadingallvowelsoundwords.
Materials:Picturesofwildanimals,vowelsoundwordcards
Class #4: Review
1st Year Lesson and 1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Saythepoem,FiveLittleElephants.
Information:Reviewwildanimalnames,thendomesticanimalnames.Askchildren:“Doyouhaveapet?”“Yes/No,Ihavea/no….”
Practice:SingtheGoodMorningSong,andOldMacDonald
Application/Practice:DaysoftheWeekSnake,thenplayBallTossTranslationgamewithallvocabulary.Iftimeremains,practicedialogues.
Materials:Ballorbeanbag
Class #5: Informal Assessment
You will test the children’s listening and reading skills as they perform different tasks
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Sing“GoodMorningSong”withthechildren.
Information:Writewordsfromclassroomobjectsvocabularyontheboard.Readthemtogetherwithchildren.Thenerase,andwritevocabularyfromclassroomobject,bodyparts,family,andanimaltopicsindifferentplacesontheboard.Givechildrenoneofthetopics- for example, body part, and ask them to find and circle all of the words they can thatarebodyparts.Repeatwithdifferenttopicsuntilallwordsarecircled.
Practice/Application:PlaySimon sayswithclassroomcommands.Havedialogueswithsomeofthechildrenwhoneedtopracticedialogues,andthensingseveralsongs.Sug-gestedsongs:GoodMorningSong,PrettyColors,and10LittleKittens.
Materials:None
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Sing“GoodMorningSong”withthechildren.
Information:Writewordsfromclassroomobjectsvocabularyontheboard.Readthemtogetherwithchildren.Thenerase,andwritevocabularyfromclassroomobject,bodyparts,family,andanimaltopicsindifferentplacesontheboard.Givechildrenoneofthetopics- for example, body part, and ask them to find and circle all of the words they can thatarebodyparts.Repeatwithdifferenttopicsuntilallwordsarecircled.
Practice:PlaySimonSayswithclassroomcommands.Havedialogueswithsomeofthechildrenwhoneedtopracticedialogues,andthenaskchildrentoreadsightandvowelsoundwords.
Application:Singseveralsongs.Suggestedsongs:GoodMorningSong,PrettyColors,and10LittleKittens.
Materials:None,optionalvowelsoundandsightwordcards
�0
Class #6: Toys Vocabulary
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenwhattheyliketoplaywith.Answerswillvary.
Information: Teach the toy words: toy, ball, doll, games, airplane, boat, and teddybear.
Practice:Children shouldpractice saying thesewordswith you, and translating themaftersayingthem.Theteacherwriteswordsontheboard,andthechildrenshouldwritethewordsintheircopybooksanddrawapicturetogowitheach.
Application:Pointtodifferentwords,andletchildrenpracticereadingthem.SingtheDaysoftheWeeksong,OldMacDonaldandthePrettyColorssongiftimeremains.
Materials:Picturesoftoysoractualtoys
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenwhattheyliketoplaywith.Answerswillvary.
Information: Teach the toy words: toy, ball, doll, games, airplane, boat, and teddybear.
Practice:Children shouldpractice saying thesewordswith you, and translating themaftersayingthem.Theteacherwriteswordsontheboard,andthechildrenshouldwritethewordsintheircopybooksanddrawapicturetogowitheach.
Application: Write the following words with the /I/ sound: kite, dime, like, fine, bike, dine..Childrenshouldspellandreadthewords,thenwritethemintheircopybooks.Practicereadingallvowelsoundwords.
Materials:Vowelsoundwordcards.Picturesoftoysoractualtoys
Class #7: Toys with Possessive Adjectives “It is my…” “It is your…”
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Sing“OldMacDonaldhadaFarm”and“ILikeMice”.
Information:Reviewclassroomobjectswiththeform“Itismy…”
Practice:Askeverychildtodrawapictureoftheirfavoritetoy.Thengoaroundtheroomandletchildrenshowpictures.Firstchildsays“Itismy(nametoy)”Thensecondchildsays“Itismy(toyname)anditisyour(toyname)”Repeatasachaindrill,eachchildsayingasentencewith“Itismy…”and“Itisyour…”
Application:PlayBallTossTranslationandusetheAlphabetFolderwithwindows.
Materials:Toypicturecardsortoys,ballorbeanbag,alphabetfolderwithwindows.
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Sing“OldMacDonaldhadaFarm”and“IlikeMice”.
Information:Reviewclassroomobjectswiththeform“Itismy…”
Practice:Askeverychildtodrawapictureoftheirfavoritetoy.Thengoaroundtheroomandletchildrenshowpictures.Firstchildsays“Itismy(nametoy)”Thensecondchildsays“Itismy(toyname)anditisyour(toyname)”Repeatasachaindrill,eachchildsayingasentencewith“Itismy…”and“Itisyour…”
Application:Writethefollowingwordswiththesound/th/ontheboard:than,their,lather, thin, both, three. Practice sayingboth sounds of /th/ and remind children tomakethesoundbyputtingtheirtonguesbetweentheirteethandblowinggently.The
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
other/th/soundismadebyputtingthetongueinthesameplace,butinsteadofblow-ing,say‘uh’.Childrenshouldpracticesayingandreadingallwords,andthencopythemintotheirnotebooks.
Materials:vowelsoundwordcards
Class #8: Toys and “I have a…”
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Reviewtheform“Ihavea…”withfamilywordsandagainwithclassroomobjects.Askchildren“Doyouhavea…?”Goaroundtheroom,andaskeachchildiftheyhavesomething.Theyshouldanswer“Yes/No,Ihavea….”
Information:Reviewtoyvocabularyandteachtheform“Ihavea…”Eachchildshouldsayasentenceaboutatoythattheyhave.
Practice:TeddyBear,TeddyBearSong(seeappendixE):
Teddy Bear, Teddy Bear turn aroundTeddy Bear, Teddy Bear touch the groundTeddy Bear, Teddy Bear show your shoeTeddy Bear, Teddy Bear that will do!
Application: Play Tic-Tac-Toe with all vocabulary using flashcards.
Materials:Allpicturewordcards
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Reviewtheform“Ihavea…”withfamilywordsandagainwithclassroomobjects.Askchildren“Doyouhavea…?”Goaroundtheroom,andaskeachchildiftheyhavesomething.Theyshouldanswer“Yes/No,Ihavea….”
Information:Reviewtoyvocabularyandteachtheform“Ihavea…”Eachchildshouldsayasentenceaboutatoythattheyhave.
Practice:TeddyBear,TeddyBearSong(seeappendixE):
Teddy Bear, Teddy Bear turn aroundTeddy Bear, Teddy Bear touch the groundTeddy Bear, Teddy Bear show your shoeTeddy Bear, Teddy Bear that will do!
Application:Writethefollowingwordswiththesound/sh/ontheboard:shake,shame,sheet,shift.Practicespellingthelettersandsayingthewords,andwritethewordsincopybooks.Reviewallvowelsoundwordsandsightwords.
Materials:Allpictureandwordcards
Class #9: End of the Year Assessment
Collect copybooks at the end of class.
1st Form Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrentowritethealphabetintheircopybooksonablankpage.
Information:Writeanimalnames:tiger,elephant,monkey,andchickonboard.Askchil-drentocopydownthewordsandwriteapictureoftheanimalnexttoit.Teacherusestheform:“It isa…)”usingobjects intheroom.Saysomecorrectandsomeincorrectsentences(writedownwhicharecorrectandwhicharen’t).Astheteachersaysthesen-
��
tences,thechildrenshouldwriteaYforatruesentences,oranNforafalsesentence.Thentellthemtheyshoulddrawwhatyoutellthem.Say“Afatherandasister.”Whenthey are finished, collect copybooks.
Practice/Application:Practicesingingfavoritesongs
Materials:None
1st Year Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrentowritethealphabetintheircopybooksonablankpage.
Information:Writeanimalnames:tiger,elephant,monkey,andchickonboard.Askchil-drentocopydownthewordsandwriteapictureoftheanimalnexttoit.Teacherusestheform:“It isa…)”usingobjects intheroom.Saysomecorrectandsomeincorrectsentences(writedownwhicharecorrectandwhicharen’t).Astheteachersaysthesen-tences,thechildrenshouldwriteaYforatruesentences,oranNforafalsesentence.Thentellthemtheyshoulddrawwhatyoutellthem.Say“Afatherandasister.”Whenthey are finished, collect copybooks.
Practice:Showchildrensightwordcardsandvowelsoundcards.Theyshouldbeabletosayorreadallwords.
Application:Practicesingingfavoritesongs.
Materials:Sightwordcardsandvowelsoundcards
Class #10: Fun Day
Please see Appendix D for fun activities.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Second Year
��
Suggested Vocabulary
Sports/ Interests/Hobbies:
soccer
American football
baseball
hockey
boxing
golf
basketball
to read
to play
to travel
to run
to watching televi-sion
Physical Appearance:
tall
short
fat
thin
old
young
long
short
ugly
beautiful
big
small
strong
good
bad
smart
friendly
soft
furry
curly
straight
man
woman
child
person
Food: rice
meat
carrot
onion
pumpkin
potato
bread
soup
tea
sugar
salt
cabbage
cheese
apple
orange
grape
pomegranate
garlic
tomato
cucumber
pizza
spaghetti
hamburger
hot dog
Extended Family: grandfather
grandmother
granddaughter
grandson
cousin
niece
nephew
aunt
uncle
village
city
town
house
apartment (flat)
to live
Professions: doctor
driver
cook
engineer
economist
teacher
manager
retired
seller
military
police
farmer
builder
Months/Days: January
February
March
April
May
June
July
August
September
October
November
December
Sunday
Monday
Tuesday
Wednesday
Thursday
Friday
Saturday
today
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Semester 1Class #1: Introduction, Go over Class Rules, Review Greetings
Daily Sentence: Welcomebacktoschool!
Easy Lesson
Motivation:GreetChildrenandwelcomethembacktoschool.
Information:Describeclassroomrules,rewards,andpenaltiestochildren.Describedailyroutineofcomingtoclass,gettingtheirnametagout,sittingdownandwritingthesen-tencethatisontheboard.
Practice:Askstudentsaboutdifferentsituationsandwhattheproperbehavioris.Prac-ticedaily routineonceor twice.Handeach studentapieceofpaper foranametag.InstructchildrenhowtowritetheirnamesinEnglish.
Application:Childrenshouldwritetheirnamesinpencilonthenametagpaper.
Homework:Childrenshoulddecoratetheirnametags.
Materials:Paperfornametags
Medium Lesson /Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Teacherintroducesherself,andchildrenshoulddothesame.Encouragethemtousedifferentgreetings,suchasGoodMorning,Hello,Mynameis…etc.
Information:Talkaboutclassrulesandconsequences,andhomeworkpolicy.
Practice:Usethistimetoreviewgreetings,colors,numbers,andalphabetusingcards.
Application:Childrenshouldstarttomakenametags.Tellthemthattheywillusetheseeveryday,sotheyshouldmakethemcarefully,inEnglish.
Homework:Childrenshoulddecoratenametags.
Materials:Paperfornametags,color,numberandalphabetlettercards
Class #2: Review Greetings, Alphabet & Numbers, Classroom Words
Daily Sentence: (Writealphabetontheboardforchildrentocopy.)
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Singalphabetsongtogether.
Information:Reviewgreeting:“Hello,mynameis…Howareyou?”Reviewalphabetandnumbers.
Practice:Practicegreetingswithstudents.Orallypractice“Itisa…”withclassroomob-jects.
Application:Childrenshouldcopythealphabetagainintheircopybooks.SingtheDaysoftheWeeksongtogether.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewgreetingsandanswersto“Howareyou?”
Information:Reviewalphabet,colors,numbersanddaysoftheweek.Writeallofthesewordsontheboardforthestudentstocopy,thenSingtheDaysoftheWeeksong.
��
Practice:Childrenstandinacircle,andtossaballbackandforth,asking,“Howareyou?”andanswering.Eachchildshouldgetaturn.
Application:Childrenshouldstandinacircle,withrighthandpalm-down(overneigh-bor’spalm-uphand)andlefthandpalmup(underneighbor’spalm-downhand),sothatasyoumovearoundacircle,sayingthealphabet,numbers,etc.thechildrencanslaptheirneighbortotheleft’srighthand(facingdown)withtheirlefthand.Theslapmovesaroundthecircle.Dothiswithdaysoftheweek,alphabet,andnumbers.Thisisavaria-tiononachaindrill.
Homework:practicethesewordsathomeforthenextclass.
Materials:ball
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:SingtheAlphabetsong;goovergreetings,colors,numbersandclassrules.Childrenshouldshowtheirnametags.
Information: Review classroomobjects, and teach a fewnewones. Include girl, boy,pencil,paper,pen,notebook,desk,chair,board,chalk,childrenshouldmatchwordstopicturesonboard.
Practice:Afterthis,theyshouldwritethewordsintheirnotebooks.Thenplaceagameinwhichtheshapesofthelettersinthewordsarerepresentedbyboxes.Tallboxesforthetallletterssuchasd,f,h,k…squareboxesforshortletterssuchasa,s,r,e…andlowboxes for low letters such as j,g,q…Children should figure out the words, thinking about the shapes of the letters. Show the children an example first. Use all of the words.
Application:Childrenshouldpracticeusingtheform,“Itisa…”Theyshouldwrite6sen-tencesintheirnotebooksusingthisform.
Homework:Childrenshoulddrawapicturenexttothesentencestheywrote,showingwhat“Itis.”
Materials:classroomobjectcards.
Class #3: Review Toys, Alphabet & Numbers
Daily Sentence: Weliketoplaywiththeball.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:SingAlphabetSong.(SeeAppendixE)
Information:Reviewalphabetandnumbers.Reviewtoyvocabulary:ball,doll,andteddybear.Introduceverbs:tolikeandtoplay.
Practice:Writenumbersandlettersindifferentplacesontheboard.Letstudentscircleanumberorletterthattheteachercallsoutfromalistofthemontheboard.Reviewtheverb‘tolike’andpracticesayingsentenceswithtoys.Eachchildshouldsay1sentence.
Application:Write3sentencesusingthevocabularythatwaslearnedduringthelesson.
Materials:toypicturesoractualtoys
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Singandthenwritethealphabet.Writebothupper-andlower-caseletters.
Information:Teachorreviewseveraltoywords.Teachtoys,ball,doll,game,airplane,etc.Useactualtoysorpicturecards,anddrillchildrenuntiltheyarecomfortablewiththewords.Reviewtheverb‘tolike’and‘toplay’.
Practice:Askchildrentomakesentencesusing“Ilike”withanoun(remindthemthatanounisaperson,placeorathing).Childrenshouldpracticewritingwordstoday,focusingonspelling.Practicewritingtheseverbsandtoywords.Childrenshouldwrite2linesofeachword,repeatingthewordsoftlyastheywrite.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Application:Childrenmaycometotheboardandwritesentencesusingthevocabulary.
Homework:Write3sentencesforhomeworkusing‘tolike’and‘toplay’.
Materials:Toycardsortoys,
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren.Checkhomework.SingtheAlphabetSong,reviewnumbers.
Information:Goovertheverbs ‘tobe’and‘to like’.Childrenshouldpointtoobjectstheyknowandsay,“Itisa…”Introducetoy,ball,doll,game,airplane.Practicemakingsentenceswith“Itisa…”
Practice:Childrenshouldplayagame:GuessWhatisintheBox.”Putanobjectorobjectcardinaboxorbag,andchildrenmustask,“Isita…?Teacheranswers,“Yes,itisa…”or“No,itisnota…”
Application:Teachchildren“Youlike…”Practicethisform.Remindchildrenthattheycansaytheylikeanything.Ex:“IlikeNatalyaSergeevna.IlikeEnglish.IlikeUzbekistan.”Childrenshouldcopydownallnewwordswithtranslations.
Homework:Write2sentences,1with“Ilike…and1with“Itis…
Materials:Numbercards,Toysortoycards,boxorbagforgame
Class #4: Review Parts of the Body, Alphabet & Numbers
Daily Sentence: Icantouchmytoes,canyou?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Sing“Head,Shoulders,KneesandToes”(seeAppendixE).
Information:SingAlphabetSongtogether.Reviewalphabetandnumbers.Introducevo-cabulary: face, eye, nose, mouth, ear, hair, arm, leg, hand, finger, foot, toe and all of theirplurals.Teach“Thisismy…”Writeallwords.
Practice:Drawapictureofapersonontheboardandlabeltheparts.Letstudentsprac-ticeshowingtheirbodypartsandsaying,“Thisismy…”“Ihave2…s.”
Application:Writedown3bodypartsthattheyhave1ofand3bodypartsthattheyhave2of.Makesuretheyusethepluralcorrectly.
Homework:Make4sentencesusingthesentenceformstheyreviewedtoday.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Checkhomework,singAlphabetSong,reviewnumbers:Childrenshouldbegivennumbers,andtheymustgotothefrontoftheclassandputthemselvesinorder.
Information:Starttoreviewbodypartsonavolunteer.Whentheyaresomewhatcom-fortable,bringoutbabyJoey,piecebypiece.
Practice:ChildrentaketurnsputtingBabyJoeytogether.
Application:Remindchildrenaboutplurals.Childrenshouldwritedownallpartsthattheyhave2of,makingsuretoputan‘-s’ontheendoftheappropriatewords.
Homework:Write5bodypartsontheboard.Childrencopythese,andwriteasentenceforeachword.
Materials:BabyJoeyDoll
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:CheckHomework,singAlphabetSong,reviewnumbers.
��
Information:Reviewbodypartswiththechildren,pointingtoyourselforachildvolun-teer.Drillforafewminutesuntiltheyarecomfortable.
Practice:Writebodypartwordsontheboard,andletstudentscopythem,sayingthewordsoftlyastheywrite.Quicklyreviewplurals.
Application:BlindfoldedDrawing:Blindfoldonechild,anddictateapictureofapersonforhimtodrawontheboard.(Drawahead.Draw2eyes.Etc.)Otherchildrenshouldbequiet,sothechilddoesn’thavehelpdrawing.Thepictureswillbefunny.
Homework: Make a list of all body parts of which there are two.(eyes, ears, arms,legs…)
Materials:blindfold
Class #5: Review Animals, Alphabet & Numbers
Daily Sentence: WhenIgotothezooIseealotofanimals.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:GreetChildren,checkhomework.SingAlphabetSong.
Information: Showdomestic animalsposter.Childrencan speakaboutwhichanimalstheyremember.Writethenamesoftheanimalsontheboard.Thenexplaintheuseofarticles.Aisusedwithwordsbeginningwithconsonants,anwithwordsbeginningwithvowels.Writethevowelsontheboard.Thenchildrenshoulddecidewhicharticlegoeswitheachbarnyardanimal.
Practice:PlayGame:GuesswhatIam.Childrenmustactoutbarnyardanimal,andothermustguessbysaying“Youarea/n….”ChildmustanswerYes,Iama…
Application:Childrenshouldwritedownallbarnyardanimals,andwritethevowels,withtheappropriatearticle.Explainthatplaces,thingsandsometimespeoplegetarticles.
Homework.Givethefollowingwords:egg,boat,doll,ocean,icecube,apple.Childrenmustcopyandputtheappropriatearticleinfront.
Materials:Domesticanimalsposter
Medium Lesson
Motivation:SingTheItsy,BitsySpider(SeeAppendixE)
The Itsy Bitsy Spider crawled up the water spout.
Down came the rain and washed the spider out.
Out came the sun that dried up all the rain,
And the itsy bitsy spider crawled up the spout again.
Information:Reviewalphabetandnumbers.Reviewwildanddomesticanimalvocabularyusingpictures.
Practice:Childrentaketurnsmakinganimalnoisesandhavetheothersdecidewhichani-maltheyare.Next,saythenameofananimalandhavethestudentsmakethenoises.
Application:Havethestudentswrite4sentences.“Ilikethe___”and“Idon’tlikethe___”usinganimalvocabulary.Iftimeremains,singOldMacDonaldhadaFarm(SeeAp-pendixE)
Materials:Picturesofanimals.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Showdomesticandwildanimalposters.AskchildrentopointoutanimalsinEnglish.
Information:Writethepoem:
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Hop, hop, hop like a bunnyRun, run, run like a dogSwim, swim, swim like a turtleJump, jump, jump like a frogTromp, tromp, tromp like and elephantFly, fly, fly like a birdNow sit right down and fold your handDon’t say a single word.
Practice:Translatepoemwithchildren.Theyshouldwriteitintheirnotebooks.
Application:Practice reading thepoem.Whenchildrenarecomfortable,addactions-hop,swim,tromp(towalkloudly)…
Homework:Childrenshouldtrytolearnthepoem.
Materials:domesticandwildanimalpostersorpictures
Class #6: Review Family, Alphabet & Numbers
Daily Sentence: Didyouallremembertobringyournametagstoclass?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Singalphabetsongtogether.Playnumbergame.Teachersaysanumber(1-10) and children make the number with their fingers behind their backs. Then, when teachertellsthem,theyshouldholduptheirhands.Seewhohasthecorrectnumberoffingers up.
Information: Review alphabet and colors. Review family vocabulary: father, mother,brother,sister,grandmother,grandfatherandbaby.Teach“Thisismy…”Childrenshouldwritedownallwords.
Practice:Drawafamilyontheboard.Labelthefamilymembers.Saytothestudents:“Thisismy…”Practicereadingthewordsanddescribingthefamily.
Application:Childrenshoulddrawandlabelapictureoftheirfamily.
Homework:Write3sentences:“Thisismy…”
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Showapictureofyourfamily,ordrawoneontheboard.Tellthestudentswhoisinthepicture.
Information:Writedownthetwoforms,Thisismy…andIhavea….Discussthedifferencebetweenthetwo.Thenreviewthefamilynamesontheboard.
Practice:Childrenshouldpracticespellingthesefamilywords.Theyshouldwrite2linesofeachfamilyword.
Application:Childrenmaydrawapictureoftheirfamily,andlabeleachpart-“Thisismymother.”“Thisismysister.”
Homework:Finishthisforhomeworkandaddunderneathasasmalltext(inadditiontothelabels)“Ihaveamother,Ihave2sisters…
Materials:pictureoffamily
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Teachershouldbringapictureofmyfamilytoclass.Saytochildren,“Thisismyfamily.Ihaveamother,afather,andabrother.Iamasister.”Showpicture.
Information:Reviewwords-mother,father,sister,brother,son,daughter,younger,andolder.Writeallofthesewordsontheboard.TeachformIhavea…Youhavea…Remind
�0
childrenaboutusing‘a’and‘an’.Askwhichwordthiswillapplytofromourvocabularywords.(older)Model“Ihaveanolderbrother.Reviewpronounsandtheverb‘tohave’.
Practice:Childrenshouldorallypracticetellingtheteacherwhoisintheirfamily.
Application:Childrenshoulddrawapictureoftheirfamilyandlabelthepeople.
Childrenmayshowthepicture.Usepronounsinthelabels.Heismybrother.Sheismysister.
Homework:Childrenshouldwrite4sentences,tellingwhotheyhaveintheirfamily.1ofthemshouldbeIama(n)older/younger/sister/brother/son/daughter.
Materials:Picturesofteacher’sfamily
Class #7: General Review- Alphabet, Numbers, Colors, Greetings, Classroom Words , Family Words, Body Parts, Animals and Toys
Daily Sentence: Wealreadyknowmanywords.
See Review Activities # 4,9,22, 47,52, 56,64 in Appendix B for activity ideas.
Class #8: Extended Family
Daily Sentence: Ihavealargefamily.Ihavemanyaunts,unclesandcousins.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Showpicture-realordrawn-ofalargefamily;aunts,uncles,grandparents,andcousins.Askchildrentopointoutinnativelanguagewhichpeopletheysee.
Information:TeachtheEnglishwords forthesefamilymembers.Childrenshouldcopythem down- first with translation, then write1 line of each word.
Practice:Practicetranslationthewordswiththechildren.
Application:Askthemtomakesentences,“Ihavea…”or“Ihave2,3…aunts.”Makesuretheypayattentiontoplurals.
Homework: Ask children to find a picture of their extended family to bring in for next class.
Materials:Pictureofextendedfamily
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Showchildrenapictureofafamily.Talkaboutwhichfamilymembersareinthepicture.
Information:Teachfamilywords:Grandfather,Grandmother,Granddaughter,Grandson,Cousin,Aunt,Uncle.
Practice:Writesmallparagraphontheboard.
Thereisafatherandamotherinmyfamily.Thereare2grandmothers,andthereis1grandfather.Thereare4cousins.Thereare3unclesand3aunts.
Askchildren if theyunderstand.Havechildren translate ifnecessary.Ask“Howmanycousins?Howmanymothers?”etc
Application:Ask children to speak in more detail about their family. Teach the form“Thereisa…inmyfamily.”and“Thereare….sinmyfamily.”Childrenshouldtelleachotherabouttheirfamilies.Useform“Inmyfamily,thereis/are…”
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Homework: Children should find pictures of their extended family to bring in to class. Remindchildrentopracticespellingforthenextclassaswell.
Materials:Pictureofalargefamily
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:SingtheGoodMorningsong(seeAppendixE)
Information: Introduce vocabulary: grandson, granddaughter, niece, nephew, cousin,aunt,uncle,sonanddaughter.Introduce“Thereis/Thereare”
Practice:Drawafamilytreeontheboard.Startoffwith2grandparentswhohad3chil-dren(includingfatherormother)whohadvariousamountsofchildren(onebeingme).Makesurethereareuncles,aunts,cousins,niecesandnephews.Describethefamilytothechildren.Askthestudents“Howmany…areinthefamily”Appropriateresponsesare“Thereisone…inthefamily.”And,Thereare…sinthefamily.”
Application:Childrenshouldwritedownhowmanycousins,auntsandunclestheyhave.
Homework:Practicespellingthefamilywordsathome.
Materials:None
Class #9: Extended Family, Numbers and ‘to have’
Daily Sentence: Ihavethreeauntsandtheyhavetwochildreneach.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Childrenshouldshowtheirpicturestotheclass,andsayatleastthreesen-tences-“Thisismy…”
Information:Practicewordsagain together.Thendiscuss thewordsolder,middleandyounger.Askchildren topoint to theirpicturesanduse thesewords.Children shouldwritethesenewwords.3childrenmaycometothefrontandsaywhentheirbirthdaysare.Lettheclasslabelthemolder,middleandyoungest.
Practice:Playgameonboardwhereteacherdrawsaboxforeachletterinaword(atallboxfortallletters(l,k,t,h),asquareboxforlettersliker,e,s,cetc.andalowboxforletterslikej,g,p,y.Childrenshouldguessfromtheshapeoftheboxeswhichworditis,then fill in the boxes.
Application:Practicespeakingindialogues.Childrenshouldtalkabouttheirfamiliesinresponsetoquestion-“Doyouhaveafamily?”“Yes,Ihave…”
Homework:Childrenmaywriteabouttheirextendedfamily-Ihavea…Tellstudentsthatthenextclasstherewillbeaspellingtest,sotheyshouldprepare.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren,haveseveralshortdialogues.
Information:Tellstudentsthattherewillbeaspellingtesttoday,butwewillreviewallthe words first.
Practice:Playhangmanfor15minuteswithspellingwords
Application:Givequickspellingtest.Remindstudentsthattheyshouldnotcopyfromanotherchild’spaper,andshouldbecarefulthatnooneislookingattheirpaper.Givethewordsorally.Spellallthewordstogetherwhenthetestisover.Useimmediateandextendedfamilywords.
Homework:None
Materials:None
��
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Showafamilytree.Talkaboutwhoeachpersonis.
Information:Reviewnumberswiththechildren.Thismighttakeafewminutes.Reviewtheverb‘tohave’.Reviewpronounswiththisverb.(1columnsingular,1plural)Tellstu-dentsthattheverbcomesafteranameorpronoun.Practicemakingsentences.
Practice:Goovernumbers.Writenumbers1-10ontheboardandaskchildrentopointoutthenumberyouaskfor.Thentalkaboutthefamilytree.Askchildrentosaywhoeachpersonhas.Forexample,pointtoacousin.Askstudents“Howmanybrothersdoeshehave?”Answer:“Hehas…cousins.”Dothiswithseveralpeopleinthefamilytree.
Application:Childrencanmaketheirownfamilytree.Tellthemtostartwiththeirgrand-parents,andmovedowntothemselves.Tellthemtodividethepaperinto3parts,top,middleandbottom,anddraw ineachgeneration.Grandparents areon top,parents,auntsandunclesinthemiddle,andchildrenandcousinsonthebottom.
Homework:Labelallthepartsofthefamilytreewiththeirnames-cousin,grandmother,etc.
Materials:FamilyTreeposter
Class #10: Extended Family and Asking Questions
Daily Sentence: Doyouhaveasister?Ihavetwosisters.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Givequickspellingtestwithimmediateandextendedfamilywords.
Information:Reviewthequestion:“Doyouhave…?”Ontheboard,writesentence:“Youhaveamother”andthenwritethequestion“Doyouhaveamother?”.Askchildrentopoint out the differences. Children should practice saying these words as they writethemintheircopybooks.Theyshouldwritethestatementformaswellasthequestiontocomparethem.
Practice:Teacherasksquestionstochildren.Theyshouldanswerandthentrytoaskaquestionback.Usefamilywords.
Application: Stand in a circle, and go around, asking each other questions: “Do youhave…”.Childrencanusedifferentwordstoo.Tryclassroomobjects,animals,etc.
Homework:Write3questionstoasktheteacherforthenextclass.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildrenanddosomeshort“Howareyou?”dialogues.
Information:Teachthe“Doyouhave…?”and“Isthisyour…?”questions.Showtheminrelationtothestatements“Youhavea…”and“Thisisyour…”Askwhatthedifferencesare.Childrenshouldwritethesequestionformsintheircopybooks
Practice:Standinacircle,andgoaround,askingeachotherquestions.Childrencanuseanywordsthattheyknow.Tryclassroomobjects,animals,etc.
Application:Lookatapictureofalargefamily.Askchildrenquestionsaboutit.Tellthemtopretenditistheirfamily,andsay,forexample,“Thisismysister.”
Homework:Write3questionstoaskeachotherinthenextclass.
Materials:Pictureoflargefamily
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:CheckHomework.Childrenshouldshowtheclasstheirfamilytree.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Information:Askwhichquestionschildrenknow.Writedownandteach:Doyouhaveafamily?Yes,Ihaveafamily.Tellthemthatthisform,“Doyouhave…?”isgoodforask-ingifapersonhasanything.Thenteach“Isthisyour…?”inthesameway.Pointoutthatquestionsusuallyhavealittlechangeinthebeginningofthesentence.
Practice:Askchildrentopracticethisform,anduseobjectcardstoprompttheminwhattoask.Thenspeakaboutfamily.Haveashortdialoguewithachild.Greet,askname,andask,“Doyouhaveafamily?Thenpointtoachildandask:“Isthisyoursister?”Childrenpracticethesedialogues.
Application:Childrenshouldworkwithpartnerstoprepareadialogueorwithpuppetsiftheywish,andthenpresentthedialoguetotheclass.
Homework:Childrenshouldmakealistofwhoisintheirfamily.Beginthelistwith“Ihavea…”
Materials:Puppetsandbackgrounds,objectcards.
Class #11: Extended Family, the verb ‘to live’, and the preposition ‘in’
Daily Sentence: Myfamilylivesinthevillage.Iliveinthecity.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:ReviewHomework
Information:Writeontheboard,“Wheredoyoulive?”AnswerIlivein(nametown).Askchildrenwhattheythinkthismeans.Tellthemandthengothroughthewordsandtrans-lateeach.Talkabouttheverb‘tolive’.Showtheconjugationswitheachpronoun,andexplainthatwhenyousayaperson’snameinplaceofapronoun,youneedtousethehe/sheform.Childrenshouldwritethis.
Practice:Practiceconjugatingtolive.Askchildrenthequestion“Wheredoesyourmoth-erlive?”Teachchildrentheanswer“Mymotherlivesin(town)”.Childrenshouldwritequestionsandanswersdown.
Application:Thechildren shouldpractice speakingaboutwhere they live, andwheretheirimmediateandextendedfamilylives.
Homework:Childrenshouldwriteaboutwheretheyand2peopleintheirfamilylive.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Takeafewminutestoreviewhomework.Showpicturesofplaces:Acity,asmalltown,ahouse,anapartment.Askchildreniftheyknowwhatthesepicturesare.
Information:Teachquestionswithvariouspronounsandtheverbtolive.Forexample:“DoyouliveinNavoi?”Repeatwithseveralpronounsandcities.Thenask:“Wheredoyoulive?”Havechildrenrepeatseveraltimes.Writeallinformationintheirnotebooks.
Practice:Childrenshouldwritethisintheirnotebooksastheyseeitontheboard.Afterthey have finished, check for understanding. Ask children questions about their family, andletthemaskeachother.
Application:PlayTic-Tac-Toe.Writevocabularyinthesquares.Onechildfromeachteamcomestotheblackboardandmakesasentencewithoneofthewords.Iftheyarecor-rect,theirteamgetsthesquareforthatword.Theotherteamgetsthenextchoice.
Materials:picturesofplaces
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Write thequestion“Wheredoyou live?”and theanswer“I live in (nametown).”ontheboard.
Information:Ask children what they think this means. Translate if necessary and gothroughthewordsandtranslateeach.Talkabouttheverb‘tolive’.Showtheconjuga-
��
tionswitheachpronoun,andexplainthatwhenyousayaperson’snameinplaceofapronoun,youneedtousethehe/sheform.Childrenshouldwritethis.Addthatyoucananswer not with a town name, but with: a city, a town, a house, or an apartment (flat). Childrenshouldwritenewwordsandsentencestructures.
Practice:Ask studentswhere they liveand“Wheredoesyouraunt live?”“She (orMyaunt)livesin…”Goaroundtheroomandaskeachchildatleastonequestion.Useaballtotosstostudentsasyouaskquestions.
Application:Playgame:Whereisit?Teacheraskswhereanitemis,andstudentsmustpointandsay,“Thereitis!”Youcanalsodothiswithpeopleandchildrenmustremembertosay,“Therehe/sheis.”
Homework:Writeaboutwherethepeopleinthechildren’sfamilieslive.
Materials:Ball
Class #12: Professions/Pronouns, the verb to be
Daily Sentence: Iamateacher.Mybrotherisacook.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Gooverthehomework
Information: Introducevocabulary:doctor,driver,cook,engineer,economist, teacher,manager,retired,seller,soldier,policeman,farmer&builder.Reviewpronouns.
Practice:Practicesayingwordsasteachershowspictures.“Sheisa…”“Heisa…”
Application:Teacherwritesontheboard“Myfatherisasoldier”.Reviewthesentencewiththechildren.Doachaindrillwiththechildrenusingthesamestructureasthesen-tenceontheboard.
Materials: Write five sentences: “My ___ is a ___”
Medium Lesson
Motivation.Showprofessionpictures(peopledoingtheirjobs),andtalkaboutwhichjobsthechildrenknow:student,teacher,banker,seller,farmer,driver,businessman,builder,etc.
Information:Teachnamesofdifferentprofessions.Thenreviewtheformsof“tobe”.Afterthis,youcantellchildrenthattheformforsayingwhatprofessionsomeoneistosay,“Iama/an…”or“Sheisa/an…”childrenshouldcopyandtranslatethis.
Practice:Childrenshouldpracticetalkingabouttheirfamilymembersandthejobsthattheyhave.“Ihaveafather,heisadriver.”“Ihaveabrother,heisastudent.”
Application:Playgame.Childrenshouldactoutprofessionsandtheothersshouldguesswhattheprofessionis.
Homework: Children should write 3 sentences about their family members and theirjobs.
Materials:Picturesofprofessions
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Askseveralchildrenwhatprofessiontheirparentsare.Writeanswersinna-tivelanguageontheboard.
Information:Introduceprofessionwords.Childrenshouldwritethemintheircopybookswith translation.With preparedpictures, drill childrenwith newwords.Then reviewpronouns,andtheformsoftheverbtobe.Tellchildrenwhenyouaskaboutaperson’sprofession,youask,“Whatdoyoudo?(Whatdoeshe/shedo?)andtheanswerisIama…(youarea..).Childrenshouldcopythisdown.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Practice:Practiceaskingeachother“Whatdoeshedo?”usingpictures.Theyanswer:“Heisa/an…”
Application:AskchildrentotellyouwhattheirparentsareinEnglish.Askchildrenwhattheyare.Teach,“Iamapupil”.
Homework:Writeaboutthreefamilymembers:“Ihaveamother,sheisaseller.”“Ihaveabrother,heisastudent.”
Materials:Picturesofprofessions
Class #13: Pronouns and Professions using Family Vocabulary & Articles ‘a’ and ‘an’.
Daily Sentence: Myfatherisamanagerandmymotherisanengineer.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:ReviewPronouns,professionsandarticleusage
Information:Tellchildrenthatwhenyouaskaboutaperson’sprofession,youask,“Whatdoyoudo?”(“Whatdoeshe/shedo?”)andtheansweris“Iama…”(“He/Sheisa…)Chil-drenshouldcopythisdown.
Practice:Practicespeakingtogether.Askchildrenwhattheyare.Invitethemtoanswerwithdifferentprofessions.Make sure theyuse thecorrectarticle.Then reviewusingfamilymembers:Mymotherisacook.Myfatherisanengineer.
Application:Writeseveralquestionsontheboard.Howareyou?Whatdoyoudo?Doyouhaveamother?Whatdoesshedo?Whatdoesyourfatherdo?Childrenshouldcopydownthesequestions.Aftertheyhavecopiedthem,theyshouldstarttowritetheanswers.Ifthey finish, children should read their answers.
Homework:Finishansweringquestions.
Materials:Picturesofprofessions
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Playmatchingpronounsgameonboard.Writeallthepronounsinnativelan-guageandEnglishandhavethechildrencometotheboardandmatchthem.
Information:Reviewpronounswithclass.Translate.Goovertheprofessionvocabulary.Reviewvowelsandarticlesaandan.Reviewtheverb‘tobe’.
Practice:Write the followingwordson theboard:Doctor,Engineer,Cook,Economist,Driver,Teacher,Arm,Face,Eye,Nose,Ear,Leg,Ball,Cat&Dog.Havethechildrencometotheboardandwriteifanaoranshouldcomebeforetheword.
Application:Practiceusingpronouns,professionsandtheverb“tobe”.Makepronounand verb cards that are attached to strings and fit them around the children’s necks. If thechildhas“I”aroundhisneck,hemustusethecorrectformoftheverb“tobe”.Next,the teacher will show a picture of a profession. The child must first say what the profes-sionis,thensayif‘a’or‘an’goesbeforetheword.Heorshewillthenputthesentencetogether.“Iamateacher”
Homework:Childrenshouldwritedownsixsentencesusingdifferentpronounsbutthesameprofession.
Materials:Picturesofprofessions.Cardswithpronouns,differentformsoftheverb“tobe”andcardswithaandan.Stringtomake“necklaces”.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Checkhomework.Goovergreetings,alphabet,numbers,colors.
��
Information:Reviewprofessions,andreviewquestionsforaskingaboutprofessions“Doyouhaveabrother?Whatdoeshedo?”“Heisa….”Orthechildrencansay,“Mybrotherisa…”Childrencopybothformsintheircopybooks.
Practice:Childrenshouldwritewhateachoftheirfamilymembersdoes,using“My…isa…”
Application:Discussotherprofessions.Askchildrentothinkaboutwhattheywanttobewhen theygrowup.Translateandpractice saying thesewords.Children shouldwritethemintheirnotebooks.
Homework:Childrendrawapictureoftheprofessiontheywanttobewhentheygrowup.Tellthemtheycanbewhatevertheywant,don’tworryifit’snotoneoftheoneswe’velearned.Tellthemiftheydon’tknowwhattheywanttodo,tothinkofonetheydonotwanttodo.
Materials:None
Class #14: Professions, the verb to work, prepositions and place names
Daily Sentence: Mymotherisaseller.Sheworksinabazaar.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:ReviewProfessions.Askchildrentotellyouwherethesepeoplework.Writealistontheboard.
Information:Translatetheplacenamesandpracticewiththechildren.Teachtheverb‘towork’withallpronouns.Introduce“Wheredoyouwork?”“Wheredoeshe/shework?”Translate,andpractice.Teachresponses:“Iworkina…”“He/Sheworksina…”Childrenshouldwriteallofthisdown.
Practice:Practicesayingsentencesusingworkplaces.
Application:Teachershouldgivesentencesinnativelanguageandchildrenshouldprac-ticetranslatingthem.Splittheclassintoteamsandgiveeachteamachancetosaythecorrecttranslation.Giveonepointforeachcorrecttranslation.
Homework:Write3sentencepairs.Forexample:Mymotherisaseller.Sheworksinabazaar.
Materials:Professionpictures
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewprofessions.
Information:Teachtheverbtoworkwithallpronouns.Childrenshouldcopythisdown.Thenwritethesentences:“Adriverworksinacar.Abankerworksinabank.”Etc.Chil-drenmustguesswhattheplacesare.
Practice:Showchildrendifferentpicturesandpromptthemtosay,“Sheworksinaba-zaar,Heworksinaschool.”Copyplacenames.
Application:Goaroundtheclassinachaindrill.Onechildsaysaprofession;thenextchildsays,“Acookworksinakitchen”.Thenthatchildsaysanotherprofessionandthenextchildanswers.
Homework:Choosefourprofessionsandwritewheretheywork.
Materials:Professionpictures
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Lookathomeworkpictures.Teachercanwritedifferentprofessionsontheboard.
Information: Translate and speak about each of the professions.Ask children to talkaboutwherethesepeoplework.Writeandtranslatethesewordsaswell.Iftheydidn’t
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
dotheirhomework,haveasetofprofessionsandplacestotalkabout.Introducetheverb‘towork’.Writethesentences:“Afarmerworksonafarm.Abankerworksinabank.”Etc.Writeaplaceforeachprofession.
Practice:Childrenshouldwritethis information intheirbooks,thenwriteasentenceforthejobtheywanted.Somechildrenmayreadsentences.“Iamacook.Iworkinakitchen.”
Application:Ifsomeofthechildrenwrotewhattheydidn’twanttobe,talkaboutthenegative.“Abankerworksinabank.Idonotlikebanks.”“Abusinessmanworksinanoffice. I do like offices.” Write both of these on the board one under the other, then com-pare.Talkabouttheplacementofthewordnotandwhatitmeans.
Homework:Write3thingsyoudonotlike.Remembertomakethemplural.
Materials:Professionpictures
Class #15: Review
Daily Sentence: Let’sreviewournewwords.
See Review Activities # 24, 28, 29, 55, and 65 in Appendix B for suggested activities.
Labeleachmemberofanextendedfamilyinapicturewitha,b,c,etc.Writethefollow-ing questions on the board. Children should copy the sentences and fill in the correct familymember.
Thisismy_a_.(aunt)
Heismy_b_.(uncle)
Theyaremy_c_.(cousins)
Thisismy____d__andmy_e_.(grandmother,grandfather)
Theyaremy_f_.(grandparents)
Thatmanandwomanaremy_g.(parents)
Sheismy_h_.(sister)
Sheismyother__i_.(sister)
Ihaveone_j_.(brother)
Thatis_k_!(me)
Matchthefollowingprofessionswithnativelanguagetranslation:
Doctor,banker,seller,farmer,cook,driver,worker,builder,teacher,pupil,engineer.
Copythesentencesontotheboard.Childrenshouldcirclethecorrectanswer.Correctanswersareunderlined.
Adoctorworksina(hospital/bank).
Asellerworksina(kitchen/bazaar).
Adriverworksina(car/boat).
Acookworksina(kitchen/school).
Afarmerworksona(farm/school).
Teachersworkin(schools/school).
Doctorsworkin(hospitals/kitchen).
Pupilsworkin(banks/schools).
Cooksworkin(libraries/kitchens).
Bankersworkin(bazaars/banks).
��
Businessmen work in (offices/ hospitals).
Class #16: Assessment
Easy Lesson
1. Whatnumberisthis?(Calloutanumberandthechildrenwillwriteit)
2. Whatletteristhis?(Calloutaletterandhavethechildrenwriteit)
3. Whatisthis?Aballoradoll?(Showeitheraballordollandwritebothwordsontheboard.Thechildrenmustwritedownwhatitis.)
4. Whatpartofthebodyisthis?(Drawabodyontheboard;writedownallofthewordsandthenpointtoabodypart.Thechildrenchoosefromthelisttosaywhichpartofthebodyyouarepointingat.)
5. Drawthispartofthebody.(Calloutabodypartandthechildrenwilldrawit.)
6. Whatpartofthebodyisthis?(Drawabodyontheboard;writedownallofthewordsandthenpointtoabodypart.Thechildrenchoosefromthelisttosaywhichpartofthebodyyouarepointingat.)
7. Drawthispartofthebody.(Calloutabodypartandthechildrenwilldrawit.)
8. Whichanimalisthis?(Drawseveralanimalsontheboardandwritetheirnamesontheboardaswell.Pointtooneoftheanimalsontheboardandthechildrenwillwriteitsname.)
9. Drawthisanimal.(Calloutananimalandthechildrenwilldrawit.)
10. Whichfamilymemberisthis?(Drawafamilyontheboardwithallofthefamilynamesalsowritten(notinthesameorder)andpointtoamemberofthefamily.Thechildrenwillwritedownthefamilymember’sname.)
Medium Lesson
1-7. Teachershoulddrawpicturesontheboardandgivea/b/cmultiple-choiceanswersfortheanswer:(Pictureofacat)
a.horse
b.dog
c.cat
Drawthefollowingandmakemultiple-choiceanswersfor:1.cat2.dog3.eyes4.leg5.hand6.hen7.cow
8-10. Dictatethefollowingletterstochildren.Theyshouldwritedowntheletteryousay.M,A,L
11-13.Choose3professions(teacher,engineer,driver).Showtheteachertothechildrenandsay“Thisisabanker”Childrenshouldwritenooryesontheirpaper.(Showengineer)Thisisanengineer.(Showdriver)thisisapupil.
Advanced Lesson
1-5. Translatethefollowing:seller,mymother,horse,eye,leg,uncle
6. Writeouttheformsofthe‘tobe’verb
7-10. My brother is a (pupil/engineer). He works in an office.
Yoursisterisateacher.Sheworksina(bazaar/school).
Hismotherisa(cook/banker).Sheworksinakitchen.
Myfather(is/are)abusinessman.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #17: Halloween
Please see Appendix C for suggested holiday activities
�0
Semester 2
Class #1: Review Extended Family, verb to be
Daily Sentence: YourfamilylivesinUzbekistan.MyfamilylivesinEurope.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren,talkabouttest.
Information:Quicklyreviewallvocabularyandverbswithchildren.
Practice:PlayAroundtheWorldwithallvocabulary.
Application:Practicecompletedialoguesusingallpreviousvocabularywords,withtheteacherandeachother
Homework:none
Materials:Wordcardsandpictures
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Handbackchildren’stests;askiftheyhadagoodbreak.
Information:Reviewextendedfamilynames,lookingatfamilytreetodiscussrelation-ships.Makesuretoremindchildrentomakecompletesentences.Writethesentenceforms: There is, There are, He has, I have. Discuss plurals briefly and article use.
Practice:Childrenwillplay familyTic-Tac-Toe.Writevocabularywords in thesquaresoftheTic-Tac-Toeboard.Childrenmustdivideintoteamsandmakesentenceswiththewordtoputtheirmarkinthesquare.
Application:SpellingBee.Childrenstandinline,andonebyone,mustspellthewordtheteachersays.Iftheyspellcorrectly,theygototheendoftheline.Iftheyspellincor-rectly,theymustsitdown.Continueuntilonechildisleft.
Homework:Answer the questions: Who is in your family? How many mothers do youhave?
Howmanysistersdoyouhave?Givechildrenenoughtimetowritethequestionsintheirbooks.
Materials:FamilyTreepicture
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewdaysoftheweek.Uselargepiecesofpaperwiththedayswrittenonthem.Giveoneeachto7studentsandtheymustputthemselvesinorder.Trywithdif-ferentgroupsofstudents.Reviewalphabet,colorsandnumbers.
Information:Reviewallverbsandconjugate.
Practice:Givestudentsalonglistofwordsandtellthemtoputwordsincategoriesnounorverboradjective.
Application: Play hangman using family words, and all words that the children havelearnedsofar.Givecategories.
Homework:None
Materials:Piecesofpaperwithdaysoftheweekwrittenonthem
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #2: Review Professions, Prepositions, Nouns and the verb ‘to work’
Daily Sentence: Todaywewillspeakaboutwherepeopleworkeveryday.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Dotimedalphabettest:Givethechildren2minutestoowritethealphabet.See who can finish. If this is too easy, have children do a timed test with family words.
Information:Reviewverbtowork,tobeandtheprepositionin.
Practice:Writesentencesontheboard-usingextendedfamilywordsandprofessions.Childrenshouldchangethefamilywordstopronouns.
Application:Playgame.Oneteamcallsoutaword,andtheotherteamhastomakeasentencewithit.Seewhocangetthemostpointsforcorrectsentences.
Homework:Childrenshouldreviewbodypartsathome
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Dotimedalphabettest:Givethechildren2minutestoowritethealphabet.See who can finish. If this is too easy, have children do a timed test with family words.
Information/Practice:Askchildrentotellyouwhattheirmother/fatherdoes.Remindchildrenof the two forms:Mymother is a…Mymotherworksat a…Several childrenshouldanswerthisquestion.Reviewthequestionwords“Where?”and“What?”RemindchildrenthatinEnglishwesay“Whatisyourmother?”or“Whatdoesyourmotherdo?”
Application:Writethefollowingquestionsontheboard.Whatdoesyourfatherdo?Whatisyourmother?Doyouhaveanuncle?Whatdoeshedo?”Childrenshouldanswerthequestions in their notebooks. They may work together to find the answers, but remind themthattheiranswersshouldnotbethesamebecausetheyareonlytalkingabouttheirownfamilies.Checkwork.Somechildrenshouldreadtheiranswersoutloud.
Homework:Childrenshouldlookbackintheirnotebooksandreviewbodyparts.
Materials:Professionpictures
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren.Haveseveral“Howareyou?”dialogues.
Information:Teachchildrensomeadditionalvocabularyforworkplacesandprofessions.Ask children to list more professions and work places. Write them on the board andtranslate.
Practice:Childrenshouldcopytheseandpracticemakingsentences.
Application: Give children 10-12 sentences with missing words. Children should copydown sentences and fill in the missing word. Use sentences such as “A hairdresser works ina…(salon)Sentencesvarydependingonwhichnewprofessionsaretaught.
Homework:Childrenshouldreviewbodypartsforthenextclass.
Materials:None
��
Class #3: Physical Appearance, Review Body Parts, the verbs ‘to be’ and ‘to have’
Daily Sentence: Ioncesawatall,beautiful,yellowgiraffeatthezoo.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:SingHead,Shoulders,KneesandToes.Haveastudentleadthesong.Reviewcolors.
Information:Drawapersonon theboardand labelbodyparts.Children shouldknowthesewell.Use“Thisis…”Remindchildrenthatifthereisoneofsomethingwesaytheworda/an,andifthereismorethanonewedonot,butweadd‘s’.Talkabouttheques-tionWhereisthe…?andWhatisthis?Remindthemthattheanswersareformedfromthequestions.Writethisclearlyontheboardandchildrenshouldcopyincopybooks.Quicklyreviewcolorsagain,andencouragechildrentosaysentenceslike“This isbrownhair.Thisisaredmouth.”Tellchildrenthatwhenweuseadjectives,theygoinfrontofthenoun.
Practice:Erasethelabels,andchildrenshouldtaketurnswritingthelabelwithacoloradjectiveifpossibleontheboardnexttotheappropriatepicture.
Application:DotheHokeyPokeysong
Homework:Childrenshouldpick4bodyparts,andwritesentences,usingcolors.
Materials:HokeypokeySongposter
Medium Lesson
Motivation:SingHead,Shoulders,KneesandToes
Information:Quicklyreviewbodyparts.Showsomepicturesthatrepresentadjectivessuch as beautiful, ugly, fat, thin, tall, short, big, small, and review colors. Childrenshouldwriteallofthesenewwordsintheirbooks.Review“Iam…“Iamnot…”
Practice:Practice recognizing thesewords inwritten formand inpictures.Write thewordsontheboardwithnotranslation,andeitherpointtoawordorshowthepicture.Eitherway,theyshouldsaytheadjective.Trywritingthewordsinnativelanguageontheboardandaskthemtotranslateaswell.
Application: Tell the children to draw an animal in their notebooks. After they have fin-ished,thechildrenshouldwritewhattheanimalis,andwhattheanimalisn’t.Example:Thecatisfat.Thecatisnotthin.Thecatisnotuglyetc.
Homework:Practicethenewwordsathome,andlearnthespelling.
Materials:picturesofadjectives
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Quicklyreviewbodyparts.
Information:Showsomepicturesthatrepresentadjectivessuchasbeautiful,ugly,fat,thin,tall,short,big,small,andreviewcolors.Childrenshouldwriteallofthesenewwordsintheirbooks.Review“Iam…”“Iamnot…”andreviewthetobeverbinnegativeandpositivewithallpronouns.
Practice:Teachershoulddrillstudentswithnewwords.Giveasentenceinnativelan-guage;seeifthechildrencantranslate.
Application:Childrenshouldwrite4sentencesaboutthemselves-3trueandonefalse.1childshouldreadthemandotherstudentsdecidewhichisthefalsesentence.
Homework:learnthespellingofthenewwordsforthenextclass.
Materials:picturesofadjectives
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #4: Physical Appearance Adjectives and the verb to be and to have
Daily Sentence: Iamtall,bigandhappy,howareyoutoday?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Reviewgreetings,colors,numbersanddaysoftheweek
Information:Goovervocabulary:big,small,short,tall,happy,sad,good,bad.
Practice:Teachpoem:Iambig,Iamsmall,Iamshort,Iamtall.Iamhappy,Iamsad,Iamgood,Iambad.
Application:Drawpicturesofallthedescriptivewords.
Homework:Write3descriptivesentencesaboutself.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Orallyreviewtheverbs‘tobe’and‘tohave.’
Information:Writetwosentences-“Ihavebrownhair.”and“Iamshort.”ontheboard.Askstudentstotranslateandaskwhatthedifferenceis.Explainthatweusethesamekindofdescribingsentencesthattheydointheirlanguage.Whentheyaredescribingonepartoftheirbody,theysay,“Ihave(adjective)(noun)…”Butwhentheyaredescribingthemselves,theyshoulduse“Iam(adjective)”
Practice:Goaroundtheroom,andeachchild shouldsaya sentence,1childusing“Iam…”andthenextusing“Ihave…”
Application: Students should trace their hands onto a piece of paper. In each finger they shouldwriteasentenceaboutthemselves.Somechildrenmayreadtheirsentences.
Homework:Studentsshoulddrawpicturesofthemselves.Theyshouldalsoprepareforquickspellingtestnextclassonadjectives.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:SingTheHokeyPokeySong(seeAppendixE)
You put your (left foot) in,You put your (left foot) out,You put your (left foot) in,And you shake it all aboutYou do the Hokey Pokey And you turn yourself around,That’s what it’s all about.
Information:ShowPictureofteacher-drawn.Teachertellschildrenaboutherself.
Stresstheform“Ihavebrownhair.Iamtall.Ihave2legs.Ihavebrowneyes.
Practice:Studentsshouldpracticethisformat.Givethemseveralchoicesandtheymustchoosewhethertowrite Iamor Ihave…Writedifferentadjectivesontheboardandtranslatethem.
Application:Childrenwrite5sentencesdescribingthemselves.
Homework:Write3sentenceswith“Ihave…”and3sentenceswith“Iam…”
Materials:HokeyPokeyPoster,Pictureofteacher
��
Class #5: Physical Appearance, Describe Self
Daily Sentence: Mynoseissmallandmyfeetarebig.Whatismyhairlike?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Gooverpoem“I’mbig,I’msmall”and“Head,Shoulders,KneesandToes”
Information: Go over words from descriptive poem, and then describe parts of thebody.
Practice:Describeteacher’sbodyparts.Havethechildrendescribethemselves.Usepro-nounsandtheverb‘tobe’todescribeselfandothers.
Application:Childrenshouldwrite5sentencesaboutthemselves.
Homework:Childrenshoulddrawapictureofthemselvestogowiththeirsentences.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Letstudentssharetheirpictures.Iftheyhavenotdonethematthispoint,theyshoulddothemnow.
Information:Reviewwhentouse“Ihave…”or“Iam…”Tellchildrenyouaregoingtocol-lecttheirpicturesandmakeapostertoputupinclass.
Practice:Haveaspellingtest:Dividethechildreninto2teams.1childfromeachteamcomestotheboardandspellsanadjective.Seewhichteamspellsthemostwordscor-rectly.
Application:Iftimeremains,reviewfamilywords.
Homework:
Materials:None
Note:Teacher shouldmakeaposterwithall of the children’sdrawings toput in theclass.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren,askthemwhatdayoftheweekitis,andhowtheyaretoday.SingDaysoftheWeekSong.(SeeAppendix--)
Information:Addtodescriptivewords.Addwordssuchasstraight,curly,long,short(forhair),round,oval(forface),strong,good,bad,andsmart.
Practice:Drillwithwords-playaquickgameofAroundtheWorldwithadjectives.
Application:Childrenshouldwriteadescriptionofthemselves,andpracticereadingit.
Homework:Thinkofdescriptivewords.Write3downinnativelanguagethattheclasshasn’tlearnedyet.
Materials:None
Class #6: Describe Family Members or Pets with possessive adjective “my”
Daily Sentence: Ihaveagreatpetdog.Itisbig,happyandgood.Myfriendhasacat.Itissmall,happyandbad.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Gooverpoem“I’mbig,I’msmall”
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Information:Gooverwordsfromdescriptivepoem,reviewanimals.
Practice:Showtheclasspicturesofdifferentanimals.Makesurethechildrenknowwhatthe names of the animals are first, and then ask the students to describe them. Use ani-malnamesandusethepronoun“it”.Usepronounsandtheverbs‘tobe’and‘tohave’todescribeselfandothers.
Application:Write4sentences.2eachdescribingtwodifferentanimals.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewadjectives,familymembers,animals,pronounsandtheverbstobeandtohave.
Information:Teachafewnewadjectives,includingthoseappropriateforanimals:furry,softandfriendly.Reviewcolorsandnumbers.
Practice:Practicesayingandspellingthesenewadjectives.Playspellinggameonboard.Write words with letters missing. Children must fill in blank spaces.
Application:Describeafamilymemberorpet.Remindchildrenthattheycandescribethingslikeearsandhowmanylegsforanimalsandpeople.
Homework:Pickananimal,anddescribeit.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewadjectives,familymembers,animals,pronounsandtheverbstobeandtohave.
Information:Teachafewnewadjectives,includingthoseappropriateforanimals:furry,soft,friendly,(colors,numberoflegs)
Practice:Showseveralpicturesofpeopleandanimals.Askthechildrenforyes/noan-swers.Ishetall?Isitfurry?
Application:Childrendescribea familymemberoranimal.Firstdrawapicture, thenwrite5-6sentencesdescribingthepersonoranimal.Childrenshouldonlyusepronounsintheform“Itis…”“Shehas…”Childrenwillthenpracticereadingdescriptions.Otherchildrenmustguessifdescriptionisofananimalorperson.
Homework:Pickonepersonoranimalfromhomeanddescribehimorher.
Materials:Picturesofanimalsandpeople
Class #7: Describe each other, use possessive adjectives
Daily Sentence: Ihaveblackhairandbrowneyes.Iamnottall.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Teacherdescribesherselforally.
Information:Tellstudentsthattodaytheywilldescribeeachother.Onechildwillcometothefrontoftheroom,andtheteacherwilldescribehimorher.Dothisseveraltimesandthenletchildrencomeupanddescribeeachother.
Practice:Goaroundtheroom,eachchildshouldsayonesentencedescribingthenextchild.Encouragethemtousedifferentkindsofdescriptions.
Application:Write5-8mixedupsentencesontheboard.Theymayworkinpairstowritethesentencesinproperwordorder.Example:He/tall/and/is/has/hair/brown.=Heistallandhasbrownhair.
Homework:Bringinapicture(fromabookormagazine)ofapersonoranimalforthenextclass.
��
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Teacherdescribesherselforally.
Information:Reviewpronouns,and thenuseanobject todemonstratepossessivead-jectives.Itisyourball.Itismyball.Itishisball,ourball,etc.Talkabout2waystodescribesomething.“Youreyesaregreen.”“Youhavegreeneyes.”Translate,andmakesurechildrenunderstand thedifference.Writeall possessiveadjectiveson theboardnexttothecorrectpronouns.ForexampleI,myyou,your…
Practice:Childrenshouldwritethisinfointheirnotebooks.
Application:Writeseveraldifferentsentenceslikethisontheboard.Writetheformwith‘tohave’inonecolumnandtheformwith‘tobe’intheother.Letchildrenmatchthemwitheachother.
Homework:Havechildrencopythepossessiveadjectivesandthepronouns2times.Bringinapicturefromabookormagazineofapersonoranimalforthenextclass.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Teachergivesariddle.“Iamnottall,Iamagirl.Ihavelongblackhair.Ihavebrowneyes.Iamapupil.WhoamI?”Childrenmustguesswhichpupilteacherisspeakingabout.Theymustanswer:“Areyou(name)?”
Information: Tell children that they will describe each other today, but first they are go-ingtopracticelistening.Give1-2moreriddles,andthenaskseveralchildrentocomeupandgiveadescriptionriddleaswell.Teachpossessiveadjectives.Talkabout2waystodescribesomething.“Youreyesaregreen.”“Youhavegreeneyes.”Translate,andmakesurechildrenunderstand thedifference.Writeall possessiveadjectiveson theboardnexttothecorrectpronouns.ForexampleI,my,you,your…Childrenshouldwritetheseadjectivesandexamplesintheircopybooks.Theyshouldtrytousethesepossessivead-jectivesintheirriddles.Forexample:“Hishairisblack.”
Practice:Pairupchildrenandletthemwritedescriptionsofeachother.Encouragethemtowritesomesentencesthatarenottrue,andtelltheclassthattheymustpaycloseattentionsothattheycanpointoutafalsedescription.
Application:Childrenwillcometothefrontoftheroominpairstodescribeeachother.Otherchildrenpayattentiontocatchfalsesentences.
Homework:Bringinapicturefromabookormagazineofapersonoranimalforthenextclass.
Materials:None
Class #8: Describe Pictures
Daily Sentence: Iseeapictureofacatandagirl.Theyarehappy.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Collectpicturesfromstudents.Iftheyhaveforgotten,takeoutpicturesthatyouhavecollected.
Information:Reviewdescriptivewords,andremindthechildrenthattheycanusecolors,numbersandprofessionwordstodescribetheirpictures.Giveanexampleofacomplete(4-5sentence)descriptionofoneofthepictures.Writeitontheboardsostudentscanreadaswellashear.Addtheadjectivesstraight,curly,round,short,long,round,oval(todescribefaceshape),strong,good,bad,smart.
Practice:Handout2-3picturestoeachchild(useteacher’scollectedpicturesaswell,orworkingroupsiftherearenotenoughpictures)andletthemwriteadescriptionofeach.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Application:Childrenshouldshowtheirpicturesandreadtheirdescriptions.
Homework:Reviewwords;paycarefulattentiontospelling,becausetherewillbeatestsoon.
Materials:Picturesfrombooksormagazines,enoughsothateachchildlookat2-3.
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Collectpicturesfromstudents.Iftheyhaveforgotten,takeoutpicturesthatyouhavecollected.
Information:Together,writealistofadjectivesontheboard.Letchildrenleadashortdiscussionofwhatanadjectiveis.Letchildrenwritethewordsontheboard,andcheckforspelling.
Practice:Handoutpictures,2-3toeachstudentorpairofstudents,andletthemwritedescriptivesentences(5-6)foreachpicture.Tellthemtobeascreativeastheywant,perhapsnametheirpersonoranimalpicture,decidewhatjobtheydo,etc.
Application:Childrenshouldsharethesedescriptionsinclass.
Homework:Reviewwords;paycarefulattentiontospelling,becausetherewillbeatestsoon.
Materials:Picturesfrombooksormagazines,enoughsothateachchildlookat2-3.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Collectpicturesfromstudents.Iftheyhaveforgotten,takeoutpicturesthatyouhavecollected.
Information:Quicklyreviewadjectives,colors,pronouns,andverbs.Teachadjectives:old,young.
Practice: Children are given 2-3 pictures.They should describe the people andwriteabouttheirfamily,job,etc.Childrenshouldwritetheseandthenpresentthem.Encour-agethemtomakeupawholestoryabouttheirpictures,usingthetoworkandtoliveverbs.
Application:collectdescriptionsandpictures.Choose3-4ofthebest,andtapethepic-turestoheboard.Thenreadthedescriptionsandthechildrenmustguesswhichpictureyouaredescribing.
Homework:Reviewwords;paycarefulattentiontospelling,becausetherewillbeatestsoon.
Materials:Picturesfrombooksormagazines,enoughsothateachchildlookat2-3.
Class #9: Review
Daily Sentence: YouarelearningalotofEnglish.Iamproudofyou!
See review Activities # 21, 29, 33, 46, 56, in Appendix B for activity ideas.
Givespellingtestforadjectives.
Copysentencesontotheboard.ChildrenshouldtranslatethewordsinparenthesesintoEnglish.
Shehas_____hair(long)
Theyare______.(tall)
Theboyhas_______hair.(black)
Wehave_______eyes.(blue)
Iam_______.(fat)
��
Youare________.(thin)
Thedogis______.(white)
Thereisa_______cat.(small)
Heisa_______man.(short)
Sheisa______girl.(big)
Pronouns-matchtolocallanguageequivalent.
ToBe
(It/She)isagirl.
(We/I)arehappy.
(He/She)isaboy.
(They/You)aredoctors.
(I/ It) am fine.
I(am/are)yourfriend.
You(are/am)mysister.
He(is/are)okaytoday.
She(is/am)9yearsold.
It(is/are)abook.
We(are/am)brothers.
They(is/are)tallboys.
PossessiveAdjectives-translateintoEnglish
(our)book
(your)pencil
(My)mother
(His)notebook
(Her)chair
Pleasegivehim(he)pen.
Shehas(she)doll.
Wehave(we)ball.
Take(your)seats,children.
(Their)motherishereforthem
Class #10: Assessment
Easy Lesson
1. I(am/have)blackhair.
2. She(has/is)beautiful.
3. He(has/is)aboy.
4. This(is/an)atallgirl.
5. You(has/are)smart.
6. We(are/have)tall.
7. They(are/have)amother.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
8. Thatis(a/an)orangeball.
Unscramblethesentences.
9. He/tall/is.
10. We/black/have/eyes.
Medium Lesson
1. I(am/have)blackhair.
2. She(has/is)beautiful.
3. He(has/is)aboy.
4. She(is/isnot)aboy.
5. Thedogis(furry/tall).
6. You(has/are)smart.
7. We(are/have)tall.
8. They(are/have)amother.
9. Alyona(is/arenot)apupil.
10. Thecatis(blue/soft).
Advanced Lesson
1. I(am/have)blackhair.
2. You(has/are)smart.
3. She(has/is)beautiful.
4. We(are/have)tall.
5. He(has/is)aboy.
6. They(are/have)amother.
7. Thefatheris(strong/arm).
8. Wehave(brown/orange)eyes.
9. Thisis(an/a)friendlycat.
10. I(have/am)asmartpupil.
Class #11-13: Built–in Catch up days
Thesedaysmayhavebeenusedalready,butifnot,pleaseusethemtoreviewatopicthatthechildrenarehavingtroublewith.Youcanalsotryalessonfromadifferentdif-ficulty level to reinforce the topic on these days.
Class #14, 15, 16: Holiday Activities (Christmas and New Year)
Please see Appendix C for suggested Christmas and New Year’s Activities
�0
Semester 3
Class #1: Review Physical Appearance
Daily Sentence: Wewilltalkabouthowpeoplelooktoday.
See Review Activities #1,2,3,6,20, 31, 35, 41, 48, 52, 53, 58, 60 in Appendix B for activity suggestions.
Class #2: Review Possessive Adjectives
Daily Sentence: Iwanttogiveyoumybook.Itisagoodbook.
See Review Activities #1,2,3,6,20, 31, 35, 41, 48, 52, 53, 58, 60 in Appendix B for activity suggestions.
Changetheunderlinednounorpronountoapossessiveadjective
1. ThatisDilafruz’sbook.(her)
2. Youhaveabook.Itis______book.(your)
3. Timur’shairisbrown.(his)
4. Ihave3pencils.Theyare_______pencils.(my)
5. ThosecatsareAnn’s,James’andBill’scats.(their)
6. YouandIhaveahouse.Itis______house.(our)
7. Thedoghasaball.Itis________ball.(it)
8. Whatistheboy’sname?(his)
9. Ihaveamother.Whereis____mother?(my)
10. Wewillgotothecircus.Wewillgoin______car.(our)
Class #3 Groundhog’s Day
Daily Sentence: HappyGroundhog’sDay!Didthegroundhogseehisshadow?
See Appendix C for suggested activities for today’s holiday
Class #4: St. Valentine’s Day
Daily Sentence: HappyValentine’sDay.Willyoubemyvalentine?
See Appendix C for suggested activities for today’s holiday
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #5: Valentine’s Day
Daily Sentence: Let’slearnsomemoreaboutSt.Valentine’sDaytoday.
See Appendix C for suggested activities for today’s holiday
Optional lesson for advanced pupils only:
Motivation:ChildrenshouldreviewwithteachertraditionsandcustomsforValentine’sDay.
Information:Write2sentencesontheboard.“Bemine.”and“Bemyvalentine.”Havechildrenreadthemoutloud.Askwhatthesimilaritiesanddifferencesare.Discusstheuseofmyandmine.Tellthemthat‘mine’isusedalonetotalkaboutsomethingthatbelongstoyou,and‘my’isusedwithanounafterit.Teachtheotherformsofthisusingotherpronouns.My-Mine,Your-Yours,His-His,Her-Hers,Our-Ours,Their-Theirs.Childrenshouldcopythese.
Practice:Writesentences.Thecandyismine.Itismycandy.Thisismymother.Sheismine.
Thatismybook.Thebookismine.Sitinmychair.Sitinmine.Childrenshouldreadtheseandcopythemintheirnotebooks.
Application:Writeseveralsentencesontheboard.Childrenshouldcopythemintheirnotebooksanddecidewhichword-mineormythattheyshoulduse.
Hereis____mother.Thedogis_______.Thatis____pen.Thatpencilis_____.Thenaskchildrentowritetheirownsentences,usingthepossessiveadjectiveform.Thentheywillwritethemontheboard,andchangethemtogether.
Homework:Write2sentenceswithmyormine,andpracticesayingthem,soyoucanreadtheminclass.
Materials:None
Class #6: Hobbies Vocabulary Overview
Daily Sentence: AthomeIliketoread,writeandplaygames.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Askchildreniftheyhavehobbies.Writealistofhobbiesontheboard.
Information:Translatethelist,andinclude:toread,towrite,toplay,tosing,andtowatchtelevision,toswim,todance,tosleepandtorun.
Practice:After students have written the words and an accompanying picture in thebooks,actoutthehobbiestoseeifthestudentscanguesswhatsportyouaredoing.Drawthedifferentkindsofthingsontheboardthatthehobbiesinclude.Havethestu-dentstrytorememberwhichthinggoeswitheachhobby.
Application:StudythevocabularyforH.W.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenwhattheyliketodoforfun.Answersvary.
Information:Explainthatwearestartinganewthemeandchildrenwilllearnaboutdif-ferenthobbies.Todaywewilltalkaboutvocabularywords-becausewearegoingtostartspeakingmoreinclass.Introducethewords:hobby-hobbies,toread,towrite,toplay,tocollect,towatch,andtolisten.
��
Practice:Tell children that thesewordsareactions,andask them if theycan telluswhatyouread,whatyouwrite,etc.Writealistandtranslate.Childrenshouldwritethisvocabularydown.
Application:Playagame:matchnounstonewhobbyverbsontheboard.Iftimeremains,useAlphabetfolder.
Materials:Alphabetfolder
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:makealist(innativelanguage)ofhobbiesthatthechildrenhave.
Information:translatethesewordsontheboard.Childrenshouldcopydownthewords.
Practice:havechildrenreadthelistofwords,oncewithyou,thenontheirown.Chil-drenshouldclosetheireyesasyoueraseoneofthewords.Childrenshouldtrytosawthelistofwords,andrememberthewordyouerased.Repeat,untiltheycansaythelistofwordsfrommemory.
Application:Playhangmanwiththesenewwords.Ifyouincludeotherwords,tellchil-drenwhattopicthewordisfrom.
Homework:Usingtheverbtolike,write5hobbiesthatyoulike.Usemorethan1pro-noun.
Materials:None
Class #7: Hobbies with I like to, I enjoy
Daily Sentence: IliketoplaygolfandIenjoybooks.Idonotlikeboxingordancing.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:ReviewHobbiesvocabularyfrompreviousday.
Information:Writedownthesentence“Iliketoplay.”Teachtheverbtolike,andconju-gatewithpronounstogether.Childrenshouldwritethisintheircopybooks.Writethesen-tences“Ienjoybooks.”“Ilikebooks.”Translateandconjugatewithdifferentpronouns.Teachthatifyouwriteaboutanactionyoulike,youmustputtheword‘to’inthesen-tence.Ifyoulikeathing,youmayuseIlikeorIenjoy.Showseveralmoreexampleswithverbs. Show several sentences with I enjoy (sports, books, flowers, animals, music).
Practice:Removethewords“liketo”and“enjoy”fromthesentencesontheboard.Askchildrenwhichwordtheythinkgoesinthespaces.Childrenshouldpracticereadingthesentences.
Application:Tossaballaroundtheroom,andaskthechildwhocatchesittosayasen-tencewithIliketo,IenjoyorIlike.
Homework:Write2sentencesforeachbeginning:“Iliketo…”“Ienjoy…”and“Ilike…”
Materials:Ball
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Shortdialoguewrittenontheboard1.Whatdoyouliketodo?
2.IliketoplayandIenjoysports1.Oh,metoo!Ialsoliketowatchtelevision.
Childrenshouldreadthedialoguetogether.
Information:Askchildrenhowmuchtheyunderstood.Tellthemthatweoftenask:“Whatdoyouliketodo?”Theanswerusuallystartswith“Iliketo…”or“Ienjoy.”Explainthatifyouaretalkingaboutthenameofasportorathing–asportorforexample,books,wesaythewordafterIlikeorIenjoy.Ifyouaretalkingaboutanaction-forexample,towatch,wesay,“Iliketo…”
Practice:Childrenshouldwritethisinfodown.Writeontheboard(youmaywritemoreverbsduringtheexercise):
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
I
You
He
She
We
They
enjoy
enjoys
like
likes
toplay
toread
books
dogs
cats
tosing
Childrenshouldpracticereadingsentencesfromthesewords.
Application:Makeawordwebintheirnotebooks.Awordwebismadebywritingonegen-eralwordinthecenterofapageorboard.Thenwritemorewordsaroundthemainword,whichdescribeorexplainit.Drawalinetoconnectthemainwordwitheachotherword.Forexample,wordsconnectedtothecentralwords“I like”may includebooks,cats,dogs,friends,etc.Explainontheboard,andhavechildrendotheirownwordwebsintheirbooks.Haveatleast4linesconnectingwordstothecentral“Ilike”or“Ienjoy.”
Homework:Fromwordweb,makesentences.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Withpicturesofthedifferentsportsandhobbies,playagamewiththechil-dren.Seewhichchildrencanidentifythehobbythequickest.
Information:Weoftenask:“Whatdoyouliketodo?”Theanswerusuallystartswith“Iliketo…”or“Ienjoy…”Explainthatifyouaretalkingaboutthenameofathing–forexample,books,wesaythewordafterIlikeorIenjoy.“Ilikebooks.”Ifyouaretalkingaboutanaction-forexample,towatch,wesay“Iliketowatch…”
Practice:Gooverthenewverbsandhavethestudentsconjugatethemintheircopy-books.Practicesayingpronounsandhavingthestudentssayingthecorrectformoftheverb.Startputtingtogethersentencesusingtheseverbsandthenewvocabulary.
Application:Havethechildrenwritefoursentences.2usingtheverb“tolike”and2us-ingtheverb“toenjoy”.Allfourshouldusenewvocabulary.
Materials:Picturesofhobbies
Class #8: Hobbies Vocabulary in Gerund
Daily Sentence: Reading,swimming,writingandplayingbaseballaresomeofmyfavoriteactivities.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Withpicturesofthedifferenthobbies,playagamewiththestudents.Seewhocanidentifythehobbythequickest.
Information:Reviewhobbiesvocabulary,theverbs“tolike”and“toenjoy”andintro-ducethegerundformoftheverbs.Usetheverbs“tolike”and“toenjoy”usingthenewform.Showthestudentsthespellingchangewhenyouswitchtothegerundform.“Ilikeplaying.”“IenjoywatchingTV.”
Practice:Showthechildrenhowtoputverbsintothegerundandhavethemtrytowritetherestoftheverbsinthisform.
Application:Childrenshouldwrite4sentences.Twousingtheverb“tolike”andtwous-ingtheverb“toenjoy”,andallfourshouldusethegerundformoftheverbs.
Homework:Givethechildren4moreverbs,jumpsing,walk,andeat.Theyshouldwritesentencesinthisformforeachverb.
Materials:Picturesofhobbies
��
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Checkhomework.
Information:Explainthattherearedifferentwaysofsayingthesamething inEnglishjustlikethereareintheirnativelanguage.Forexample,inEnglish,wecansayIliketoplay,andalsoIlikeplaying.Wedothisforactionwordsonly.Lookatthetwosentencesandseewhat thesimilaritiesanddifferencesare.Showanother. I liketo read. I likereading.
Practice:Tellchildrenthatwhenwetalkabouthobbieswealsousethisform,andtheyshould orally practice saying what they like. At first teacher will say the sentence in one form,andthestudentwillsayittheotherform.Athirdchildmaytranslate.Example:I like toplay, I likeplaying, translation.Children shouldcopyall information in theirnotebooks.Makesurethatsymbolssuchasequalssignareusedsochildrenknowthesentencesmeanthesamething.Childrenmaywriteanative languageexplanation intheirbooks.
Application:Children shoulddrawthemselvesdoingahobby,and thenwrite the sen-tencesbothwaysunderneath.
Homework:Finishthisdrawing.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrentocometotheboardandwriteseveralsentencesaboutwhattheylike.
Information:TellchildrenthatthereisadifferentwayofsayingthisinEnglish.Teach,“Iliketoread.”and“Ilikereadinghavethesamemeaning.”Wesimplytakeouttheword‘to’andputan-ingontheendoftheverb.Writeseveralexamplesofthisontheboard.Childrencopythenewinformation.“Ienjoyreading.”isalsocorrect.Theword‘enjoy’canbeusedthesamewasas‘like’inthegerundform.
Practice:Askchildrentochangethesentencesontheboardtothegerundform.Theclassshoulddothistogether.
Application:Write20-30vocabularywordsontheboard,includingsomepronouns,verbsandnouns.Quicklychecktomakesuretheyunderstandallofthewords.Askchildrentomakeasmanysentencesastheycanwiththesewords.Youmayusethefollowingwordsorwriteyourown.Play,walk,run,I,he,they,to,books,she,collect,eat,hamburgers,like, enjoy, watch, films, stamps, likes, sing, dance, write, (-ing ending). See who can writethemostsentences.
Homework:Uselastnight’shomework,andchangesentencestothegerundform.
Materials:None
Class #9: Sports Vocabulary Overview
Daily Sentence: InAmericaIliketoplaysoccer,Americanfootballandhockey.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Checkhomework.Lookatpicturesofdifferentsports.
Information:Introducevocabulary:baseball,Americanfootball,soccer,hockey,basket-ball,bowling,tennis,boxing,andgolf,swimming.
Practice:After children have written the words and an accompanying picture in thebooks,actoutthesportstoseeifthechildrencanguesswhatsportyouareplaying.Letthemactoutsportsaswell.Drawthedifferentkindsofequipmentontheboardthatthesportsuse.Childrenshouldtrytorememberwhichgamegoeswitheachsport.
Application:Learnwordsfornextclass.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Materials:PicturesofSports
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Talkaboutsports.Askchildrenwhatsportstheyknowandwritetheminna-tivelanguageontheboard.
Information:Makealistofsports,andtranslateforchildren.Stresspronunciation.Goaroundroomandaskchildrentopronouncewords.Thenaskthemwhattheymustdowhentheyplaythesports.Generaterun,jump,throw,hit,kick.Ball isan importantwordforthislesson.
Practice:Childrenshouldwriteallwordsintheirnotebooks.
Application: Play miming game with verbs. Children should guess the verb and thesport.
Homework:Learnwordsfornextclass.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenwhichsportstheyenjoy.
Information:TeachtheEnglishwordsforthesports,payingcarefulattentiontopronun-ciation:baseball,Americanfootball,soccer,hockey,basketball,bowling,tennis,boxing,andgolf,andswimming.Teachseveralverbsthatareinvolvedwiththesesports:torun,tojump,tothrow,tohit,tokick.Orallyconjugatethem.
Practice:Playwordshapegame-usingboxesto indicatetheshapeoftheletters inaword.Tall boxes for tall letters(l,k,t…), lowboxes for low letters (j,q,g…)and squareboxesforshortletters(s,a,o,u…).Childrenmustguesstheword.
Application:Playmiminggamewiththenewwords.Run,jump,throw,hit,andkickmaybeincluded.
Homework:Learnwordsfornextclass.
Materials:None
Class #10: Sports I like to… I enjoy…
Daily Sentence: Idon‘tliketoplaysports,butIdoliketowatchthem.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Reviewnewsportsvocabulary.
Information:Reviewtheverbtolike.Writethesentences“Iliketoplayvolleyball.Helikestoplaybasketball.”ontheboard.Askchildrentopointouttheverbs.Tellthemthat when they are using 2 verbs next to each other, only the first one gets an ‘s’ if the pronounishe,sheorit,andtheword‘to’goesinbetweenthewords.Childrenshouldwritethisdown2-3examplesofthis,andunderlinetheword‘to’whentheydo.Again,‘enjoy’isonlytobeusedfornounsinthiscase.
Practice:Practicethisformorally.Goaroundtheroom,andeachchildshouldsayonesentencewith“Iliketoplay…”andonewithIenjoy…”
Application:PlayTic-Tac-Toe,usingpronounsineachsquare.Splittheclassinto2teams.EachteammaychooseawordfromtheTic-Tac-Toeboard,andtheymustsayacorrectsentencewiththatword.
Homework:Childrenshouldwrite5sentenceswith“Iliketoplay.”andthenewsportswords.
Materials:None
��
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Tellchildren“Ilikefootball.Whatdoyoulike?”Childrenshouldusetheform“Iliketoplay…”talkaboutthesportstheylike.
Information:Remindchildrenofthesportswordstheylearnedinthelastclass.Thenre-mindthemofthesentencestructureforIlike,andIliketoplay….Discussthedifference.Introducethenegativestructure.Idonotlike…Idonotliketoplay….
Practice:Childrenshouldorallypracticethisstructureandthenwriteallthesentencesandstructuresintheirnotebooks.
Application:Playcharades:Onechildmustactoutawordorphrasesothattheotherchildren can guess it. Usually, in the beginning of the child’s turn, he will use his fingers totelltheothershowmanywordsareinthesentenceorphrase,andalsoindicatewhichwordheisactingout.Remindstudentsoftheotherpronouns,andthentellthemthatyouwillactoutasentence.Eachteamwillgetachancetoguessthesentence.Sen-tencesshouldinclude‘like’and‘play’.Thenhavechildrentryit.
Homework:Write5sentenceswithIliketoplay…orIenjoy…
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewsportsvocabularybymimingthesports.
Information:Reviewtheverbtolike.Writethesentence“Iliketoplayvolleyball.”ontheboard.Askchildrentopointouttheverbs.Teachtherulethatwhen2verbsareinthe same sentence next to each other, the first verb will be conjugated and the second verb will be in the infinitive form. Teach the negative form of this: I do not like to play/ Shedoesnotliketoplay.Studentsshouldwritealltheconjugationsofthenegativeformintheirnotebooks.Reviewtheform“Ienjoy”,andteachthenegativeIdon’tenjoy…
Practice:Practiceachaindrill.Onestudentsays,“Iliketoplaybaseball”.Thenextsays,“Idon’tliketoplaybaseball.Ienjoybasketball”.Etc.
Application:Studentsshouldwrite3sentenceswith“toliketoplay,and3sentenceswith“donot/doesn’tliketoplay”Practicereadingthesentencesinclass.
Homework:Write3sentenceswithIliketoplay…orIenjoy…And3sentences1don’tliketoplay…Idon’tenjoy…
Materials:None
Class #11: Sports and gerund I like…ing and I enjoy….ing
Daily Sentence: Ilikewalkinganddancingandsingingsongs.Doyou?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Reviewcolors,numbers,daysoftheweek,andgreetings.
Information:Studentsguessthesportthattheteachermimes.Reviewthegerundform,andteachtheformsIlikeplaying…andIenjoyplaying…
Practice:Practicewritingsentencesontheboard,usingthisformat.
Application:Playtranslationgame.Throwaballtoastudentandsayasentenceinonelanguage.Thestudentmusttranslatethewordandtosstheballback.
Homework:Studentsshoulddraw3sportstheylikeandwriteIlike(orenjoy)playing…foreach.
Materials:ball
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewsportswords,payingspecialattentiontopronunciation.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Information:Remindchildrenofaformof“Iliketo”,and“Ilike…ing.”Explainthatthewordenjoyisusedinthesamewayaslike,butitisusuallyusedwiththegerundformIenjoy…ing.YoucansayIenjoyplayingbasketballorIliketoplaybasketball.Showsev-eralexamplesofthisandpracticetheword.
Practice:Children shouldwrite thisnew information in theirnotebooks,andpracticewritingsentencesthemselves.After5minutes,askthemtoshare.Youcanalsoprovideasentenceinoneformandaskthechildrentochangeittotheotherform.
Application:Childrenshouldmakewordwebsagain,usingIenjoy…asthemiddleword.Childrenwritedifferentthingstheyenjoyaroundthemiddleword,andconnectthemtoitwithlines.
Homework:Prepareforasmallspellingtestatthebeginningofnextclass.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Write2sentencesontheboard:Ilikeplayingfootball.Heenjoyswatchingtelevision.Askchildrentoreadtogetherandtranslate.
Information:Reviewsportswordsandthegerundformof‘toplay’.Introducethenega-tiveformofthisstructure.Idon’tlikeplaying/Hedoesn’tlikeplaying,Idon’tenjoyplaying,Shedoesn’tenjoyplaying.Childrenshouldcopydownthisform.
Practice:Teachersaysasentence,“Ienjoyplayinghockey”.Astudentreplies,“Idon’tenjoyplayinghockey.”Athirdstudenttranslatesbothofthesentences.Repeat.
Application:Dialogues.Childrenworkinpairstomakeshortdialogues.Includegreetings,professionquestionsandaskabouthobbies.Writeoneexampleontheboard.Severalchildrenmaydotheirdialogueinfrontoftheclass.Teachershouldmakesurethatthedialogueusescorrectspeech.
Homework:Memorizedialogue.
Materials:None
Class #12: Interests vocabulary and verbs
Daily Sentence: Iaminterestedinmanythings.IamveryinterestedinEnglish.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Checkhomework.
Information:TeachtheformIaminterestedin…Teachvocabulary:sports,America,ani-mals, toys, playing games, learning English, films (movies)… Ask children what they are interestedin
Practice:Goaroundthe room,askchildren to sayonesentenceaboutwhat theyareinterestedin.
Application:Childrenshoulddrawapictureoftheirfavoritething.Theteachercancol-lectthemandmakealargeposterentitled“OurFavoriteThings”.Childrenmaylabeltheirdrawings.
Homework:Finishpictureathome.Colorandmakeitlooknice.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Spellingtest.Reviewdaysoftheweek.
Information: Tell children that we are finishing up our unit on what we like, and today we aregoingtotalkaboutotherthingswelike.WhenweliketodosomethingwesaythenameoftheactionafterIlikeorIenjoy.Ifwelikeathing,wesayIlike____s.Ifitis,
��
forexample,adog,wesayIlikedogs.Iliketomatoes.Thisisbecausewedon’tjustlike1ofthem,welikethemingeneral.
Practice:Do thiswith severalexamples.dog,cat, tree,car,play, run, television,myfriends,mymother,mybrother.
Afterseveralexamples,childrenshouldwritethisdownintheirbooks.
Application/Homework:Forhomework,writeabout5thingsyoulike.Rememberthatifitisathingingeneral,usesattheend.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrentomakealistofthingsthattheyareinterestedin.
Information:TeachtheformIaminterestedin…Translatethelist,andteachvocabulary:sports, America, animals, toys, playing games, learning English, films (movies)… Ask chil-drenwhattheyareinterestedin.
Practice: Play charadesusing interests vocabulary:One childmust act out awordorphrasesothattheotherchildrencanguessit.Usually, inthebeginningofthechild’sturn, he will use his fingers to tell the others how many words are in the sentence or phrase,andalsoindicateswhichwordheisactingout.
Application:Tossballbackandforthwithstudents,andplaytranslationgame.Teachersaysawordorphrasein1languageandchildtranslates.
Homework:Forhomework,writeabout5thingsyoulike.Rememberthatifitisathingingeneral,use-sattheend.
Materials:None
Class #13: Interests, I like… or I enjoy…
Daily Sentence: When I go to the movies, I always enjoy the film.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Reviewgreeting,pronouns,daysoftheweek,numbersto30andcolors.
Information:Teachnegativeformoftolikeandtoenjoy.Childrenshouldwriteallpro-nounsintheircopybooks.Reviewhobbies,interestsandsportsvocabulary.Writeallvo-cabularyontheboard.Teachthequestionform.“Doyoulike…?”“Doyouenjoy…?”Writeallformsofthequestionontheboardandletchildrencopy.
Practice: Practice asking each other questions. Chain drill: the first child says, “Do you likesanimals?”Secondchildsays,“Idon’tlikeanimals,IlikeAmerica…”Repeatwithallchildren.
Application:Writevocabularywordsontheboard,butleaveoutseveralletters.Childrenshould figure out what the missing letters are. Complete words on the board together.
Homework:Write2sentenceswithIlike..and2withIdon’tlike.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Severalchildrenshouldsharetheirhomework.Reviewnumbersto30
Information: Review pronouns and the verb to like in with each. Ask children to find list ofpronounsintheircopybooks.Thenaskchildrentosaysentenceswith“tolike.”Makealonglist.Writeexamplesentences“Ilike…Idonotlike…IenjoyandIdonotenjoy…”ontheboard.“Doyoulike…?”“Doyouenjoy…?”Writeallformsofthequestionontheboardandletchildrencopy.
Practice:Childrenshouldcopylistofwordsintheircopybooks.Thenontheboard,prac-ticeaskingquestions.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Application:RemovesomelettersfromthelistofEnglishwordsontheboardandaskchildrento:1.Putinthemissingletters,and2.Writeasentencewith‘Ienjoy+thegerund’or‘Ilike’.Iftheydonotlikethisthing,childrenshouldsay,“Idonotlike…”or“Idonotenjoy…”
Homework:Write3sentencesaboutthingsyoudon’tlike,anddrawpicturesofyourselfdoingthemanyway.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewdaysoftheweek,colorsandnumbersto30.ReviewtheformIaminterestedin,aswellasIlikeandIenjoy.Reviewtopicsthatchildrenareinterestedin:sports, America, animals, toys, playing games, learning English, films (movies)…
Information:Teachverbsthataccompanyinterestsvocabulary:playingsports,learningaboutAmerica,playingwithanimals,collectingtoys,playinggames, learningEnglish,watching movies/films, going to the movies…Teach the question form: “Do you like…?” “Doyouenjoy…?”Writeallformsofthequestionontheboardandletchildrencopy.
Practice:Childrenshouldmake3questionsfortheseinterests.Theyshouldusedifferentpronouns,andpracticeaskingeachotherquestions.
Application: Spelling:Teacher and children should spell words together, then play agameofspellingbaseball.(SeeAppendixBforexplanationofthisgame.)
Homework:Write3sentencesaboutthingsyoudon’tlike,anddrawpicturesofyourselfdoingthemanyway.Write1don’tlike….Idon’tenjoy…
Materials:None
Class #14: Interests with gerund I enjoy/ like…ing review pronouns
Daily Sentence: Ienjoygoingtothepark.Iliketositandwatchthebirds.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Childrenshouldreadtheirhomeworksentences.
Information:Reviewthegerundformsof‘tolike’and‘toenjoy.’Makeseveralsentencesforthechildrentocopy.Thenreviewthenegative:“Idonotlike/enjoy…ing.”“Hedoesnotlike/enjoy…ing.”Childrenshouldcopythesetoo.
Practice:Childrenshouldpracticesayingsentencesinthenegativeform.Teachersaysasentence:“Welikeplayinggames.”andchildshouldreply:“Wedonot likeplayinggames.”Practicewithallpronounsandvocabulary.
Application:Studentsshoulddrawapictureof1thingthattheylike,and1thingthattheydon’tlike.Labelpictureswithsentences.
Homework:Write4sentencesaboutthingsthatyoudonotenjoy.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewthe listofwords fromthe lastclass.Seewhoremembers transla-tions
Information: Review pronouns. Then review different kinds of sentences that can bemadewiththeverb‘tolike’andtheverb‘toenjoy’.Reviewnegativeandpositivestruc-tureforwritingaboutthingsyoulikeanddislike.
Practice/Application:Game:Withwordsonsmallpiecesofpaper,childrenmustmakesentences.Dividethechildrenintosmallgroups.Prepare1bagforeachgroupwith6sentencesinit.Thesesentenceswillbecutupintoindividualwords.Thechildrenmustworktogethertoputthesentencesinproperwordorder.Make3positive,3negative,usingallpronounsand3enjoy,3like.
�0
Homework:Starttoprepareforthetest.
Materials:Bagswith6scrambledsentencesineach
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:PlayAroundtheWorldwithinterests,sportsandhobbiesvocabulary
Information:Reviewthegerundformoftolike…ingandtoenjoy…ing.Ienjoygoingtothemovies.Ienjoyplayingwithanimals.Ilikeplayingsports.
Practice:Readtext:
Hello, my name is Jenny. I live in America. I am 8. I am a pupil. I like to play with dolls and I like to go swimming. I have a brother. He is 12 years old. His name is Adam. Adam likes playing sports. Adam enjoys football, badminton, and volleyball. I also like going to the movies, and learning about Uzbekistan.
Application:Childrenshouldcopytext.Practicereadingtextinchorusandindividually.Translatetextincopybooks.Iftimeallows,childrenmaywritealetterbacktoJenny.
Homework:Finishtranslationoftextorwritingletter.
Materials:None
Class #15: Review
Daily Sentence: Wow,youchildrenareveryclever.Youarespeakingverywell.
See Review Activities #13, 32, 33 40, 53, 55, 60 for suggested activity ideas.
Children should copy all questions and answer. All answers should be in the affirmative, unlessachoiceisgiveninparentheses.
Ishethinorfat?(thin) Aretheysmall?
Issheaverybeautifulgirl? Arewebigorsmall?(big)
Isitatalltree? Doesshehavebrowneyes?
Dowehaveblackeyes? Dotheyhaveblueeyes?
Doeshehaveblondhair? DoIhaveshorthair?
AnswerthequestionsortranslatewordsinparenthesestoEnglish.
Doyoulikevolleyball? Doesheliketoplayfootball?
Doesheplaytennis?
Doyoulikebasketball? Iliketoplay(badminton).
Weliketoplay(hockey. Josephlikesto(box).
Marylikesto(kick)theball. Weliketo(swim)inthewater.
Shelikestoplay(tabletennis). You(throw)theballtome.
Copyallquestionsandwriteanswers.
DoyouliketowatchTV? Doesheliketoplayoutside?
Doyouliketodoyourhomework? DoIliketowatchsports?
Areyouinterestedinmathematics? Issheinterestedinreading?
Doesheliketosew? Dowelikewritingpoems?
Areweinterestedinhistory? Areyouinterestedinanimals?
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Copyallquestionsandwriteintheanswers.
Svetalikesto___television.(watch) Sheenjoys____volleyball.(playing)
Helikes___stamps.(collect) Welike____themovies.(going)
Iliketo___withmyfriends.(talk/play) Ienjoy____tomusic.(listening)
Weenjoy___sportsonTV.(watching) Theyenjoy___food.(eating)
Youliketo___sports.(play) Doyouliketo___songs?(sing)
Writetheappropriateformtotheverb‘tolike’.
We___dolls.(like) They_______towatchTV.(like)
He_______books.(likes) I_____dogs.(like)
She______toread.(likes) You_______towrite.(like)
She_______television.(likes) Jenya________cats.(like)
Doeshe_______toplayoutside?(like) DoesMadina_____toswim?(like)
Writethesentencesontheboard.Childrenwritetheverbinparenthesesinthegerund.
Weenjoy(read). Doyouenjoy(write).
Doesheenjoy(play)volleyball? Dotheyenjoy(swim)?
Ienjoy(jump). Sheenjoys(run).
Katyaenjoys(cook). Timurenjoys(listen)tomusic.
DoesVikaenjoy(play)piano? Theyenjoy(play)computergames.
Class #16: Assessment
Easy Lesson
1-5. Translate:toread,towatchtelevision,toplay,toplayfootball,toplaygames
6. I(like/enjoys)playingvolleyball.
7. We(likes/like)toplayhockey.
8. She(enjoy/enjoys)reading.
9. You(toplay/enjoy)watchingtelevision.
10. Heenjoys(eating/listening)tomusic.
Medium Lesson
1-5. Translate:toread,towatchtelevision,toplay,toplayfootball,toplaygames
6. Iliketo(dog/run).
7. Ienjoy(books/watch).
8. Ienjoy(playing/sit)games.
9. (I/She)enjoysplayingtennis.
10. Ienjoy(learning/eating)English.
Advanced Lesson
1-5. translatethesportswords:ball,tennis,football,volleyball,basketball
6-10. Fillintheblanks:I___toplaytennis.(like)We____watchingtelevision.(like)Shedoes____likehomework.(notlike)He________running.(likes)Theyliketo________basketball.(play)
��
11-15.Spellingw/translation:enjoy,friend,reading,they,like
16-20.Unscramblethesentences.
He/toplay/likes/baseball.Helikestoplaybaseball.
enjoy/television/I/watching.Ienjoywatchingtelevision.
like/You/games/playing.Youlikeplayinggames.
To/likes/read/She.Shelikestoread.
Class #17: Woman’s Day Activity
Daily Sentence: HappyWomen’sDay.Wishyourmomsandgrandmomsawonderfulday!
Class #18: St Patrick’s Day Activities
Daily Sentence: AreyoufeelingIrishtoday?
Class #19, 20: Holiday Activities (Navruz)
Daily Sentence: HappyNewYear-CentralAsianNewYear,thatis.
Daily Sentence: Doyoulikesumalak?Ido-yummy!
Please see Appendix C for suggested activities for these 3 holidays
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Semester 4Class #1: April Fool’s Day and Review
Daily Sentence: HappyAprilFool’sDay!
See Appendix C for suggested holiday activities and Review Activities #4,9,22,13, 33 40, 47,52, 53, 55, 56,60, 64 for suggested activity ideas.
Class #2: Review
Daily Sentence: Let’sreviewsowecangetbacktowork.
See Review Activities #4,9,22,13, 33 40, 47,52, 53, 55, 56,60, 64 for suggested activity ideas.
ChildrenshouldcopythesentencesandtranslatethewordinparenthesesintoEnglish.
Ilike(play)tennis.
Doyoulike(swim)inthepool?
Helikes(study)English.
Doesshelike(eat)apples?
Welike(drink)cola.
Theylike(learn)Uzbek.
Thegirlslike(watch)television.
Catslike(sleep)allday.
Mybrotherslike(run)tothestore.
Myfatherlikes(read)thenewspaper
Class #3: Food Vocabulary Overview
Daily Sentence: Iliketoeatapples,potatoes,meatandlemons.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Welcomechildrenbacktoclass.Haveshortdialogueswithseveralchildren.
Information: Introduce vocabulary: apple, pear, banana, orange, lemon, watermelon,melon,bread,meat,beet,eggplant,tomato,potato,cucumber,cabbage,carrot,onion,pumpkin,grapesandgarlic.
Practice:Childrenshoulddrawapictureofallofthefoodandlabelthem.
Application:Teacherwritesnewvocabularyontheboardwithlettersmissingfromeachword.Childrenshouldtrytoguesstheword.
Homework:Childrenshouldstudythewordsathome.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Bringabagoffoodtoschool-drygoodsandrawvegetables.Unpackbagandaskchildrentoidentifyfoodsinnativelanguage.
��
Information: IntroducetheEnglishwords foreachof theobjects,andusepictures toshowotherfoodsyouwishtoteach.
Practice: Children should copywords into copybooks. Children should practice sayingthewordsandassociatingthemwithanobject.Dothisorallybyaskingthemtoidentifyfoods.
Application: Write words with some letters missing on the board. Children should figure out what the words are and fill in the letters.
Homework:Studentsshouldwriteabouttheirfavoritefruitorvegetable.Studentsshouldtellthecolorandsizeoffood.Myfavoritevegetableis…
Materials:Fooditemsfromhomeandfoodpicturecardstosupplement.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Bringabagoffoodtoschool-drygoodsandrawvegetables.Unpackbagandaskchildrentoidentifyfoodsinnativelanguage.Usepicturesoffreshfoodsalso
Information:Writealistofnewfoodwordsandtranslate.
Practice:Playhangmanwiththestudents,tobegintolearnspelling.Childrenmayalsopracticereadingthewordsoutloudfromtheboard.
Application:Usingthelistsofwordsontheboard,childrenshouldreadthewords.Thentheyshouldclosetheireyesastheteachererasesoneword.Theyshouldreadthelistofwords again, and try to remember the missingword. Continue until allwords areerased.
Homework:Childrenshouldmakealistoftheirfavoritefoods.
Materials:fooditemsfromhomeandfoodpicturecardstosupplement.
Class #4: Food & I like
Daily Sentence: Ilikeonions.Shelikespears.Helikesoranges.Weliketoeatbeets.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Teacherwritesontheboard:Ilikefood.Iliketoeatapples,grapes,bread,plovandsweets.Iliketodrinksoda,milkandtea.Readthistexttogetherandtrans-late.
Information:Reviewvocabularyandincludethewordsfood,drinks,fruitsandvegeta-bles.Reviewpronouns,andtheverbs‘tolike’‘toeat’‘todrink’
Practice:PlayAroundtheWorldwithfoodpicturecards.
Application:Askthestudentswhichkindsoffoodtheylike.Theymustanswerwith“Ilike…”and“Iliketoeat/drink…”
Homework:Childrenshouldwritealistoftheirfavoritefoods.
Materials:Foodpicturecards
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewfoodwords;writethemasthechildrensaythem.
Information:Teachthewordsfood,drinks,fruitsandvegetables.Reviewtheverbs‘tolike’‘toeat’‘todrink’.Goaroundtheroomandaskchildrentosayasentenceaboutwhichfoodtheylike.Encouragethestudentstomakesentenceswith“Iliketoeat…Iliketodrink”Copydownnewverbs.
Practice:BallTossTranslationgame:Tossaballtoastudentandsayawordinnativelanguage.Studentshouldsay,“Ilike(translatetheword),andtossballback.
Application:Game:What’sintheElephant’srefrigerator?Drawtheshapeofarefrigera-torontheboard.Choosedifferentanimals-cat,dog,elephant,horse,sheep,tiger,bear,
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
etc.Childrenshouldcometotheboardanddrawafooditemthattheanimaleatsandlabelit.Theymaysay“Anelephantlikestoeatbananas.”
Homework:Childrenshouldwrite4sentenceswith I like…or Idon’t like…usingfoodwords.
Materials:Ball
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewhomework.Askchildrentoreadwhattheywroteabouttheirfavoritefoods.
Information:Childrenshouldknowthe“Ilike/Idon’tlike”forms.Theyshouldbeabletogiveyousomeoralsentencesaboutfoodstheylikeanddon’tlike.Remindthemthat“I like to eat...” the second verb ‘to eat’ is in the infinitive.
Practice:Writesomeincorrectsentencesontheboard,whichmakesomecommongram-matical(numberagreement,verbform)mistakes.Trytomakesomespellingmistakestoo, and see if they can find them. At first underline the mistake and see if the children can fix it. For example: “He likes eat apple.” This should be written: “He likes to eat apples.”
Application:Ask children toname somecommondishes.Tell them thatmost are thesameinEnglish-pilaf,shashlik,monte,somsa,soup,salad,etc.Theyshouldthenorallytellyouwhichofthefoodsistheirfavorite,andwhatisinthem.
Homework:Finishthisactivityinwrittenform.Studentsshouldwritesomethingalongthelinesof“Ilikeplov.Plovhasrice,carrots,meat….init.
Materials:Preparedsentenceswitherrors
Class #5: Food Adjectives and Prepositions
Daily Sentence: Ilovespring.Soontherewillbelotsofgoodthingstoeat.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Reviewfoodvocabulary,usingpicturesoffoods
Information:Teachsomenewadjectives:sweet,sour,tasty,nottasty,fresh,hot,cold,salty,
Practice:Teachernamesafood,andstudentsshouldthinkofanadjectivetodescribeit.Example:Teachersaysapple,studentsays“Sourapple”,or“Sweetapple.”Childrenmayusecolorstodescribethewordsaswell.
Application:PlayTic-Tac-ToeorAroundtheWorld(SeeAppendix – forexplanation forthesegames)withthenewadjectives;includesomeoldadjectives,andfoodwordstoincrease difficulty.
Homework:Childrenshouldwrite3wordsthatdescribetheirfavoritefood.
Materials:Foodpicturecards
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewfoodvocabulary.
Information: Teach prepositions in, over and under. Then teach adjectives for foodssweet,sour,tasty,nottasty,fresh,hot,cold,salty.Remindthemthattheycanusecolorstodescribethingsaswell.
Practice:Studentsmayplayafewquickgamesofhangmanwiththenewadjectives.Iftheycanrememberotheradjectives,theymayusethemaswell.
Application:Drawapictureofarefrigeratorontheboard,andtapedifferentfoodcardsontheshelves.Askthechildrentomakesentences.Iftheyareunsure,pointtotheitemyouwantthemtospeakabout.Example:Themilkisintherefrigerator.Themeatisover
��
theeggs.Ifchildrendothiswell,askthemtoincludeanadjective.Theredmeatisunderthesweetapple.
Homework: Write 4 sentences about food “I like...” using 2 adjectives for each sen-tence.
Materials:Foodcards
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenwhichdishestheycanremember(hamburger,plov,monteetc)
Information:Showstudentscutoutingredientsfordifferentfoods.Forinstance,aham-burgerorpizza.Usingtapeontheboard,studentsshouldtellyouhowtoputthefoodstogether.Teachthewordson,underandin.Thenaskstudentsaboutthefoodtheylikeandwhytheylikeit.Introducetheadjectives:delicious,tasty,sweet,sour,salty,dis-gusting,nottasty,crispy,hot,cold,colors.Childrenshouldwritethesewordsintheircopybooks.Askthemtonameothersiftheycan.
Practice: Practice using these adjectives.Then teacher shouldmake a general state-ment. “I ate some fruit.” The children must change it to make it more specific. “I ate somegrapes.”then“Iatesomegreengrapes.”then“Iatesomesourgreengrapes.”Trythiswith“Idranksome…”“Ilike…”“Idon’tlike…”
Application:Askchildrentolisttheingredientsinpizzaorhamburgersorhotdogs.Sug-gestthattheynamethecolorsofthingsalso.Dooneoftheseontheboardtogether.
Homework: Children may have to finish this activity at home.
Materials:Cutoutingredientsofpizzaandhamburger
Class #6: Food Question Words- What is it?
Daily Sentence: Myfavoritefoodispizza.Yummy!
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Showfoodpictures,childrenshoulduseanadjectivewhensayingwhatthefoodis.
Information:Teachthequestion“Whatisit?”Isit…?
Practice:Teachershouldthinkofafood,andchildrenshouldask,“Isitsweet?Isitred?”etc.Childrenmustguessthefood.Theyshouldthendrawtheirfavoritefood,andmakeasentencedescribingit.Childrenmayshowthesetotheclassandreadtheirsentences.
Application:Playthewordshapegame.Useoneboxforeachletterofaword,makingtheshapeoftheword.Childrenshouldguesswhichwordyoudraw.
Homework:None
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewadjectivesandfoodnames.
Information:Reviewthequestion:“Whatisit?”
Practice:Describeafood,onlyusingadjectivesandtheformitis…Studentsshouldtrytoguessthefood.Example:“Itiscold,itiswhite,itisfresh,andIdrinkit.Whatisit?”Answer:“Isitmilk?”“Yes,itismilk.”Givechildrenseveralriddleslikethis.
Application:Askthechildrentowritetheirownriddles.Givethemafewminutes,andthentheyshouldreadthemtotheclass.Playhangmanwiththefoodwordsoradjectives,orhavedialogues.Childrenshouldgreeteachother,askfriendlyquestions,andthenaskeachother“Whatisit?”
Homework:None
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Tellthechildrenyouhavesomefood.Describeittothemandseeiftheycanguesswhatitis.
Information:Studentsshouldgetintogroups.Handoutmenustoeachgroup.Writesomebasicphrasesonboard.“Whatis…?Howmuchforeverything?Pleasebringmethecheck.Iwantthe…Idon’twantit.”
Practice/Application:Dividetheclassintosmallgroups.Giveeachgroupamenu.Letthemstudythemenusforafewminutes.ThentellthemthattheyaregoingtopretendtheyareinarestaurantinAmerica.Theymustaskthewaitresswhatthefoodis(ex-Whatiscake?)andorderlunch.Remindthemtowatchthepricesandthebill,becausethewaitress(theteacher)doesn’tknowmathwell.ShealsoonlyspeaksEnglish.Havethechildrenplaythegameonegroupatatime.
Homework:None
Materials:Preparedmenus-maybeanotepadtowritefoodorderson,oranapron.Papermoney
Class #7: Year Review
Daily Sentence: You finished a whole year of English class. I am very proud of you today!
Use appropriate Review Activities that your children enjoy, and which help them review the vocabulary.
Class #8: Year Review
Daily Sentence: Goodluckonyourtest.Iknowyouwilldowell.
Use appropriate Review Activities, and spend ½ the class explaining what will be on the test.
Class #9: End of the Year Assessment
Easy Lesson
1-10. Translate:GoodEvening,aunt,cousin,banker,seller,beautiful,tall,short,bread,milk
11. Howoldareyou? 16. I(tolike)toplaygames.(like)
12. Doyouhaveasister? 17. You(tohave)abrother).
13. Doyouenjoybasketball? 18. Weenjoy(toplay)volleyball.(playing)
14. Areyouapupil? 19. She…tall.(is)
15. Doyoulikeoranges? 20. He…brownhair.(has)
��
Medium Lesson
1-10. Translate:Goodafternoon,uncle, grandfather,driver, seller, strong, smart tall,meat,cheese
11. Doeshehaveabrother? 16. Mymother…ateacher.(is)
12. Areyouabusinessman? 17. We…pupils.(are)
13. Doyoulikeplayingbaseball? 18. They(tolike)toplayfootball.(like)
14. Are you interested in films? 19. I do not (to enjoy) swimming. (enjoy)
15. Doyouliketodrinktea? 20. Theboy(tohave)2uncles.(has)
Advanced Lesson
1-10. Translate:cousin,aunt,businessman,cook,short,fat,ugly,garlic,onion,house
11. Doesshehaveadog? 16. Theboys(tohave)2dogs.(have)
12. Areyousmart? 17. You…apupil.(are)
13. Doyouliketoeatplov? 18. Ilike(towatch)television.(towatch/watching)
14. Isyourfathertall? 19. Yourgrandmother(tolive)inavillage.(lives)
15. DoyoulikeEnglish? 20. Welike(tolisten)tomusic.(tolisten/listening)
Class #10: Fun Day
Please see Appendix D for fun activities that you can do with your students at the end of the year.
��Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Third Year
�00
Suggested Vocabulary
Weather/Seasons: sun
sunny
rain
rainy
snow
snowy
cloud(s)
cloudy
wind
windy
fog
foggy
warm
cool
cold
hot
Winter
Spring
Summer
Fall
Autumn
Clothing:pants
shirt
dress
socks
shoes
t-shirt
boots
hat
sweater
coat
jacket
sneakers
bathing suit
sandals
gloves
scarf
to wear
to put on
Shopping/ Buying/Selling:
cost,
price
money
change
Do you have…
How much does it cost?
expensive
cheap
store
bazaar
My House/ Apartment:
house
home
door
window
table
chair
television
telephone
sofa
dresser
bed
desk
lamp
mirror
sink
toilet
shower
oven
refrigerator
My Day: to wake up
to get dressed
to wash
to eat breakfast/lunch/dinner
to go to school
to learn
to study
to speak
to brush one’s teeth
to wash one’s hands
to go to sleep
Time:o’clock
clock
hands
face
until
minutes
hour
early
later
before
after
What time is it?
It is…
Animal Habitat/ Nature:
desert
forest
ocean
sky
tropical
farm
city
animal
habitat
trees
sand
plants
garbage
pollution
air
clean
dirty
buildings
�0�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Semester 1Class #1: Introduction
Daily Sentence: Welcome back to school. I hope you all have a great year in Englishclass.
Easy Lesson/ Medium Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren.
Information:Describeclassroomrules,rewards,andpenalties.Describedailyroutineofcomingtoclass,gettingtheirnametagoutsittingdownandthenwritingthesentencethatisontheboard.
Practice:Askstudentsaboutdifferentsituationsandwhattheproperbehavioris.Prac-ticedailyroutineonceortwice.Handeachstudentapieceofnametagpaper.Ifneces-sary,helpchildrenwritetheirnamesinEnglish.Reviewgreetings:“Hello.Mynameis…Howareyou?”Reviewalphabetandnumbers.
Application:Gooverfamilywords.DrawapictureofafamilyontheboardtohelpIn-structthestudentstodescribetheirfamily.“Ihavea…Ihave3…s”
Homework:Childrenshouldmaketheirnametagslookniceathome.
Materials:Paperfornametags.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Teacherandchildrenintroducethemselves.Takethistimetosetupatenta-tiveseatingchart.
Information:Reviewrules,consequencesandhomeworkpolicy.
Practice:Tellchildrentheyaregoingtoreviewtoday.SingtheAlphabetSong,andoneothersongthattheyremember(theymaychoose).Goovernumbers,colorsandgreet-ings.
Application:Talkaboutfamilies.UsetheformIhavea…Perhapsdrawafamilyontheboard and describe it first. Children should describe own families. Remind them that they canuseIhave2,3,4sistersaswell.
Homework:Childrenshouldmakeanametagtoputontheirdesks.Theyshoulddoagoodjob on it, as it will be on their desk for at least the first semester.
Materials:Pictureoffamily,colorcards
Class #2: Review Class Rules, review Professions and Hobbies
Daily Sentence: Don’tforgettheclassrules.Everyoneneedstofollowthem.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Welcomechildren,Reviewclassrulesagain.Quicklypracticegreetings
Information:Showchildrenprofessionpictures.Reviewtogether.Tellchildrenthatwhilewework(reviewtheverbtowork,andnamesofworkplaces),wealsohavehobbies.Askchildrentonamesomehobbies.Letchildrenwritethelistontheboard,andcheckspellingtogether.Reviewtheverbs‘tolike’and‘toenjoy’.
Practice:Copydownallwordsfromtheboard.
�0�
Application:QuicklyreviewAlphabet.Spellinggame:Pointtothelettersinaword,andone,byone,childrenspellthewordtogether.Forexample:cook.Firstchildsaysc,sec-ondsayso,nextsayso,andnextsaysk.Repeatwithdifferentvocabularywords.
Homework:Childrenshouldusetheverb‘tolike’andwrite3sentencesabouttheirhob-bies.Tellthechildrentobringinapictureoftheirfamilyfornextclass.
Materials:professionpictures
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Welcomechildren,Reviewclassrulesagain.Quicklypracticegreetings.
Information:Showchildrenprofessionpictures.Reviewtogether.Tellchildrenthatwhilewework(reviewtheverbtowork,andnamesofworkplaces),wealsohavehobbies.Askchildrentonamesomehobbies.Letchildrenwritethelistontheboard,andcheckspell-ingtogether.Reviewtheverbs‘tolike’and‘toenjoy’.
Practice:Playtranslationgame.Teachersaysasentenceinonelanguageandchildrentranslateintotheother.
Application:Childrenshoulddrawamanorawomanintheirnotebooks,andwriteaboutthisperson.Thispersonis….Heisabanker.Heworksinabank.Helikestoplayfootball,andheenjoysswimming
Homework:ChildrenshouldusetheformI liketo…andwrite3sentencesabouttheirhobbies.
Materials:Professionpictures
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Childrenshouldshowtheirnametags.Reviewclassrulesandhomeworkpol-icy.
Information:Childrenshouldreviewprofessionsusingfamilymembers.
Writeseveralprofessionsontheboard-driver,farmer,banker,builder,seller,business-man/woman.Teachthemtheform:“Myfatherisa…”“Mymotherisa…”
Childrenshouldwritedownwords. Ifchildsuggestsanewprofession,write itforthechild.
Practice:Reviewtheverb‘tolike’.Remindthemthattheylearnedabouthobbieslastyear,andaskthemiftheycanrememberany.Writefootball,baseball,running,read-ing,watchingtelevisiononboard.Childrenshouldmakesentences.Iftimeallows,theyshouldplayagamewheretheypantomimethehobby,andtheotherchildrenguess.Usethistimetoremindchildrenthattheyshouldraisetheirhandstospeak,andnotinter-rupteachother.
Application/Homework:Childrenshoulddrawapictureofwhattheywanttodoforajobwhentheygrowup.Finishthisforhomework.
Materials:Picturesofprofessions
Class #3: Review Body Parts, Alphabet & Numbers
Daily Sentence: Do you remember how to spell parts of the body? Let’s find out!
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Sing,“Head,Shoulders,KneesandToes”(seeAppendixE)
Information:Reviewalphabetandnumbers.Reviewvocabulary:face,eye,nose,mouth,ear, hair, arm, leg, hand, finger, foot, toe and all of their plurals. Use “This is my…” and “Thesearemy…”
�0�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Practice:SingAlphabetSongtogether.Reviewnumbers1-30.Drawapictureofapersonontheboardandlabeltheparts.Havestudentspracticeshowingtheirbodypartsandsaying,“Thisismy__.Thisismy__.”
Application:Writedown3bodypartsthattheyhaveoneofand3bodypartsthattheyhavetwoof.Makesuretheyusethecorrectplural.
Homework:Writefoursentencesintheform“Ihave(number)(bodypart/s).
Materials:None
MediumLesson
Motivation:Reviewbodyparts.Listthemontheboardaschildrensaythem.
Information:Reviewbasicadjectives:allcolors,beautiful,ugly,tall,short,fat,thin,big,little.Childrenshouldcopyallwordsintotheirnotebooks.
Practice:Reviewplurals.Goaroundtheroomandaskchildrentosayanadjectiveandabodypartintheplural.Ex.blueeyes
Application:SingsongLookinginthemirror(tothetuneofI’malittleTeapot.SeeAp-pendixE):
Lookinginthemirror,whatdoIsee?/Isee(namebodyparts,exbrowneyes,asmallnose)lookingatme./Lookinginthemirror,whatdoIsee?Iseesomeonewholookslikeme!
Homework:Childrenshouldwritealistofallbodypartsofwhichthereisonly1.
Materials:None(optionaladjectivepictures,bodypartposter/pictures,colorcards)
AdvancedLesson
Motivation:Checkhomework.Askchildreniftheyknowasongaboutthebody(Head,Shoulders,KneesandToes).Singtogether.
Information:Askchildreniftheyrememberbodyparts.Theyshouldshoweachparttoyouonthemselveswhilenamingthem.
Practice:BringoutBabyJoeyDoll.Childrenshouldputhimbacktogether.Usetheform:“Itisa/an…”Reviewarticlesastheyoccur.
Application:Showadjectivepictures.Writewordsontheboard,placingantonymsindif-ferentcolumns.Childrenshoulddrawalinematchingtheantonyms.Thenhavestudentscategorizepicturesaccordingtoadjectives:beautiful,ugly,tallshort,fatthin,bigsmall.Usethe‘tobe’verbwhendoingso.Writethedifferentformsontheboardforthemtoreferto.
Homework:Childrenshouldwrite3sentencesaboutanything,usingthetobeverbandanadjective.ExampleThecatisfat.Heisshort.Youarebeautiful.Etc.
Materials:BabyJoeydoll,adjectivepictures
Class #4: Review Animals, Alphabet & Numbers
Daily Sentence: Onetime,Isawacrocodile.Iwasscared.
Easy Lesson
Motivation: Sing “The Itsy, Bitsy Spider”(See Appendix E)Information:Reviewalphabetandnumbers.Askchildrentonameandwriteontheboardasmanyanimalsastheycan.Reviewtherest.
Practice:Makeanimalnoisesandhavethestudentsdecidewhichanimalyouare.Next,saythenameofananimalandhavethestudentsmakethenoises.PlayAroundtheWorldwithanimalvocabulary.
Application:Havethestudentswrite4sentences.“Ilikethe___”and“Idon’tlikethe___”usinganimalvocabulary.
�0�
Homework:Children shoulddrawapictureof their favoriteanimalanddescribe in3sentences.
Materials:Picturesofanimals
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewgreetings,daysoftheweek,colorsandnumbers.
Information:Teachthepoem:Firstwriteontheboard,readonceandtranslatetogeth-er.
Hop,hop,hoplikeabunny
Run, run, run like a dog Swim, swim, swim like a turtle Jump, jump, jump like a frog Tromp, tromp, tromp like and elephant Fly, fly, fly like a bird Now sit right down and fold your hands Don’t say a single word.
Practice:Practicesayingthepoemtogether,thenhavechildrensay itbythemselves.Thenhavechildrenindividuallysaypoem.Addactions(hop,run,swim,etc.)whentheyarecomfortablewiththewords.
Application:Childrenmaywriteabout their favoriteanimal in the form. I likebears.Bearsarebigandbrown.Bearsareugly…3-4sentences
Homework:Childrenshoulddrawapicturetogowiththeirsentences.
Materials:none
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Bringoutpostersorpicturesofwildanddomesticanimals.Askchildrentopointouttheanimalstheyknow.
Information:Reviewanimalwordsand spelling.Explain that someof theanimalsarewildandsomearedomestic.Childrencanwritetheanimalnamesintheircopybooksw/definitions.
Practice:Generatewordsfromchildren-colors,numbers,andadjectives.Puttheseontherightsideoftheboard.Thenreviewtheformsoftobe.Writetheminthemiddleoftheboard.Keeppicturesoftheanimalsontheleft.
Application:Askchildrentomakesentences.Theyshouldthinkofhowtheywouldsaythesentenceinnativelanguage,andthenrememberthatweusethe‘tobe’verbtohelpdescribethingsorpeopleorplaces.Askthemtofollowthewordsontheboardfromlefttoright,andmakeasentence.
Homework:Childrenshouldwritethefollowingwords:elephant,tiger,pigcat,snake,chicken,andwritewhethertheyareWildordomesticnexttothem.
Materials:Postersorpicturesofwildanddomesticanimals.
Class #5: Review Foods
Daily Sentence: Whatisyourfavoritefood?Mineisshashlik.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Askwhichfoodsthechildrenremember.Writedownalistontheboard.
Information:takeoutactualfoodorfoodcardsandreviewthenamesoffoodswithchil-dren.Theyshouldcopydownthesewordsintheirnotebooks
�0�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Practice:Reviewtheverbstoeatandtodrink.Childrenshouldconjugatewithallpro-nouns
Application:Makesimplesentenceswithverbsandfoodwords.PlayAroundtheWorld.
Homework:Write2-3sentencesforeach:Iliketoeat,Iliketodrink.
Materials:Actualfoodorfoodcards
Medium Lesson
Motivation:HavestudentstrytonametheirfavoritefoodinEnglish.
Information:Reviewdifferentkindsoffood.Choosefromthislistanddraw:rice,meat,carrot,onion,pumpkin,potato,bread,soup,tea,sugar,salt,cabbage,cheese,apple,orange,grape,pomegranate,tomato,cucumber,pizza,spaghetti,hamburger&hotdog.Introduce:“MayIpleasehave…”and“ThankYou.”
Practice:Havethestudentspretendthattheyareatdinnerwithyouandwantdifferentkindsoffood.
Application:Havethestudentswrite2simplesentenceslike“Iliketoeat…”and“Idon’tliketoeat…”
Materials:Picturesofdifferenttypesoffood
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Bringinsomerealfoods-apple,grapes,beans,rice,bread,onion,carrot,nuts,pear,melon,garlic,sugar.Askchildrentoidentifythem.Iftheteacherwants,givechildrenthefruit.Cutupmelonfortherestoftheclass.
Information:Reviewallfoodnames.Usepicturecardsifnecessary,andchildrenshouldwritethesewordsintheircopybooks.Remindthemtousecompletesentences.“Thisisa…”or“Theseare…”
Practice:Tellstudentstheyaregoingtomakedinnerforthepresident.Eachstudenthastodecidewhattobring,andlisttheingredients.Theycanusetheform“Inplov,thereis….”Explainthesentenceconstruction.Translateanywordsthattheydon’tknowyet.
Application:Childrenreadtheiringredientslists.Teachershouldask“Howmany?”aftereachitemuntilstudentsarecomfortablenamingtheamountofeachingredient.
Homework:Childrenwillbereviewingtopicsasnecessarythenextday,sotheyshouldthinkof2sentencesthattheywouldliketosayinEnglish,andtrytotranslatethem.Theywilltranslatetogetherduringthenextclass.
Materials:Variousfreshfoods,andfoodpicturecards
Class #6: General Review- Professions, Animals, Food, Body Parts
Daily Sentence: Let’sreviewonemoretimebeforewestartsomethingnew.
See Review Activities # 4, 6,7,19, 30, 39, 41, 51, 53, 55, 59, 60 in Appendix B for suggested Review Ideas.
Writethefollowingontheboard.Childrenshouldmatchthewordtothenumber.
5 ten
2 one
1 five
10 four
4 two
�0�
Writethetranslationfortheanimals
Tiger,elephant,monkey,cowsheep
Fillin
Adoctorworksina(hospital/bazaar).
Teachersworkin(schools/banks).
Mymotherisabanker.Sheworksina________.(bank)
Dosellersworkinbazaars?(Yes,sellersworkinbazaars.)
Dodriversworkinschools?(No,driversworkincars.)
(Show picture with a,b,c labels)
Thisismy_a_.(mother)
Heismy_b__.(father)
Theyaremy__c_.(brothers)
My__d__livesinavillage.(grandmother)
My_e__isadoctor.(uncle)
I(like/likes)toplayfootball.
Chosethecorrectverbandconjugateit.
Doesshe(enjoy/swim)?(Doessheenjoyswimming?)
Fillinthecorrectverb.
We_____playingthepiano.(likeorenjoy)
Theyliketo_____television.(watch)
Class #7: Shopping Vocabulary Overview
Daily Sentence: Iwenttothestoreyesterdaytobuysomepotatoes,buttheyweretooexpensive.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenwhattheyliketobuy.Writealist.
Information:Introducevocabulary:cost,price,money,change,Howmuchdoesitcost?expensive,cheap,store&bazaar,towant.
Practice:Afterthevocabularyhasbeentranslatedintotheirnotebooksandontheboard,playAroundtheWorldwithshoppingvocabulary.
Application:Usinglistofthingsthatchildrenliketobuy,makesentences.“Thecandycosts50soum.”“Thetoycosts300soum.”“Ihavesomemoney.”Etc.
Homework:Write4sentencesabouthowmuchsomethingcosts.“The…costs…”
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Drawpicturesof‘money’ontheboard.Askstudentswhatkindofmoneyitis.(25,50,100,500,1000soum,1,5,10,20,50dollars)Tellthemthattheyaregoingtolearnshoppingwords.
Information:Introducevocabulary:cost,price,money,change,Howmuchdoesitcost?expensive,cheap,store&bazaar,towant,coinandnote(papermoney).Studentsshouldcopywordsandtranslations.
�0�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Practice:WriteacolumnofvocabularyinnativelanguageontheboardandacolumnofwordsinEnglish.Childrenshouldmatchupthewords.
Application:Drawanitemontheboard(example:apple)writeapriceunderit.Writesentencestogether.1.Theapplecosts1dollar.2.Thepriceis1dollar.3.Howmuchmon-ey?1dollar.4.From5dollars,Iget4dollarsinchange.5.Howmuchdoesitcost?Itcosts1dollar.6.Itisexpensive.7.Itisnotcheap.8.Idonotbuyapplesinastore.9.Ibuyapplesinthebazaar.10.Iwantanapple.Childrenshouldcopydownthesesentences.
Homework:Forhomework,trytotranslatesentences(exceptnumber4)
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Giveeachchildpapers‘money’,andaskthemtocounthowmuchtheyhave.ExplainthatAmericanmoneyismadeupofdollarsandcents.Draweachdenominationontheboardandexplainhowmuchitisworth.(1,5,10,20,50and100)
Information:Tell studentstheyaregoingto learnaboutshopping.Teachstudentstheverb to shop.Tell them thatwe say in English “To go shopping”.The conjugation ofthis happens with the verb to go. (He goes shopping.) Make sure children write theconjugationsof‘togoshopping’intheirnotebooks.Introducevocabulary:cost,price,money,change,Howmuchdoesitcost?expensive,cheap,store&bazaar,towant,coin,notes(papermoney)
Practice:Practicesayingthewords.Writeseveralsentencesontheboard,andchildrencan practice reading them. (seeApplication section ofMedium lesson above for sen-tences)
Application:Drawashelfwithvariousitemsforsale,andpricetags.Childrenmustde-cidewhattheywanttobuywiththeirmoney.Childrenmustusetheform“Iwant…
Homework:Studentsshouldwrite4sentences,using,“Iwanttobuy…”
Materials:Posterofshelveswithitemsforsale.Papermoneyforeachstudent.
Class #8: Shopping Vocabulary with verbs and How much? / How many?
Daily Sentence: IliketogotothebazaarandbuythingsIneed.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Showchildrenseveralitems:somerice,somefruit,alittlemoney,water,(othercountableandnoncountableitems.)
Information:Explainthattherearesomethingswecancountandsomethingswecannot.Pointoutthedifferencebetweenwaterandapples.Wecancounthowmanyapples,butwecan’tcounthowmanywaters.ExplainthatitisthesameinEnglish.Forthingswecancount,weask,“Howmany…?”andforthingswecan’tcount,weask,“Howmuch?”Oneexceptioniswhenweask,“Howmuchdoesitcost?”theanswertothiswouldbeanumberandtheword.Forexample:“Howmanyapples?”“2apples.”“Howmuchrice?”“2Kilosofrice.”
Practice:Makea listofcountableandnon-countable items.Childrenshouldcopythisdown.Onthetopofthecountableitemslistchildrenshouldwrite“Howmany?Andontopofthenoncountableitemschildrenshouldwrite“Howmuch?”
Application:Childrencantaketurnsasking,“Howmuch?”or“Howmany?”fordifferentitems.OnechildshouldsayinEnglish,andanotherstudentshouldtranslateintonativelanguage.
Homework:Write3sentencesusing“Howmuch?”and“Howmany?”
Materials:severalcountableandnon-countableitems.
�0�
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Checkhomework.
Information:Reviewtheverb‘towant’.Teachthequestion“Whatdoyouwant?”andanswer“Iwant…”Thenteachthedifferencebetween“Howmuch?”and“Howmany?”(Countableandnon-countableitems)
Practice:Givestudentsalistoffoodwords,andaskthemtodecideiftheyarecountableor non-countable. Include sugar, oil, tea, water, rice, flour, (non-countable)
Application:Tellstudentstheyaregoingtoplayashoppinggame.Onestudentwillbetheshopperandonewillbethesalesperson,orseller.Theywillpretendtheyareinthebazaar,andtheshopperwantstobuysomefood.Setoutfoodcards.
Teachdialogue(Writeonboard)
Hello!I want ----.Yes/No. I have(no)----How much is it?It costs------.Homework: Students should practice dialogues at home.Materials: Food cards
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Putobjectsonatableandseeifstudentscanhaveashortshoppingdialoguewiththeteacher.
Information:Writeadialogueontheboard,andgoovereachwordsothatchildrenun-derstandwhattheymean.Introducethequestionwordshowmuch?andhowmany?Talkaboutitemsthatyoucancount,anditemsyoucannotcount.
Practice:Makea listofcountableandnon-countable items.Childrenshouldcopythisdown.Onthetopofthecountableitemslistchildrenshouldwrite“Howmany?Andontopofthenon-countableitemsstudentsshouldwrite“Howmuch?”
Application:Practicedialoguewithstudents,andstudentswitheachother.
Homework:Practicedialoguesathome.
Materials:objectstopracticeshoppingorfoodcards
Class #9: Shopping and Adjectives
Daily Sentence: Iboughtabig,bluecopybookatthebazaar.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren;reviewdaysoftheweek,colors,andnumbers.
Information:Tellstudentsthattheyneedtolearnwordstotellthesalespersonorsellerwhattheywant.Askwhatwordstheymightneedtoknow.Fresh,sweet,sour,new,old,big,small,thick,thinheavy,light,hot,cold,goodandbad.
Practice:Writewordsontheboard.Practicesayingthemseveraltimes.Erasetransla-tion. Ask children to try to find the antonym for the word that you say.
Application:Group thechildren into teams.Giveeach teamanoun,and they shoulddescribeitwithasmanyadjectivesastheycan.
Homework:Childrenshouldpickafoodanddescribeitwithasmanyadjectivesastheycan.Forthenextclass,theyshoulddraw3itemsonalbumpaper.Butasintheposter,theyshouldbedifferentsotheycanbedescribedwithdifferentadjectives.(Teacherwillusetheselaterinlessons10,11and12.)Ifchildrenhavetroubleunderstandingtheas-signment, teacher may assign specific pictures to be drawn.
�0�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Materials:None(optionalcardswhichrepresentadjectives)
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Lookatpictureofdifferentobjectsanddescribe.
Information:Tellstudentsthattheyneedtolearnwordstotellthesalespersonorsellerwhattheywant.Askwhatwordstheymightneedtoknow.Include:fresh,sweet,sour,new,old,big,small,thick,thin,heavy,light,hot,cold,good,bad
Practice:Lookatdifferentobjectsanddescribethem.Itisabig,sweet,fresh,water-melon.
Itisanold,sour,smallapple.Itisanew,small,potato,etc.Eachchildshouldbegivenafoodwordtodescribe.
Application:Childrenshouldmatchadjectiveantonymsfromcolumnsontheboard.
Homework:Studentsshouldstudythesewordstousenextclass.Forthenextclass,theyshoulddraw3itemsonalbumpaper.Butasintheposter,theyshouldbedifferentsotheycanbedescribedwithdifferentadjectives.(Teacherwillusetheselaterinlessons10,11and12.)Ifchildrenhavetroubleunderstandingtheassignment,teachermayassignspecific pictures to be drawn.
Materials:Picturesofobjects-1foreachadjective
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren.Tryshortshoppingdialogues.Iwantthe…/Howmuchisit?/Itis…./Okay./Thankyou./You’reWelcome.
Information:Tellstudentsthattheyneedtolearnwordstotellthesalespersonorsellerwhattheywant.Askwhatwordstheymightneedtoknow.Include:fresh,sweet,sour,new,old,big,small,thick,thin,heavy,light,hot,cold,goodandbad.
Practice:Useaposterwith3variationsofthesameitem.Studentsmusttellyouwhichonetheywant.
Application:Givechildren10nouns.Seewhocomesupwiththebestdescriptionsforthewords.
Homework:Draw3itemsonalbumpaper.Butasintheposter,theyshouldbedifferentsotheycanbedescribedwithdifferentadjectives.(Teachercanusetheselaterinles-sons10,11and12.)
Materials:Posterwith3itemsoneachshelf(forexample)3apples,1red,bigandfresh,1small,brownandold,and1yellowallon1shelf.Onthenextshelf,havemeat,milk,cabbage…
Class #10: Shopping and Degrees of Comparison
Daily Sentence: Iloveapples.Thebiggertheapple,thebetter.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Lookathomeworkpictures.Tapethemontheboard. Ifchildrenhavenotdonethehomework,usepicturesthatteacherhasprepared.
Information:Comparesomeofthepicturesusingtheadjectives.Innativelanguageaskchildrentopointoutthedifferencesbetween2items.“ThisappleisBIGGERthanthatone.”“Thisoneisredderthanthatone.”TellchildrenthatinEnglishweputtheending–erontheendoftheadjectivetocomparethem.
Practice:Choose10adjectivesandteachthecomparativeform.Letchildrenguesswhatthewordwillbe.
Application:Teachtheform,“This…isbiggerthanthat…”LookatthepicturesagainandcompareinEnglish.
��0
Homework:Write3sentencescomparinganapple,apotato,andawatermelon
Materials:Picturesofcomparableitems
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Collectpicturesandtapethemontheboard.
Information:Comparesomeofthepicturesusingtheadjectives.Innativelanguageaskchildrentopointoutthedifferencesbetween2items.“ThisappleisBIGGERthanthatone.”“Thisoneismorebeautifulthanthatone.”TellchildrenthatinEnglishweputtheending–erontheendoftheadjectivetocomparethem.Iftheadjectivehasmorethan3syllables,wedon’tadd–er,weputthewordmoreinfrontofit.
Practice:Makeachartwithdegreesofcomparison.Usebasicadjectivesandaskchildrenwhichadditionaladjectivestheywanttoknow.Childrenshouldcopythechart.
Application:Askchildrentocometotheboardanddrawanitemtheteachersays..Aftertheydrawit,Say,“No!,drawa----erone!Childmustredrawtheitemseveraltimesasteacherdescribes.
Homework:Childshoulddraw2items,andlabelthem:Thisisa___(item),andthisisa___er(item).
Materials:Picturesofcomparableitems.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Showpictureswithdifferentsizesofitems.Askthemwhattheysee.
Information:Discusshowwedistinguishbetweendifferentitems.Oneisbig,onissmall.Butifyouhave2ofthesameitems,whattoyousay?Askinownlanguage.Teachdegreesofcomparison..“ThisappleisBIGGERthanthatone.”“Thisoneismorebeautifulthanthatone.”TellchildrenthatinEnglishweputtheending–erontheendoftheadjectivetocomparethem.Iftheadjectivehasmorethan3syllables,wedon’tadd–er,weputthewordmoreinfrontofit.
Thentakeoutpicturesofapples,andshowdescriptionswiththree.Tellthemthatanywordthatisusedtodescribecanbeusedtocomparetwoitems.Studentsmustwritethisintheirbookswithpicturestoaccompany.Orwriteitclearlyontheboardandtellstudentstocopyit.
Practice:Lookatpicturesanddiscussitemsinthem.Thenlookatappleposterandcom-parethem.Usethearticlesa/an,andtheverbtosee.“Iseeabigappleandabiggerapple.”
Application:Dialoguewith teacher.Childrenask for an item that teacherpoints out.Theymusthaveaconversationwiththeteacher (theseller),whomustaskquestionssuchas,“Doyouwantthebigone,orthebiggerone?”ourwhichitemtheywant.Usetheposters.
Homework:Childrenshouldwrite3sentencescomparingthings.Iseea…anda…-er…
Materials:Picturesofapples,otherpicturesoffood
Class #11: Shopping dialogues and “Which?”
Daily Sentence: Whichdoyoulikemore,orangesorbananas?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:QuicklyplayAroundtheWorldwithshoppingvocabularywords.
Information:Introducethequestions,‘Which?’‘Whichone?’and‘Whichones?’
Practice:Showthechildren2 items.Ask“Whichoneisthe…?Childrenshouldanswer,“Thisoneisthe…one.”Thenchildrenshouldaskeachotherthequestion,andgivean-swers.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Application:Showthechildrenmanydifferentitemsandask,“Whichone/onesis/arered?Whichonesarebig?Etc.
Homework:Practicedialogueswith“Which?”athome.
Materials:Foodwordcards,variouscomparableitemsorpicturesofitem
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Childrenshouldshowtheirhomework.
Information: Review food and classroom object words. Introduce the word ‘Which?’,‘Whichone?’and‘Whichones?’Childrenshouldcopywordsandtranslations.
Practice:Draw2largecirclesontheboard.Labeleachcirclewithacategory(forex-ample,redandblue).Asthechildrenwhichfoodsandclassroomobjectsbelongineachgroup.Tryred/blue,sweet/big,etc.Theyshouldwriteeachwordintheappropriatecircle.
Application:Dothistogetherseveraltimes,andthenletchildrennamethecategories.Askquestions.Forexample:“Whichcirclehasmeat?Answer:“Theredcircle.”
Homework:Practicedialogueswith“Which”athome.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation: Play quick game: Set up several bags on a table, with letter (first letter in the word)ofseveralfoodwords.Childrenmustputfoodcardinthebagwiththesameinitialsoundastheoneoftheirfood.
Information:Writeontheboard,“Whichwordswentinthe/m/bag?”Studentswillan-swermilk,meat,etc.Askchildrenwhichquestionwordtheteacherusedtomakethatquestion.Answer:“Which?”Askthemwhattheythink‘which’means,andiftheydon’tunderstand,giveanotherexample.Holdup2cardsandask,“Whichoneisthebread?”Talkabouttheword“one”inplaceofthefoodwordname,andtellthemthatitstandsinplacewhenbothpeopleknowwhatitemsyouaretalkingabout.“Whichonedoyouwant?”Ask if they can translate this sentence. Remind them of a previous sentence“Whatdoyouwant?”Writebothontheboard,lookforsimilarities.Childrenshouldwriteallofthisintheirnotebooks.
Practice/Application:Studentswillplayanothergamewithbeginningsounds:Theywillgointoa“shop”withseveralinitiallettercardsandsomemoney.Theymustbuyitems.Thereshouldbedifferentsizesoftheitems.Sellermustask,“Whichonedoyouwant?”andstudentsmustaskforthebiggerorthesmallerofthetwo.Askforprices.“Howmuchisit?”
Homework:Studentsshouldwrite2questionswith“Which?”and2answers.
Materials:Foodwordcards,posterswithitems,bigandsmallversionsofthesameitems.Bagswithinitialletters,Alphabetlettercards.
Class #12: Shopping Dialogues
Same Lesson for all 3 levels
Daily Sentence: Ihopeyouenjoytoday’sclass.Iwill.
All classeswill play the shoppinggamewithdialogues.Handoutpaper ‘money’withdifferentamounts.Eachchild shouldhaveadifferentamountofmoney.Writeusefulsentencesontheboard.Oneatatime,or inpairs,studentsshouldvisityour‘shop’.Useeitheraposterwithdifferentitemswithpricetags,orplaceitemsonadeskandwritepricesonsmallpiecesofpapernexttothem.Trytotrickthechildrentocheckforunderstanding.Givethemthewrongamountofchange,oraskformoremoneythanthepricetag.
���
Materials:Papermoney,posterwithshelvesofobjectsforsale,orrealobjectswithpricetags
Class #13: Catch-up Day
Please use this day to review a topic that your students are having trouble with, or use this class to teach a different difficulty level from a past lesson.
Class #14: Review
Daily Sentence: You’vealreadydonealotofworkthisyear.
See Review Activities # 61,62,64,65, 21, 30 in Appendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Childrenshouldcopydownthesentencesandwriteinthecorrectanswers.
_______doyouwant,thebookorthepencil?(Which)
Whichoneissweet,sugarorsalt?(sugar)
Ihaveabighamburgerandasmallhamburger.Whichonedoyouwant?(Iwantthebiggerhamburger.)
________cardoyouwant,theredoneortheblueone?(Which)
Whichisbetter,akiloofchocolate,or½kiloofchocolate?
Howmany(grapes/sugar)doyouwant?
Howmany(balls/cow)doyousee?
Howmany(oranges/pen)doyoubuy?
Howmany(dolls/window)doesshehave?
Howmany(candy/candies)canyoueat?
Howmuch(money/dollars)isit?
Howmuch(time/minutes)dowehave?
Howmuch(butter/apples)dowehave?
Howmuch(tea/peaches)doyouwant?
Howmuch(cabbages/water)canyoudrink?
Childrenshouldwritedownthequestionsandwritetheanswers.
Whichisbigger,anelephantoracat?
Whichissweeter,chocolateorcherries?
Whichisbetter,a5ora4?
Whichisstronger,afatherorababy?
Whichisfaster,acarorabicycle?
Apenis(better/worse)thanapencil.
Apianois(heavier/lighter)thanatable.
Thesunis(brighter/greener)thanalamp.
Atigeris(moredangerous/smaller)thanabird.
Anelephantis(bigger/smaller)thanagoat.
Amotheris(older/younger)thanababy.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Acatis(smaller/bigger)thanadog).
Ahorseis(faster/slower)thanacar.
Whichisworse,a2ora1?
Whichisbetter,TashkentorSamarkand?
Class #15: Assessment
Easy Lesson
1-5. Translate:price,money,expensive,store&cost.
Medium Lesson
1-5. Translate:price,money,expensive,store&cost.
6. He(want/wants)tobuyacopybook.
7. It(cost/costs)2dollars.
8. Translate:Howmuchdoesitcost?
9. Whichissmaller,acatoradog?
10. Whichisred,atomatoorapotato?
Advanced Lesson
1. Whichisbigger,anappleorawatermelon?
2. Whichisfaster,ahorseoracar?
3-10. Fillintheblanksinthedialogue.
-Hello!
-____(Hello!)
-Howareyou?
-I am ____. (fine/okay)
-Whatdo____want?(you)
-I____tobuytomatoes.(want)
-Tomatoes____300soum.(cost)
-Oh,itis____.(givechoicebetweenexpensive&cheap)Giveme2kilos.
-ThankYou.
-____arewelcome.(you)
-Goodbye.
-____(Goodbye)
Class #16, 17: Halloween
Daily Sentence: HappyHalloween.Doyouhaveacostume?
Please see Appendix C for suggested holiday activities
���
Semester 2Class #1: Review Shopping, Buying and Selling
Daily Sentence: Letsstartthesecondsemesterbyreviewing.
See Review Activities# 26, 27, 30, 39, 42, 57, 59 in Appendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Class #2: Clothing Vocabulary Overview
Daily Sentence: Whocantellmewhatcolormyshirtis?Doesanyoneelsehavethiscolorshirton?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren.Haveshortdialogues.
Information: Introduce vocabulary: pants(trousers), shirt, dress, socks, shoes, t-shirt,boots,hat,sweater,coat,jacket,andsneakers.
Practice:PlayaSimonSays.Usethecommand“Touchyour…”toreviewclothingwords.
PlayagameofGuessWho:Teacherdescribesachildintheclassusingadjectivesandpronouns.Childrenmustguesswhoitis.
Application:Drawapersonandlabeldifferentarticlesofclothing.
Homework:Childrenshouldwritealistoftheclothestheyweartoschool.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Showlargepictureofacloset.Talkaboutwhatisinthecloset.
Information:Introduceclothingwords.Childrenshouldcopythemdown.pants(trousers),shirt,dress,socks,shoes,t-shirt,boots,hat,sweater,coat,jacket,andsneakers,gloves,bathingsuit,andsandals.
Practice:WriteallEnglishwordsandtheirtranslationsontheboardindifferentplaces.Childrenmustdrawlinestoconnectthewords.
Application/Homework:Childrenshouldwriteatleast4sentencesaboutwhatclothingtheyown.Ihavea…Ihave3…Etc.
Materials:Pictureofclosetwithclothes
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Bringinvariousitemsofclothes,andonebyone,pullthemoutofabag.Havechildrenlistwhattheitemsareinnativelanguageontheboard.
Information:Gooverthewordsandtranslatetogether.Addotherwordsthatyoudidnothaveanpieceofclothingfor.Vocabularyshould include:pants(trousers),shirt,dress,socks,shoes,t-shirt,boots,hat,sweater,coat,jacket,sneakers,sandals,bathingsuit,andscarf.
Practice:Practicepronunciationbyreadingthelistofwordstogether.ConcentrateonSsounds Ask children how many ‘S’ sounds they can find. Sc-, Su-, Sa-, Sw-, So-, Sh-, Ts-, Sn-.
Application:Ask thechildren todescribewhat theyarewearing,withcolorsandanyotherdescriptivewordstheycanthinkof.Example:Long,bluepants.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Homework:studynewwords
Materials:bagofclothing,onepieceofeachtype
Class #3: Clothing and the verb “To wear” in present continuous
Daily Sentence: Today I amwearingablue shirt,brownpants,brown shoesanda redhat.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Playagameofmatchingpronounstothecorrectformoftheverb“tobe”
Information:Reviewclothingvocabulary.Introducetheverb“towear”inthepresent-continuousform.
Practice:Havethestudentsdescribeeachoftheirclassmates.“Heiswearing…”“Malikaiswearing…”
Application:Writetwosentences:Myfatheriswearing____.Mybrothersarewearing______.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Teachertellsthechildrenwhatheorsheiswearing.Example:Iamwearingashirt.Iamwearingaskirt.Iamwearingsocks.Iamwearingshoes.
Information:Reviewthe‘tobe’verb.RemindthechildrenthatinEnglishthereisaspe-cialwaytospeakaboutwhatapersonisdoingrightnow.Weuseapronoun,the‘tobe’verbandtheverb+ing.Forexample:“Iwearshoes.”But,“IamwearingshoesNOW”.Childrenshouldcopydownthisformwitheachpronoun.
Practice:Giveotherverbs-towear,tosee,tolisten,tosit,tostand,andchildrenshouldpracticeconjugatingtheminpresentcontinuousform.
Application:Childrenshouldgoaroundtheroom,eachsaying Iamwearing,andthennamingapieceofclothing. If there is timeremaining,childrenshouldgoaroundtheroom,andusethepresentcontinuous,butwithyou,he,she,they,andweinsteadofI.
Homework:Write6sentences,onewitheachpronoun,andwritewhatsomeoneiswear-ing.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewclothingwords.
Information:Reviewthe‘tobe’verb.RemindthechildrenthatinEnglishthereisaspe-cialwaytospeakaboutwhatapersonisdoingrightnow.Weuseapronoun,the‘tobe’verbandtheverb+ing.Forexample:Iwearshoes(maybenow,maybe2daysago).But,“IamwearingshoesNOW”.Childrenshouldcopydownthisformwitheachpronoun.
Practice:Allstudentsstandup.Teachercallsout“Whoiswearing…anitemofclothing(withanadjective)andthosestudentswhoarewearingthatitemmustsitdown.Continueun-til1childisleftstanding.
Application:Goaroundtheroomandhavechildrendescribewhatthenextchildiswear-ing.“Heiswearingblackpants,awhiteshirt,blackshoes…”“Sheiswearing…”
Homework:Writedownwhatyourmotherorfatheriswearingwhenyougohome.
Materials:None
���
Class #4: Clothing and Descriptions
Daily Sentence: Ihaveabeautifuldress.Itisblueandpink.Iloveit.
Easy Lesson
Motivation: Review adjectives.Ask which adjectives would work well with clothing (warm,cool,big,small,colors,long,short,beautiful,ugly).
Information:Remindstudentsthatadjectivesshouldcomebeforethenoun.Practicesev-eralontheboard,andstudentsshouldwritethemintheirnotebookswithtranslation.
Practice:PlayBallTossTranslationgame.Teachertossesaballtoastudent,andsaysaphrase(adjectiveandpieceofclothing)studentmusttranslateintoeitherEnglishornativelanguage.
Application:Practicespellingwordstogetherandthenplaywordshapegame.Maketheshapeofthewordusingboxesforeachletter.Lowboxesforlowletters(j,g,q…)squareboxesforshortletters(u,o,r,x…)andtallboxesfortallletters(l,k,t…)Childrenshouldtrytoguesstheword.
Homework:Childrenshouldwrite5phrases,abeautifuldress,ablueshirt.Remindthemthatforwordslikepants(trousers),jeansandgloves,wedonotusethearticlea(jeansisplural).Alsoremindthemthatthearticle‘an’goesbeforeawordstartingwitha,e,i,o,oru
Materials:Ball(optionalpicturesofadjectives,picturesofclothing)
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewclothingwords.
Information:Reviewadjectives.Asyoureviewthem,askthechildrentousetheadjec-tivetodescribeapieceofclothing,includewarmandcool.Ifpossible,makeasentencewithapronounandthepresentcontinuousformoftowear.
Practice: ReviewPresentcontinuous tense.Practiceusingotherverbs in thepresentcontinuous.
Application: Have a spelling bee with clothing words. If this is too difficult, start review-ingspellingbydoingaspellingactivity:Goaroundtheroom,eachchildsayingoneletterfromthewordyouwantthemtospell.
Homework:Write5sentenceswithpresentcontinuousformoftowearandadjectives.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenwhatwedotoclothes.Makealist innativelanguageontheboard.
Information:translateandpracticetheverbstoputon,totakeoff,tosew,towash,toclean,tofold,tohangup.
Practice:Practiceconjugatingtheseverbs:Makesentencestogetherusingnewverbs.Teacher shouldwrite several sentences as examples and encourage children tomaketheirown.
Application: Students should play a miming game. One acts out a verb, the othersguess.
Homework:Studentsshouldmake3-4sentenceswiththeseverbs.
Materials:None
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #5: Thanksgiving Activities and Clothing Review
Daily Sentence: Let’smakesureyouknowclothingwordsverywell.
See Appendix C for holiday activities and Review Activities# 8,9, 51,53, 60,61,63,65, in Ap-pendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Childrenshouldcopysentences,choosethecorrectformoftheverbandtranslatetheitemofclothing.
She(tobe/towear)the(skirt). (iswearing)
He(tobe/towear)a(coat). (iswearing)
We(tobe/towear)our(shoes). (iswearing)
I(tobe/towear)a(scarf). (amwearing)
You(tobe/towear)a(bathingsuit). (arewearing)
Arewe(towear)(jeans)? (wearing)
Areyou(towear)your(gloves)? (wearing)
Isshe(towear)your(shirt)? (wearing)
Ishe(towear)his(socks) (wearing)
AmI(towear)my(hat)? (wearing)
Class #6: Assessment and Thanksgiving
Please see Appendix C for suggested holiday activities
Easy Lesson
1-5. Translate:hat,shirt,skirt,scarf,shoes.
6. He(am/is)wearingsocks.
7. We(are/am)wearinghats.
8. I(am/are)wearingashirt.
9. Theyarewearing(blue/tall)shirts.
10. (He/I)iswearinga(short,warm)hat.
Medium Lesson
1-5. Translate:shirt,pants,coat,shoes,scarf.
6. He(am/is)wearingsocks.
7. We(are/am)wearinghats.
8. I(am/are)wearingashirt.
9. Pleaseusethelisttowritedownwhatyouarewearing
List:pants,bathingsuit,skirt,socks,sandals,shirt,sweater,hat,coat,gloves.
10. Unscramble:scarf/This/blue/is(Thisscarfisblue.)
Advanced Lesson
1-5. Translate:sandals,T-shirt,pants,sweater,boots
6. They(are/is)wearingskirts.
7. She(is/am)wearingsandals.
8. Thatisa(big/tall)sweater.
���
9. Unscramble:jacket/You/wearing/agreen/are(Youarewearingagreenjacket.)
10. Unscramble: is/a beautiful/She/wearing/dress. (She is wearing a beautifuldress.)
Class #7: Seasons and Months of the Year
Daily Sentence: ItisthemonthofDecember.Itiswinter.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:ReviewDaysoftheWeek.Askthechildrenwhattheirfavoriteseasonsandmonthsare.
Information:Writedownmonthsoftheyear,andseasons.Readtogether.Paycarefulat-tentiontopronunciation.
Practice:Childrenshouldtranslatetheseasonsintotheirnativelanguage.Passoutcardsorpiecesofpaper,eachwithamonthoftheyear.Childrenshouldputthemselves inorder,January-December.
Application:Writetwosentences:Myfavoriteseasonis___.Myleastfavoriteseasonis___.
Materials:Cardswithseasonsandmonthsonthem.
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Lookatcalendar.Reviewdaysoftheweek.Makealistsofthemonths.
Information:WritealistofthemonthsinEnglishontheboardandseeiftheycanmatchthemupwiththemonthstheyknow.Makesuretostressthedifferences,andmakesurethechildrenseethedifferences.Makesurechildrennumberthemonths1-12.IntroduceSeasonsoftheyear.
Practice:Childrenshouldcopydownallofthesenewwords.
Application:PlayMonth/seasonTic-Tac-Toe.Yousayamonth,andchildrenhavetosaytheseason,orvice-versaquicklyinordertoputamarkfortheirteamontheTic-Tac-Toeboard.
Homework:Dividepaper in4partsandontopofeach,writeseasonname,andthenwritethemonthsinthebottomofthebox.
Materials:calendar
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Showchildrenacalendar.Pointoutdifferentthingsonthecalendarandaskthechildrenwhattheyare.Reviewdaysoftheweek.
Information:Teachmonthsoftheyearandseasons.Writeallwordsontheboardandhavechildrentranslateandwritethemdown
Practice:Teachachantandsoundtogowitheachmonth.ForexampleJanuaryhas4syllables.TeachChildrentoclaphandsonJan-,slaptheirlegson–u-,clapin–ar-andslaplegsagainon-ymaketheseupbeforehandandwritethemdownsotheyarenotconfusedorforgotten.
Application: Practice these chants. If children catch on quickly, try a game in whichteacheronlymakesthemovementandsound,andchildrenmustguesstheword.
Homework:Practicemonthsandseasonsathome.
Materials:calendar
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #8: Season Descriptions
Daily Sentence: ItisacoldFebruarydayinwinter.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Askthestudentswhattheirfavoriteseasonsandmonthsare.Askthemtowritetheirbirthdaysontheboard.(Reviewnumbers1-30).
Information: Review the seasons and months, and then teach the descriptive words:rainy,sunny,snowy,cloudy,foggy,hot,warm,cold.
Practice: Review months/seasons by asking which months go to each season. Explainweather adjectives andhave the students saywhich typeofweather goeswitheachseason/month.Askchildrentosayasentencedescribingtheseasonthattheirbirthdayisin.
Application:Havethestudentswrite4sentences,1describingtheweatherineachsea-son.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Lookatposterwithpicturesofseasons.Discusseachpicture.
Information: Teach the weather nouns rain, sun, snow, cloud, fog, wind and explainhowtomakethemintoadjectives-byadding–y.Tellchildrenthatwhenspeakingabouttheweather,theybeginthesentencewithItis…orWinteris…orTodayis….Todaytheweatheris…
Practice:Pointtodifferentseasons,andchildrenshouldpracticesaying“Itiswindyinautumn.Itiscloudyinwinter…
Application:Childrenshouldwritedowntheirbirthdaysandtheseasontheirbirthdayisin,andwrite3-4sentencesabouttheweatherduringtheseason.
Homework:Childrenshouldwrite5sentencesabouttheirfavoriteseason.
Materials:Posterwithpicturesofseasons
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Show4picturesoftheseasons.Childrenshouldsaydescriptionsintheirownlanguage.Writedownwhattheysay.
Information:Dividetheboardinto4partsandwritedowntranslationsforwhatthechil-dren said, Include the following: Spring: many flowers, green, warm air, Navruz, rain. Summer:hot, sunny,dry,green, fun.Fall:cool, school,colored leaves.Winter:Cold,snowy,white,andgrayskies.Childrenshouldcopyallwordsdown.
Practice:Remindchildrenthattheycannowsaymanysentencesabouttheseasons.Havethempracticefromthewordsyouhaveontheboard.Theycansay,“Itis(Summeris)…”andthenadescriptiveword.Theyshouldwriteallofthedescriptivewordsandtheirtranslationsfromtheboard.
Application:Childrenshouldwritedowntheirbirthdaysandtheseasontheirbirthdayisin,andwrite3-4sentencesabouttheweatherduringtheseason.
Homework:Childrenshouldwrite5sentencesabouttheirfavoriteseason.
Materials:None
��0
Class #9: Weather Past Tense
Daily Sentence: Yesterdaywascoldandwindy.Theweathermansaidtomorrowwillbecoolandrainy.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Gooverhomework
Information: Introduce the past tense of ‘to be’. Use all pronouns. Teach that whenspeakingabouttheweather,wesay,“Itwas…”Wealsousetimeindicatorssuchasyes-terday,before,2days(weeks,months)ago…
Practice:Askchildrenhowtheweatherwasyesterday,andwrite thesentencedown.Practicesubstitutingdifferentweatherwordsintothesentence.Eachchildshouldsayasentenceabouttheweatherinpasttense,trytousedifferenttimeindicators.
Application:Writetwosentences.Yesterdaytheweather…Todaytheweather…
Materials:None.
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Introduceweatherwheelandgooverwordsonit.Askwhattoday’sweatheris.
Information:Discussweatherterms-snow/y,rain/y,cloudy,sunny,andwindy.Review“It is…today.”Writetheformsofthe‘tobe’verbinthepresenttense,andthepasttense.Childrenshouldwritealldown,butpayspecialattentionto“Itis…today.”and“Itwas…yesterday.”Explaintimeindicatorsyesterday,ago,before.
Practice:Chaindrill.Firstchildsaysitis,secondsays,“Itwas…”withthesameadjec-tive.
Application:Childrenshouldwriteallwordsandterms.
Homework:ChildrenshouldplayBallTossTranslationgamewithweathersentencesinthepastandpresent.
Materials:Weatherwheel,ball
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:ShowchildrentheweatherwheelAskwhattheweatheristoday.Askwhattheweatherwasyesterday.
Information:Teachpasttenseoftobe.TeachtheweatherformItwas….Tellchildrenabouttimeindicatorssuchasyesterday,2days(months,years)ago…Writeallinforma-tioninnotebooks.
Practice:Teachershouldwriteseveralsentencesontheboard,usingtimeindicatorsforpresent and past tense. Children should write down the sentences and fill in the correct formoftobe.Example:“It…cloudyyesterday.”“It…sunnytoday.”“It…rainynow.”Chil-drenshouldcopyallinformationandpracticemakingsentenceswithpasttenseandtieindicators.
Application:Tell children they are going to keep track of he weather for the next 2weeks.Theyshouldmakeachart:
Sunny Windy Rainy Snowy Foggy Cloudy
11/15 11/18 11/19
11/16 11/20
11/21
Andkeeptrackoftheweathereverday.Eachdaytheyshoulddecidewhichweatherwehave,andwritethedateinthesquareabovetheweathertype.
Homework:Recordweatherinchart
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Materials:WeatherWheel
Class #10: Weather with Future Tense
Daily Sentence: Ihopeitwillbesunnytomorrow.
Easy Lesson
Motivation: Review days of the week, seasons, and ask children the date. Using theweatherwheel,askabouttheweathertodayandyesterday.Letstudentsguesswhattheweatherwillbetomorrow.
Information:Teachfuturetense.Itisaneasytense,allpronounsandnounsarefollowedbywill+theverbwithouts.Practicewithseveralverbs‘tobe’,‘togo’,‘tohave’.Tellthestudentsthatwhentheytalkabouttheweatherinthefuturetense,theyshouldsay‘Itwillbe…andatimeindicatorsuchastomorrowor…days(months/years)fromnow.
Practice:Goaroundtheroom,1childatatimeshouldsayasentence:“Todayitis…”“Tomorrowitwillbe…”“Yesterdayitwas…”Eachchildshouldsayasentencewithoneoftheverbtenses.
Application:Childrenshouldwriteabouttheweather in their town,and inoneothertown,givingthe“forecast”.Theyshouldtellwhattheweatherwasyesterday,todayandtomorrow.Somechildrenmayreadtheirsentences.
Homework:Write6sentences.2inpasttense,2inpresentand2infuturetense.
Materials:Weatherwheel
Medium Lesson
Motivation: Check homework. Look at weather wheel again, and introduce the wordtomorrow.
Information:Talkaboutformingfuturetense,andtheterm“Itwillbe…”Putall3tensesontheboardtomakedifferentiations.Thenteachthetimeindicatorstomorrow,after,later,…daysfromnow.
Practice:Writewordsincopybooks,andpracticemakingsentencesinthefuturetense.
Application:PutupalargeTVscreen.WithmapofUzbekistanoranothercountry,chil-drenshouldpracticebeingweatherforecasters.
Homework:Writewhattheweatherwasyesterday,istoday,andwillbetomorrow.
Materials:TVscreen(cutasquareoutofashowercurtainandhangitfromtheceilingofyourroom,ormakefromdifferentmaterial,mapsofcountries.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewdaysoftheweek.Usingdaynames,asabouttoday,yesterdayandtomorrow.
Information:Teachthefuturetense.Itisaneasytense;allpronounsandnounsarefol-lowedbywill+theverbwithouts.Practicewithseveralverbs:tobe,togo,tohave.Tellthechildrenthatwhentheytalkabouttheweatherinthefuturetense,theyshouldsay‘Itwillbe…andatimeindicatorsuchastomorrowor…days(months/years)fromnow.
Practice:Childrenshouldwriteaweatherforecastforeachdayinthenextweekintheform:OnMondayitwillbesunny.OnTuesdayitwillbe…
Application:Childrenshouldcomeuptothefrontoftheroom,andpretendtheyareataparty.Tellthematparties,peopleoftenmeeteachother,andonethingtheytalkaboutistheweather.Childrenshould‘mingle’(walkaround,sayinghelloandhavingshortcon-versations).Useweatherandpreviouslylearneddialogue.
Homework:Childrenshouldstillbeworkingontheirweathercharts
Materials:None(optionalweatherwheel)
���
Class #11: Weather with present continuous tense
Daily Sentence: YourEnglishhasimproved.Greatjob!
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Reviewpast,presentandfuturetensesforweather,andthenaskwhattheweatherisNOW.
Information:Reviewthepresentcontinuoustense.Tellchildrenthattheycanusepres-entcontinuousforafewoftheweatherforms.Theywillkeepthe“Itis…”andadd–ingtotheweathernoun.“Itisrainingnow.”“Itissnowingnow.”Inothercaseswesay,“Thesunisshiningnow.”and“Thewindisblowing.”
Practice:Childrenshouldwritethisnewinformationdown,andpracticesayingthenewwordstogether.
Application:Teachersaysaweatherword,andchildrenmustgiveasentencetellingwhattheweatherisusingthenewsentences.
Homework:Write3sentencesabouttheweatherusingthepresentcontinuous.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Withweatherwheel,childrenshouldtellday,dateandweather.
Information:Teachdifferentwaysoftalkingabouttheweatherinthepresentcontinuoustense.“Itisgettingwindy,foggy,rainy,etc.”or“Itisraining.”“Itissnowing.”or“Thesunisshiningnow.Thewindisblowingnow.”Write3columnsontheboard.Ontopofthefirst, write “It is getting…” on the second “It is…ing now” and the third “ The sun… The wind….”Puteachweathersentenceinitsplacetogether.Childrencopythis.
Practice:Givethechildrenoneformofpresenttense,andtheyshouldchangeittotheotherforms.
Application:Introducequestionform.Isit…?Answer,“Yes,itis...”“No,itisnot…”Chil-drenshoulddodialoguesusingthisquestion.
Homework:Writea shortdialoguewith2questionsandanswers in theirnotebooks. Iquestionshouldbeabouttheweather.
Materials:WeatherWheel
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenwhatthedateis,andthenaskwhattheweatherisNOW.
Information:Teachdifferentwaysoftalkingabouttheweatherinthepresentcontinuoustense.“Itisgettingwindy,foggy,rainy,etc.”or“Itisraining.”“Itissnowing.”or“Thesunisshiningnow.Thewindisblowingnow.”Write3columnsontheboard.Ontopofthefirst, write, “It is getting…” on the second “It is…ing now.” and the third “ The sun… The wind….”Puteachweathersentenceinitsplacetogether.Childrencopythis.
Practice:Pointtochildren,andgivethemaweathertype.Theymustuseitinasentenceofanykind,inanytense.
Application: Childrenmayplayweatherforecaster.UseLargeTVscreenandmapsofUzbekistan.
Homework:Childrenshouldchoose1weathertype,andwriteaboutitinalltenses.Re-mindthemtobringtheirweatherchartstothenextclass.
Materials:TVscreen,mapsofcountries
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #12: Verb Tenses and temperatures
Daily Sentence: Yesterdaywaswindy,Todayiscloudy.Whatwilltomorrowbe?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Reviewdifferentwaysoftalkingabouttheweatherinthepresentcontinuoustense.Itisgettingwindy,foggy,rainy,etc.or“Itisraining,Itissnowing.”or“Thesunisshining now. The wind is blowing now.” Write 3 columns on the board. On top of the first, write“Itisgetting…”onthesecond“Itis…ingnow”andthethird“Thesun…Thewind…”Fillindifferentsentencetypes.
Information:Usingapictureofathermometer,teachchildrenhot,cold,coolandwarm.Childrenshouldcopydownthepictureof thethermometerandwrite thewordswithtranslation.
Practice:Weusuallysay“Itis…withtemperaturewords.Reviewmonthsandseasonsandaskchildrentotalkaboutthetemperatureinthosemonths.ItishotinJuly.ItiscoolinOctober.Winteriscold.
Application:PlayAroundtheworldwithweatherwords.
Homework:Studyforthetest.
Materials:None(optional-pictureofthermometer)
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Showchildrenlargethermometer.Askthemwhatweatherishot,andwhatiscold.
Information: Teach temperature words very, hot, warm, cool, cold. Review differentforms of present continuous, past, present and future with weather. Children shouldwritethattheymayonlyusepresentcontinuouswithtemperatures if theysay,“It isgettinghot/cold/etc.”
Practice: Children should make dialogues with a partner first, and then prepare to give theminfrontoftheclass.
Application:UselargeTVscreen,andletchildrengiveweatherreports.
Homework:Starttoprepareforthetest.
Materials:TVscreen,maps,andlargethermometer
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Studentsshouldhandintheirweathercharts.
Information:Tapethechartsontheboard,andmakecomparisons.Thenstudentsshouldtaketurnsspeakingaboutweatherondifferentdays.Teachermaypromptchildrenforsentencesindifferenttenses.Childrenshouldwritethattheymayonlyusepresentcon-tinuouswithtemperaturesiftheysay,“Itisgettinghot/cold/etc.”
Practice:Teachtemperaturewordsvery,hot,warm,cool,cold.Reviewdifferentformsof present continuous, past, present and future using thesewords. Practice using allweatherwordsinsentences.Dividetheclassintotwogroups.Eachgroupgetsachancetosayaweathersentence.Iftheysayasentencecorrectly,theygetapoint.Iftheycannotthinkofasentence,orsayoneincorrectly,theydonotgetapoint.Norepeatingsentences.
Application:Ask children to write a short composition about their favorite season. Ishouldincludetemperature,presentsimple,andperhapsfutureorpasttensewithtimeindicators.Theymayalsowriteaboutwhatclothestheywearinthisseason.
Homework:Starttoprepareforthetest.
Materials:None
���
Class #13: Review
Daily Sentence: Studyhardsoyougetagoodgradeonthetest!
See Review Activities # 18, 25, 26,27, 31,35, 39, and 44 in Appendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Childrenshouldcopythesentencesandwritethecorrecttimeindicators,adjectivesandverbtenses.
(Tomorrow/Yesterday)itwas(cloud). (cloudy)
Diditrain(tomorrow/yesterday)?
(Tomorrow/Today)itis(sun). (sunny)
2daysagoit(tobe/snow). (wassnowy)
(Tomorrow/Yesterday)willbe(cloud). (cloudy)
3weeksagoit(tobe)verywindy. (was)
In2weeks,it(tobe)summer. (willbe)
Todayit(tobe)coolandcloudy. (is)
Thismorningitwascoldand(wind). (windy)
Yesterdayit(tobe)rainy. (willbe)
Children should copy the sentences and write the appropriate clothing word. Do notwritethewordsinparenthesesontheboard.
Whenitisverycold,Iweara_______outside.(coat)
Whenitishot,Iweara______,notasweater.(t-shirt)
Whenitissunny,Iweara______onmyhead.(hat)
When my fingers are cold, I wear _______. (gloves)
Whenmyneckiscold,Iweara_______.(scarf)
Whenmylegsarehot,Iwear________.(shorts)
Whenitisraining,Iweara________.(raincoat)
Whenitissnowing,Iwear______onmyfeet.(boots)
Whenitiswarm,Iweara______andpants.(ashirt)
Whenitiscool,Iweara_______.(sweater)
Class #14: Assessment
Easy Lesson
1-6. Translate:Summer,Fall,January,May,Spring,Winter
7. It___rainyinTashkent.(is)
8. Yesterday,it___snowy.(was)
9. Nextweekit___sunny.(willbe)
10. TodayisDecember3rd,andit(tobe/snow)now.(issnowing)
Medium Lesson
1-5. Translate:cold,sunny,windy,snowy,hot
6. Name the first month of the year. (January)
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
7. Itis___today.(Fillinthecurrentweathertype.)
8. Itis(snow)now. (snowy)
9. Yesterday,theweather(tobe)good.(was)
10. Tomorrow,it(tobe)rainy.(willbe)
Advanced Lesson
1-4. Nametheseasons.
5. Whenisyourbirthday?
6. Thewindis___.(blowing)
7. Thesunis___.(shining)
8. Todayit___rainy.(is)
9. Yesterdayit___sunny. (was)
10. Tomorrowit___(translatecloudy).(willbe)
Class #15, 16: Holiday Activities (Christmas, New Year)
Please see Appendix C for suggested holiday activities.
���
Semester 3Class #1: Review Clothing and Seasons
Daily Sentence: WelcomeBack.Didyouhaveaniceholiday?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Reviewmonthsoftheyear,andseasons.Askwhattheseasonanddatearetoday.
Information:Ifchildrenarehavingtroublewithmonthnames,teachinchantform.ForexampleJanuaryhas4syllables.TeachchildrentoclaphandsonJan-,slaptheirlegson–u-,clapin–ar-andslaplegsagainon–y.Thiswaythechildrencanassociateamove-mentandsoundwiththeword.Teachershouldmaketheseupbeforehandandwritethemdownsotheyarenotconfusedorforgotten.
Practice:Practicechants.
Application:Reviewclothingwords,andthepresentcontinuousformof‘towear’.Askchildrentotellyouwhattheyarewearinginachaindrill.
Homework:None
Materials:Optionalclothingposter,calendar
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Welcomechildrenback.Reviewclassrulesandremindthemthathomeworkisanimportantpartofthegrade.Askthemtoreviewhemonthsoftheyearandthentheseasons.Reviewdaysoftheweek.
Information:Askstudents todescribetheseasons.Askthemtodescribewhatclothestheywearintheseseasons.Makeachartontheboard.Reviewclotheswithposter iftheyarenotsure.
Practice:Reviewtheweatherusingtheweatherwheel.Askchildrentomakesentences.In(month)theweatheris(adjective)andIwear(clothing).
Application:Playdaysoftheweek,weatherwords,andclothingmatchup.Writeallofthewordsontheboardinmixeduporder,andwhoeverwritesthemdowninthecorrectcategorizes first wins.
Homework:None
Materials:Weatherwheel,clothingposter
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewweatherandclothingwordswithteacher.
Information:LearnPoem:
Sunday was a lovely day,The sun was shining bright.The sun on Monday his it’s face,behind some clouds of white.On Tuesday we saw only fog,and Wednesday brought us more.Thursday’s skies were dim and dull,and rain began to pour.On Friday morning the wind crept up,and it began to blow.By Saturday the sun peeked out,and once more said hello!
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Practice/Application:Childrenshouldtranslateandpracticepoem.
Homework:Practicepoemathome
Materials:None(optional:weatherwheel,pictureofthermometer)
Class #2: Hourly time and clock basics
Daily Sentence: Aclockisonthewallandawatchisonmywrist.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Showalargeclockmadeoutofpaper.Askthemwhatitis,andwhattimeitis
Information:Introducetimevocabulary:time,watch,clock,o’clock,“Itis…”hour,min-ute,second.Childrenshouldcopyallwords.
Practice:Reviewnumbers,andteachthequestion“Whattimeisit?”andtheanswer“Itis…o’clock.”Childrenshouldwriteallinformationincopybooks.Theyshouldalsocopythewrittenformofnumbersonethroughtwelve.
Application:Practiceaskingthetime,“Whattimeisit?”andanswering,“Itis….o’clock.PlayquickgameofTic-Tac-ToeorAroundtheWorldiftheyseemtounderstandthevo-cabularywell.
Homework:Writeseveraltimesontheboard:4:00,2:00,6:008:00,12:00Childrenshouldwritesentences“Itisfouro’clock.Itis…
Materials:Largeclock
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenwhen theydodifferent thingsduring theday.“Whendoyoueat?”
Information:Timevocabulary:Face,hand,hour,minute,second,clock,o’clock,watch.
Practice:Childrenshoulddrawapictureofaclockandlabelallofitsparts.Havethemwriteoutthetimes1:00,2:00,3:00,4:00,5:00,…..12:00andwritethewordsforthetime(eg.1:00–oneo’clock)
Application:Onechildcomestotheboardaswritesatime.Thenthechildasksanotherclassmatewhattimeitis.Theclassmatemustanswer,andthengotothefronttowriteanothertime.Continue.
Homework:Writeseveraltimesontheboard:4:00,2:00,6:008:00,12:00andchildrenshouldwritesentences“Itisfouro’clock.Itis…
Materials:None.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewnumbers.Reviewgreetings.Introducethelargeclock.Ask“Whatisit?”
Information:Teachform“Whattimeisit?”“Itis…o’clock,face,hand,hour,minute,sec-ond,clock,o’clock,watch.Morning,afternoon,evening,midnightandnoon.Discussthepartsoftheclock,andremindstudentsthatweusuallydon’tusemilitarytime,andthatyoucantellfromcontextwhetheritismorningornight,am,pm.
Practice:Childrenshouldwritenewwordsintheirnotebooks,undertheheadingTime.
Application:Practicetellingtime.Whenarecomfortable,givepuzzles.
It is 12 o’clock. I am eating. Is it midnight or noon? What time do you go to school? What time do you eat breakfast/lunch/dinner? I am playing at 1 o’clock. Is it am or pm
���
Homework:Childrenshouldwritewhatyoudoat8o’clockam,andat8o’clockpm
Materials:BigClock,timeofdaypictures
Class #3: Hourly time in the Past and Future tense
Daily Sentence: Iwakeupat6:00a.m.andgotobedat9:00p.m.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenhowtheyknowwhattimeofdayitiswhentheyhearatime.ExplainthatinEnglish,sometimesweusea.m.andp.m.
Information:Reviewalltimevocabulary,andteachplacementofa.m.andp.m.Reviewthetensesof‘tobe’inpastandfuture.
Practice:Writeatimeontheboard,usea.m.orp.m.Ask“Whattimeisit?”Childrenshouldpracticesayingthetime.
Application:Write thecurrenthouron theboard,and thenwrite sentences:At --:00He….Tothestore.At--:00she…watchtelevision.Childrenshouldcopythesesentencesandusethecorrectformoftobe.Theyshouldlookatthetimesinthesentencesandknowiftheyareinthepastorfuture.
Materials:None.
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Lookatclock;writeadialoguethatthestudentsandteachercanreadto-gether.
1: Hello!
2: Hi!Howareyou?
1: Well, Now, I am fine, but at 8 o’clock I was bad.
2: Oh,that’stoobad
1: But NOW I am fine!
2: Good!
1: Andhowareyou?
2:Well,at9:00Iwasgreat,butnowIamokay.
1:Well,goodbye!
2: Goodbye!
Information:Discussdialogue.Makeachartonboardofpastpresentandfutureformsofthetobeverbwithpronouns.Reviewwithtimeindicators:Today,now,yesterday,…ago.Practicemakingsentencesorallyusingthepastandfuturetense.
Practice/Application:Givechildrenscramblessentences.Writeoutsentencesusingdif-ferenttenses,andcutthemupsoeachwordisonaseparatepieceofpaper.Childrenmustputthesesentencesinorder.Theymaywordingroups.Whentheyhaveunscram-bledthesentence,theymaypassthepiecesofpapertothenextgroup.
Homework:Write2sentencesinthepresenttense,2inthepasttense.
Materials:Clock
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren.Askthemthedate,dayandtime.Askwhatdayyesterdaywas,andwhatdaytomorrowwillbe.
Information:Reviewthepast,presentandfutureformsoftheverbtobe,togo,towant.Conjugateallformsoftheseverbs.Reviewotherverbs,toread,towrite,towalkand
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
conjugatethem.Remindchildrenthat‘tobe’isnotaregularverb,andmostverbsfollowapatternforpasttense.
Practice:Dividetheboardinto3section,pastpresentandfuture.Writewhattimeitisinthepresenttensesectionoftheboard.Childrenshouldcometotheboardandwritesentences,beginningwithAt (hour) o’clock… If theyareunsure, giveeach student averb,andpronoun.Makenocommentsaboutthesentences.Iftheyareincorrect,leavethemalone.
Application:Childrenandteachershouldgothroughthesentencestogether,anddecideiftheyarecorrectornot.Iftheyarenotcorrect,makechanges.
Homework:Write3sentencesineach-past,presentandfuture.
Materials:None
Class #4: Hourly Time Past & Future Tense using the verbs ‘to be’ and ‘to go’
Daily Sentence: IwillgotoTashkentat9:00a.m.tomorrow.Hewenttothestoreyester-day.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren;askthemthedate,dayandtime.Askwhatdayyesterdaywas,andwhatdaytomorrowwillbe.
Information:Reviewtimevocabulary,a.m.andp.m.,andthepastandpresentformsoftheverb“togo”
Practice:Practicesayingsentencesusingthefuturetenseoftheverb‘togo.’“TomorrowIwillgotothebank.”Practicesayingsentencesusingthepasttenseoftheverb“togo”“YesterdayIwenttothestore.”
Application:Childrenshouldwrite4sentencesusing‘togo,2inthepasttense,and2inthefuturetense.Tellstudentsthatthenextclasstheymustbringcoloredpencilsandalbumpaper
Materials:None.
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewpast,presentandfuturetensesof‘tobe’ontheboard.
Information:Introducethewordtogo.Tellchildrenthatthisverbiseveneasier.Inthepastitisalways‘went’andinthefutureitisalways‘willgo’.Childrenshouldcopythisintotheirnotebooks.
Practice:Askchildren to translate sentences fromnative language intoEnglish.Drawclockontheboardsotheyknowthetimeframetheyareworkingin.Iwillgotothestore.Hewillgotoschool.ShewillgotoTashkent.IwenttoAfrica.Youwenttothebazaar.WewenttoSamarkand.Iwasatschool.Youwereathome.Shewasatthebazaar.Youwereintheclass.Wewillbeatwork.Theywillbeatthedoctor.
Application:Drawaclockwiththetimeonit.Writeseveralsentencesontheboardwiththeverbmissing.Askchildrentolookatthetimeontheclockandcopythesentences,writingthecorrectformoftogoortobe.
Homework:Write6sentenceswitheachpronounandaformof‘togo’.Studentsmustbringcoloredpencilsandalbumpapertothenextclass.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren;askthemwhattimeitis.
��0
Information:Askchildrenwhatclassestheytakeinschoolnow.Makealistontheboardandtranslate.Teachorreviewtheverb‘togo’,inpastpresentandfuturetenses.Teachthewords‘before’and‘after’
Practice:Askchildrentowritetheirscheduleforyesterday,tomorrowandtoday,withtimes(tellthemtheycanjustwritewhichhourtheclassbegins).
Example: 8:00-PhysicalEducation
9:00English
10:00UzbekLanguage
Application:Askstudents,“WhatclasstheygotoAFTEREnglish?”“WewillgotoUzbeklanguageclass(afterEnglish).”“Whatclassdidyougotoat8:00?”“WewenttoPhysicalEducationat8:00.”
Homework:Write4sentencesaboutyour(chooseaday)schedule.Tellstudentsthatthenextclasstheymustbringcoloredpencilsandalbumpaper
Materials:None
Class #5: Valentine’s Day
Daily Sentence: InAmerica,childrengiveValentine’sDaycardstotheirfriends.
See Appendix C for holiday activity ideas
Class #6: My Day and Verbs
Daily Sentence: Ihaveabusydaytoday.Whatdoyouhavetodo?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:TeachershouldtellchildreninEnglish3thingsshedidthismorning.
Information:Teachbasicverbs:late,early,togetup,tobrushone’steeth,togetdressed,to wash one’s hands/face, to eat breakfast/lunch/dinner. To go to work/ school/thestore/anyplace.Reviewpossessiveadjectivesmy,your,his,her,our,their.Conjugatetheverbsthatcontainpossessiveadjectives.
Practice:Children shouldpractice saying theverbs in theappropriateconjugation.“Iwashmyface.”“Shewashesherface.”“Hegoestowork.”
Application:Pantomimeactions,childrenshouldtaketurnsmimingandguessingtheac-tion.
Homework:Writeasentencewitheachofthenewverbs(6sentences).
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Lookatasampledayschedulewithtimes,perhapsdrawpicturesnexttotheverbs.
Information:Makeachartwithalltheverbsandputthemintopastandfuturetense.Teachlateandearly.
Practice:Childrenshouldcopythechart.
Application:Teacherwillwritequestion-“Whatdidyoudoat…?”“Whatwillyoudoat…?”Studentsmustanswerincorrectform.“At4:00Iwill….”
Homework:Write4sentencesaboutchild’sday.
Materials:ScheduleofaDay
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:PlayaquickgameofSimonSays,usingverbsthatchildrenknow.
Information:Teachnewverbstogetup,tobrushone’steeth,togetdressed,towashone’shands/face,toeatbreakfast/lunch/dinner,togotowork/school/thestore/anyplace,late,early.Reviewpossessiveadjectivesmy,your,his,her,our,theirandusethemwithsomeoftheverbs.
Practice: Together, make a daily schedule on the board, and fill in the new verbs, plus anyothers-playoutside,domyhomework,watchtelevision…Childrenshouldcopythescheduleintotheircopybooks.
Application: Children should speak about the schedule.At 8:00, I get up.At…I go toschool.
Homework:Write5sentencesaboutdailyschedule.
Materials:None
Class #7: My Day- Hygiene Lesson
1 lesson for all levels. The objective of this lesson is to talk about healthy habits, so it is more important that the children understand the topic than memorize the words.
Daily Sentence: Let’slearnaboutstayinghealthy.
Motivation:Tellchildrenthattodaytheywilltalkabouthowtostaycleanandhealthy.
Information:Teachtheverbstoclean,totakeabath,towash,tobrush,tocomb,tosweep,dirt,dirty.
Practice:Discusswithchildrenwhenandwhatthingstheyneedtowashandcleantostayhealthy:Washyourface,washyourhands-afteryougotothetoilet,beforeyoueatandafter,whenyousneezeorblowyournose.Takeabatheveryweek,Brushyourhair,brushyourteeth,wearcleanclothes,andkeepyourhousecleanandswept.Writeallofthesewordsinalistontheboard,andtranslate.
Application:Childrenshouldcopyallofthesephrasesdownintheirnotebooks.Thenplayamiminggame.Onechildactsoutaverb,andtheothersmustguesswhatheisdoing.
Homework:Writedown4sentencesforthingsthatyoudotostayclean.
Materials:None
Class #8: My Day, Time and Present Continuous
Daily Sentence: Iamwritingthisnow,andIamthinkingofyou.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Reviewtimewords,andintroduceadailyschedule.
Information:Gooverdailyhygienewords.Getdressed.Washmyhands,Washmyface,brushmyteeth,brushmyhair.Lookatscheduleandchildrenshouldtrytomakesen-tenceswiththewords.Reviewpronounsandencouragethemtomakemanysentences.
Practice:Introducethesong:Thisistheway…(SeeAppendix--)
This is the way we wash our hands, Wash our hands, wash our hands. This is the way we wash our hands, Early in the morning. This is the way we brush our teeth, wash our face, brush our hair, etc)
���
Application:Childrenshouldwritesong,andpracticesayingwords,thensinging.
Homework:Childrenshouldmakeowndailyschedulewithtimes.
Materials:Dailyschedule,Thisistheway…songposter.
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewdailyschedule
Information:Askchildreniftheyrememberhowtotalkaboutsomethingthatishappen-ingrightNOW.Reviewthe‘tobe’verbandhowtoformthepresentcontinuous.
Practice:Pantomimedailyactivitiesandletchildrenguesswhatyou,oranotherchild,aredoingrightnow.Remindthemtouseapronounorthenameoftheperson.
Application:PlayTic-Tac-Toewithverbs.WriteaverbineachsquareoftheTic-Tac-Toeboard.Childrenmustsaytheminthepresentcontinuousinordertoputanxoroontheboard..Example-brushingyourteeth!
Homework:Childrenshouldmaketheirowndailyschedulewithtimes.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:CheckHomework.
Information:Askchildreniftheyrememberhowtotalkaboutsomethingthatishappen-ingrightNOW.Reviewthetobeverbandhowtoformthepresentcontinuous.
Practice:Practicesayingverbsinthepresentcontinuoustense.
Application:Usepicturesfrommagazines,books,oronesteacherhasdrawn,whichshowactions.Childrenshouldworkinpairsorgroupsanddecidewhatthepersonoranimalisdoing.Includeinformationabouttheperson’sname,profession,family,whattheweath-erislikeonthatday,andwhathedidbeforethepictureandwhathewilldoafter.Ifchildrenneedhelpwithwords,provideadictionary,ortranslateforthem.
Homework:Athomechildrenshouldwrite4sentencesaboutwhatthearedoing,andwhatafamilymemberisdoing
Materials:Picturesofpeopleoranimalsdoingactions,eitherfrommagazinesordrawn
Class #9: Review
Daily Sentence: My goodness, time flies, doesn’t it?
See Review Activities # 11,15,16,19, 21, 36, and 39 in Appendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Childrenshouldcopysentences,andwritetheappropriateseason(inparentheses)inthespace.
Inthe_______,she(towear)acoat.(winter)
Inthe_______,we(towear)gloves.(winter)
Inthe_______,we(towear)skirts.(spring)
Inthe_______,she(towear)ascarf(winter)
Inthe_______,you(towear)sandals.(summer)
Inthe_______,you(towear)t-shirts.(summer)
Inthe_______,heoften(towear)ahat.(fall)
Inthe_______,they(towear)shorts.(summer)
Inthe_______,mymother(towear)asweateroutside.(fallorspring)
Inthe_______,Ican(towear)adress.(spring)
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
She(towakeup)at(6:00/1:00). (Wakesup)
You(togotoschool)at(8:00/4:00). (Gotoschool)
We(togotowork)at(4:00/9:00) (gotowork)
They(togetdressed)at(7:00/12:00). (Getdressed)
I(tobrushmyteeth)inthe(morning/afternoon). (Brushmyteeth)
He(tocomehome)at(1:00/6:00)intheevening). (Comeshome)
Dima(toeatlunch)at(12:00/7:00). (Eatslunch)
Olga(towatchTV)after(school/shegoestobed). (WatchesTV)
Myfather(toreadabook)at(night/work). (Readsabook)
Mysister(togotobed)at(9:00/3:00). (Goestobed)
Class #10: Assessment
Easy Lesson
1-5. Teacherwilldrawclocksontheboardshowingthefollowingtimes.Thestudentsanswer“Itis___o’clock.” 4:00 3:00 12:00 10:00 1:00
6. He(toeat)breakfastthismorning.PastTense (ate)
7. You(togo)toschoolyesterday.PastTense (went)
8. I (to wash one’s hands) every day. Present Indefinite (wash my hands)
9. They(towork)tomorrow.FutureTense (willwork)
10. She(togotosleep)tomorrownight.FutureTense (willgotosleep)
Medium Lesson
1-5. Teacherwilldrawclocksontheboardshowingthefollowingtimes.Thestudentsanswer“Itis___o’clock.” 4:00 3:00 12:00 10:00 1:00
6. You(togo)tothestoreyesterday.PastTense (went)
7. Hewenttowork (yesterday,today,tomorrow)
8. I (to brush one’s hair) every day. Present Indefinite (brush my hair)
9. They(togetup)earlytomorrow.FutureTense (willgetup)
10. We(towash)ourfacestomorrowmorning.FutureTense (willwash)
Advanced Lesson
1-5. Teacherwilldrawclocksontheboardshowingthefollowingtimes.Thestudentsanswer“Itis___o’clock.” 4:00 3:00 12:00 10:00 1:00
6. They(togetup)at6:00.PastTense (gotup)
7. She(togetdressed)forschool.PastTense (gotdressed)
8. He (to wear) clean clothes every day. Present Indefinite (wears)
9. I(togo)tothebazaartomorrow.FutureTense (willgo)
10. You(tobrushyourteeth)tonight.FutureTense (willbrushmyteeth)
���
Class #11: My House /Apartment Vocabulary Overview
Daily Sentence: Iliveinanapartment.Helivesinahouse.
Easy Lesson
Motivation: Show poster of a house and/or an apartment (flat). Point out the different rooms:livingroom,bedroom,room,basement,attic,bathroom,kitchen,diningroomand hallway, wall, floor.
Information:WritethedifferentroomsofthehouseinEnglish.Showsentencestructure:“Thereisa…inmyhouse.”
Practice:Childrenwritedownwords.
Application:Childrenshouldpracticespellingthewords.Usewordshapesgameoran-otherspellinggamethatthechildrenlike.
Homework:Studywords.Write3sentences“Thereisa….inmyhouse.”
Materials:Houseposterand/orapartmentposterwhichshowtheroomsofthehouse
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenwhatroomsareintheirhouse.Writealistontheboard.
Information:Introducemyhouse/apartmentvocabulary:house,apartment,room,livingroom,bedroom,basement,attic,bathroom,kitchen,dining room,andhallway,wall,floor.
Practice:HavethestudentsdrawapictureahouseandlabeltheroomsinEnglish.
Application:Dividetheclass intotwoteams.Onechildfromeachteamcomestotheboard tries to be the first to say the name of the room that the teacher points to, using thehouseposter.
Homework:Studywords.Write3sentences“Thereisa….inmyhouse.”
Materials:Houseorapartmentposter
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Showchildrenaposterofahouseorapartment.Askwhichroomstheysee.
Information: My house/apartment vocabulary: house, apartment, room, living room,bedroom, basement, attic, bathroom, kitchen, dining room, and hallway, wall, floor.
Practice:Practicepronouncingthewords,andcopyallwordsintocopybooks.
Application:Playhangmanwiththenewvocabularywords.Ifyouusedifferentwords,writethetopicsothechildrenwillknow.
Homework:Write5-6sentences.“Ihaveahouse(orapartment).Thereare…roomsinmyhouse.Thereisa…”
Materials:Posterofahouse/apartment,whichshowstheroomsofthehouse
Class #12: My room
Daily Sentence: Ihaveabed,adeskandachairinmyroom.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Lookatapictureofaroom.
Information:Discuss furniturewords:bed,chair, table,mirror,anddesk.Askchildrenwhatotherfurnitureandhouseholdobjectstheycanthinkof.Acceptsofa(couch),car-pet,stove,refrigerator,shower,toilet,sinkcupboard,bookshelf,painting,picture.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Practice: Play repetition game. Stand in a circle. The first child says, In my house, there isachair.Nextchildsay,Inhishousethereisachair.Inmyhousethereisa….Continueuntilthelastchildmustsaywhatisineveryone’shouse.Offerhelp.Childrenmayaddamotiontogoalongwiththeword,sotheywillberememberedmoreeasily
Application:Playgameusinghouseholdobjectcards.Teacherchoosesahouseholdobjectcard,andhidesitfromchildren.Theymustask,“Isthisa…?”Answer:No/Yes,Itisa…
Homework:Childrenshouldmakealistofallthefurnitureintheirhouse.
Materials:Pictureofaroom,householdobjectcards
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Lookatapictureofaroom,discusswhattheysee.
Information:Writealistwiththechildrenofthefurnitureinthehouse.Somewillbereview,somewillbenew.Translatetogether.
Practice:Teachtheforms:“Inmyroom,there is…”and“Ihave…inmyroom.”Orallypractice.Copydowntheseforms.
Application:Childrenshouldwritewhattheyhaveintheirroomsathome.Severalchil-drenmayreadtheirlists.
Homework:Childrenshouldpickoneotherroomintheirhouse,drawit,andwrite5sen-tencesaboutwhattheyhaveinit.Theyshouldusealbumpaper.
Materials:Pictureofroom
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Drawalargehouseshapeonheboard,andseparateitintosquares,whichwillberooms.
Information:Tellstudentstheymustdecoratethehousewithfurniture.Identifythedif-ferentrooms,andwritetheirnamesontheboardwithspaceunderneath.
Practice:Aschildrencomeupanddrawfurniture,thenameofthefurnitureshouldbewrittenundertheappropriateroomname.
Application:Readthefurniturelistsforeachroom,andlet1childatatimecomeupandpointoutthepieceoffurnitureastheteacherreadsit.
Homework:Studentsshoulddrawtheirroomonalbumpaperandwrite6sentencesaboutwhatisintheirroom.3ofwhatisintheroom,3withwhatisnotintheroom.“Thereisa…inmyroom.”Thereisnota…inmyroom.
Materials:None
Class #13: My House/Apartment Adjectives
Daily Sentence: Myhouseiswarmandcomfortable.Iliketorestthere.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Lookatthepictureofaroom.Pointoutfurnitureandaskthestudentstodescribeitinnativelanguage.
Information: Introduce the words, comfortable, uncomfortable, dark, light, narrow,wide,soft,hard.Reviewotherdescriptivewords-beautiful,ugly,tall,short,fat,thin,big,small,andcolors.
Practice:Write2columnsofwords:1columninEnglishand1columninnativelanguage.Studentsmustdrawalineconnectingthecorrectwords.
Application:PlayAroundtheWorldwithalladjectives.
Homework:Givestudents2-3adjectives,andletthemlistwhatfurniturecanbecalledbythosedescriptions.
���
Materials:Pictureofaroom
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Lookatthepictureofaroom.Pointoutoneoftheobjectsandaskthestu-dentstodescribeitinnativelanguage.
Information: . Introduce thewords, comfortable, uncomfortable, dark, light, narrow,wide,soft,hard.Reviewotherdescriptivewords-beautiful,ugly,tall,short,fat,thin,big,small,andcolors.Childrenshouldcopyallwordsandtranslations.
Practice:Teachergivesnounsandchildrenshouldofferappropriatedescriptivewords:“Chair”response:“anuncomfortablechair”“Aredchair,asoftchair”Trythiswithsev-eraldifferentnouns.
Application:Lookat2similarpicturesofrooms.Childrenshouldpointoutdifferences.Thisisaredcouchandthatisagreencouch…
Homework:Writeabout3thingsinyourhouse,usingadjectives.“Ihavea…”or“Thereisa…inmyhouse.”
Materials:Pictureofaroom.2morepicturesofroomsthataresimilar,buthavemanysmalldifferences.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Checkhomework.Lookatapictureofaroom,askchildrentodescribeit.
Information:Tellchildrentheywilllearnmoreadjectivestoday.Introduce:comfortable,uncomfortable,dark, light,narrow,wide,soft,hard.Reviewotherdescriptivewords-beautiful,ugly,tall,short,fat,thin,big,small,andcolors.Childrenshouldcopyallnewwords.
Practice:Askchildrentodescribetheroomusing,“Theroomis…”Askthemtodescribefurnitureaswell.
Application/Homework:Childrenshould8sentencesthatdescribetheroomtheydrewusing adjectives. Tell them that they may start in class, and finish for homework.
Materials:Pictureofroom
Class #14: My Room and Prepositions
Daily Sentence: Thelampisinthelivingroom.Therefrigeratorisinthekitchen.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Introduceprepositioncardsorposter.Eachshowsapreposition.Askchildrentoidentifytheminnativelanguage.
Information:Reviewhousevocabularyandadjectives.Translateprepositions.Lookatthehouseposter.
Practice:Practicesentencessuchas:“Thetableisinthelivingroom.”or“Themirrorisinthebathroom.”Writethesesentencesontheboardandletchildrenpracticedescrib-ingthehouseintheposter.
Application:Haveeachofthestudentswriteout5sentencesdescribingwheredifferentthingsareintheirhouse/apartment.
Materials:Houseposter,prepositionsposterorcards
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Introduceprepositionsposter.
Information: Children should copy all prepositions and write a picture to representeach.
Practice:Childrenshouldlookaroundtheclassroomandeachshouldsay1sentenceusingaprepositions.Teachershouldgiveafewexamplesandwritethemontheboard.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Application:Lookatpictureorposterofaroom.Playgame:Askchildrenquestionsus-ingprepositionsin,on,near,under,over,usingpictureofaroom.“Isthechairinthebedroom?”Answersshouldbe,“Yesitis.”“Noitisn’t.”
Homework:Write4sentencesaboutthechild’shouse,usingprepositions.
Materials:Prepositionsposter,pictureorposterofaroom
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Lookatprepositionsposter.Readtogether.
Information:Translateallprepositions.Makeseveralsentencesusingthepictureoftheroomandthehouseandapartmentpictures.“The…isnearthe….Remindthemweusethewordthebecausewearetalkingaboutacertainobjectthatwebothknowabout.
Practice:Practiceseveralsentencesandhavechildrenwritewordsandtranslationsintheirnotebooks.Thenthey shouldwriteexamplesentencesandtranslations.Teachermaypointtoanobject,andchildrenmustuseprepositionstomakeasentenceaboutthatobject.
Application:Childrenshouldwriteabouttheroomtheydrewonalbumpaper,andwrite4moresentencesusingtheprepositions.
Homework:Starttostudyforthetest.
Materials:Prepositionposter,roomposter.
Class #15: Review
Daily Sentence: It’stimetostudyforanothertest!
See Review Activities # 18,23,26, 28, 30, 31, 39, 51,62 in Appendix B for suggested Activity ideas.
Childrenshouldcopythesentencesandchoosethecorrectpreposition.
Theclockis(in/on)thewall.
Thechairis(near/on)thetable.
Thetelevisionisinthe(livingroom/bathroom).
Thecomputeris(near/on)thedesk.
Thebedisinthe(kitchen/bedroom).
Theovenisinthe(kitchen/bathroom).
Weeatdinnerinthe(kitchen/bedroom).
The carpet is (on/ under) the floor.
Thecarpetis(in/under)thetable.
The chair is (on/ near) the floor.
Class #16: Assessment
Easy Lesson
1-5. Translate:sofa,chair,bed,kitchen,diningroom
6. Thecarpetis(in,on,under)thetable.
7. Thebookis(under,on,near)thebookshelf.
8. Theovenis(in,under,around)thekitchen.
���
9. Thechairis(soft/smart)andcomfortable.
10. The living room is (small/five) and uncomfortable.
Medium Lesson
1-5. Translate:sofa,carpet,apartment,diningroom,mirror
6. Thebedisinthe(livingroom/bedroom).
7. Therearetwochairs(in/under)thekitchen.
8. Wehavea(sofa/toilet)inthelivingroom.
9. Thereisnolamp.Itis(dark/light).
10. Thepaintingisvery(comfortable/beautiful).
Advanced Lesson
1-5. Translate:mirror,table,sofa,hallway,bedroom
6. Thebedis(in/under)thebedroom.
7. The(toilet/bed)isinthebathroom.
8. Thebookis(on/in)thetable.
9. Wehaveavery(big/blue)livingroom.
10. Yourbedroomisvery(warm/pencil).
Class #17: Women’s Day
Daily Sentence: HappyWomen’sDay.Benicetoallwomentoday!
Class #18: St Patrick’s Day (or Navruz)
Daily Sentence: TodayisSt.Patrick’sDay.Haveyouseenaleprechaun?
Class #19,20: Navruz Activities
Daily Sentence: HaveagreatNavruz.Visityourfamily,andeatlotsofplov!
Please see Appendix C for suggested holiday activities
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Semester 4Class #1: April Fool’s Day and Review
Daily Sentence: Yourshoeisuntied.AprilFool’s!
See Appendix C for holiday activities and Review Activities # 18,23,26, 28, 30, 31, 39, 51, and 62 in Appendix B for suggested Activity ideas.
Childrenshouldcopythesentencesandwriteinthecorrectformoftheverb.
Manyyearsago,theNewYear(tostart)onNavruz. (started)
Navruz(tobe)onMarch21steveryyear. (is)
Nextyear,we(tomake)sumalakonNavruz. (willmake)
Women’sDay(tobe)onMarch8th. (is)
Onthisday,wecongratulate(men/women).
Lastyear,mymother(tobe)veryhappyonWomen’sDay. (was)
OnSt.Patrick’sDay,everyonewears(blue/green).
Manyyearsago,St.Patrick(tolive)inIreland. (lived)
Next Year, we (to celebrate) April Fool’s Day on April first. (will celebrate)
OnAprilFool’sDay,we(toplay)tricksonourfriends. (play)
Class #2: Nature and Animal Habitats Vocabulary Overview
Daily Sentence: Doyourememberallthoseanimalwords?Ihopeso.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Showchildrenpicturesofdomesticandwildanimals.Askthemiftheyre-memberanyoftheEnglishwordsfortheseanimals.
Information:Reviewallanimalnames.Writealistontheboardandtranslate.Childrenshouldwritethesedown.
Practice:Erasetranslation.Dividetheclassintotwoteams.Onechildfromeachteamcomes up to the board. Teacher points to a word, and the first person to say it correctly getsapointfortheirteam.Trythisgamewithtranslationifreadingistooeasy.
Application:Reviewtheverb‘tolike’,andaskchildrentotellyousomeadjectivesthatwould be good to describe animals. Introduce the words dangerous and favorite. Goaroundtheroom.Childrenshouldorallytellyouwhattheirfavoriteanimalis.
Homework:Ifchildrenhaveapet,writeadescriptionofthepet.Whatitis,whatitsnameis,anddescriptions.
Materials:Postersofwildanddomesticanimals
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Showchildrenpicturesofdomesticandwildanimals.Askthemiftheyre-memberanyoftheEnglishwordsfortheseanimals.
Information:Reviewanimalsquicklyandteachsomeanimalbodyparts.Tail,beak,claw,shell,wing,paw,fur.
Practice:Teachershouldgiveariddle:“Itisawildanimal.Ithas4legs.Ithaspawswithclaws.Itisyellow.Whatisit?”Answer:alion.Giveseveralmoreriddlesinthisway.
��0
Application:Askchildrentodescribeananimal.Theyshouldnotsaythename,butratherdescribe it. They should write these first and then give their descriptions.
Homework:Ifchildrenhaveapet,writeadescriptionofthepet.Whatitis,whatit’snameis,anddescriptions.
Materials:Postersofwildanddomesticanimals
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Showchildrensomepicturesofanimals.Askthemwheretheanimalslive.
Information:Explaintochildrentheywilllearnaboutthedifferentplacesonearththatanimalslive.Introducethewordsnature,forest,ocean,dirt,sand,rocks,leaves,stream,river,treeandsky.Thentalkaboutthedifferentkindsofanimals-insects,birds,mam-mals,reptiles.Studentsshouldcopydownallofthesewords.
Practice:Writethewordsontheboard,butmixuptheletters.Studentsmustarrangetheletterstoformthenewvocabularywords.
Application:Playhangmanwiththenewwords.
Homework:Thinkofyourfavoriteanimalanddrawapictureofitandwhereitlives.
Materials:Afewpicturesofanimals-wildordomestic
Class #3: Desert Vocabulary
Daily Sentence: ThedesertinUzbekistanishotanddry.Haveyoubeenthere?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Askthechildreniftherearedeserts inUzbekistan.TheyshouldnametheKizilKumandtheKaraKum.Askthemwhatanimalsliveinthedesert.Lizards,camels,insects,scorpions,snakes,spiders,birds.
Information:Aschildrenlistanimals,writethemontheboardinnativelanguage.Trans-late.Thendiscussother things thatdescribethedesert- sand,hot,cactus,nowater,etc.
Practice:Together,writeatextaboutthedesertontheboard. Itshouldbe6-10sen-tenceslong.
Application:Childrenshouldcopydownthistextandbegintotranslateit.
Homework:Finishtranslatingtext.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Showthechildrenapictureofthedesert.Askthemifanyonehaseverbeentothedesert.Ifnot,whatdotheythinkitislike.Writealistofthingsthatareinthedesert.Lizards,camels,insects,scorpions,snakes,spiders,birds,sand,hot,cactus,nowater.
Information:Aschildrennamethingsaboutthedesert,writethemontheboard.Makesuretowriteanimalsaswell.Translatethewords.
Practice:Askchildrenwhatdesertanimalseat. Introducenewwords: insects,plants,grass,meat.AskthemtomakesentencesinEnglish:“Camelseatgrassandplants.Theydrinkwater.Lizardseat…Writeseveralsentencestodescribethedesert.“Scorpionsliveinthedesert.”“Inthedesert,thereisnowater.”“Itishotinthedesert.”
Application:Playhangmanwiththesenewdesertwords.
Homework:Write5sentencesaboutthedesert.
Materials:Pictureofadesertscene
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Advanced Lesson
Motivation: Showapicture of adesert scene.Ask studentswhich animals live there.Writealist.
Information: With children, make a list of specific desert vocabulary. For example- no water,dry,hot,coldatnight,fewanimalsandplants,lizards,camels,insects,scorpions,snakes, spiders, birds, sand, cactus. They should copy these and the definitions into their notebooks.
Practice:PlayquickgameofAroundtheWorldforthenewwords.
Application:Studentsshouldbreakintogroupsandwriteasmalldescriptionofthedes-ert,usingnewwords.
Homework:Practicereadingthedescriptionforthenextclass.
Materials:Pictureofadesertscene
Class #4: Ocean Vocabulary
Daily Sentence: Theoceanisbigandblue.Youcanlookandlook,andstillseenoland.
Easy Lesson
Motivation: Look at a map. Find Uzbekistan, and then find the 4 oceans of the world. Namethemtogether.NoticehowlargetheoceansarecomparedtoUzbekistan.Whichisthe Largest Ocean? (Pacific)
Information: Introduce words: fish, shark, whale, crab, octopus, wave, water, salty, deep, boat,island,anddolphin
Practice:Reviewverbs:toswim,tosail,andmakesentencestogetherabouttheocean.
Application:Writenewwordsontheboardwithseverallettersmissingfromeach.Chil-dren should try to figure out what the words are. Play hangman if time allows.
Homework:None
Materials:Mapoftheworld
Medium Lesson
Motivation: Look at a map. Find Uzbekistan, and then find the 4 oceans of the world. Namethemtogether.NoticehowlargetheoceansarecomparedtoUzbekistan.Whichisthe Largest Ocean? (Pacific)
Information: Introduce words: fish, shark, whale, crab, octopus, wave, water, salty, deep, boat, dolphin, Atlantic Ocean, Pacific Ocean, Indian Ocean, Arctic Ocean,
Practice:Writesomesentencesontheboardandletchildrenreadandtranslatethem.
Application: Erase the sentences, andhandout pieces of paperwith thewords fromthosesentencesfromtheboard.Ingroups,childrenmustunscramblethewordstoforma sentence that was written on the board. See who finishes first, then give the scrambled sentencestoadifferentgroupofchildrentounscramble.
Homework:None
Materials:Oceansentences,writtenonstripsofpaper,andcutup.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Tapealarge,blankpieceofpapertotheboard.Askifanyofthestudentshaveseenanocean.Tellthemtheyaregoingtocreateonetoday.
Information: Introduce the words: fish, crabs, sharks, seaweed, waves, boat, island, beach,andsand.Askstudentsforsomeofthesewords.
���
Practice:Assignstudentstodrawonpaperdifferentobjectsfromvocabulary.Sketchontheboardiftheyhavetrouble.Studentsshouldcolorintheirobjects,andcutthemout.Letthestudentstapeupthedifferentobjects,tomakeanoceanscene.
Application:Studentsshouldquicklywrite3sentencesaboutthesceneintheirnativelanguage.
Homework:TranslatethesentencestoEnglish.
Materials:Largepieceofpaper,tape
Class #5: Forest Vocabulary
Daily Sentence: Theforestcanbescaryifyouarealonethereatnight.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Tellstudentsthattodaytheywillbespeakingabouttheforest.Askthemiftheyknowaboutanyfamousforests.
Information:Teachnewwords: trees, bear,wolf, plants, grass,mushrooms,path, in-sects,birds,stream,pond,deer…
Practice:WriteacolumnofEnglishwordsandacolumnofnativelanguagewords.Chil-drenshouldmatchthem.Thenwriteseveralwordswithmixeduplettersontheboard,and see if children can figure out which vocabulary words they are.
Application:PlayTic-Tac-Toewithnewwords.Onechildfromeachteamcomestothefront of the class. Teacher gives a word in one language, and the first child to translate correctlygetstomarkanXoranOinasquare.
Homework:None
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Tellstudentsthattodaytheywillbespeakingabouttheforest.Askthemiftheyknowaboutanyfamousforests.
Information:Teachnewwords: trees, bear,wolf, plants, grass,mushrooms,path, in-sects,birds,stream,pond,deer.
Practice:Teachershouldgive6-10scrambledsentencesforthechildrentoarrange.Thenchildrenandteacherwriteatexttogetherabouttheforest.(6-10sentences)
Application:Childrenshouldtranslatetext.
Homework:Finishtranslationforhomework.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Showstudentsapictureofaforest.Askthemiftheyknowwhatisinafor-est.
Information:Generatewords-animals,insects,treesrocks,dirt,rivers,streamsetc.Askthemiftheyknowaboutanyfamousforests.Introduceshorttextaboutafamousfor-est:
The Amazon Rainforest is in Brazil. It is a very big forest. There are so many trees and plants there. Many animals live in this forest. Insects, mammals, lizards, birds and fish live there. It is difficult to walk in this forest, because there are many trees and plants. There are many rivers too. It rains almost every day. It is very green there. It is also very hot there. It is a very famous forest.
Practice:Studentsshouldtaketurnsreadingthetext.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Application: Students pick out words that they don’t know. Define them and let the chil-drenusetheminsentences.
Materials:Pictureofaforest
Class #6: City/Farm Vocabulary
Daily Sentence: TherearemanyanimalfarmsinAmerica.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Lookatposterofdomesticanimals
Information:Lookatanimals,andintroduceanimalbodyparts.Writedown:fur,hoof,paw,claw,wing,andshell.Writedownthesenewwords.Makesentences.Forexample:“Catshaveclaws.”
Practice:Reviewdomesticanimals.WriteoutthewordsforOldMacDonaldhadaFarm(SeeAppendix--)
Application:Childrenshouldsaythewordswithyou,andwritethemdown.Begintosing,andusedifferentanimalsandsounds
Homework:None
Materials:Domesticanimalsposter
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Lookatdomesticanimalsposter
Information:Reviewdomesticanimalnames,anddiscusswhattheanimalseat.Includemilk, fish, grass, grain, and meat.
Practice:Reviewspellingtogetherontheboard.Practicespellinginchorus.Gothroughallthewords.
Application:PlaySpellingBaseball(SeeAppendix--)withanimalwordsandanimalfoodwords
Homework:None
Materials:domesticanimalsposter
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Askstudentstonamefamouscitiesthattheycanthinkof.Writethemontheboard-usetheEnglishnames.
Information:Talkaboutanimalsthatareincities-todaytheanimalsinthehabitataremostlypeople!Ask,“Whatotheranimalsliveinthecity?
Practice:Studentsshouldbreakintogroupsandtrytounscramblesentencesaboutani-malsthatliveinthecityoronfarms.Eachgroupreceivesastackofwordsfrom3sen-tences that have been cut apart. See which group can finish first.
Application:Playhangmanwithnewvocabularywords.
Homework:None
Materials:Scrambledsentences.Keep3sentencesofwordsinonegroup.Ifchildrenwillhavetrouble,usedifferentcolorstowriteeachsentence.
���
Class #7: Year Review
Daily Sentence: Canyoubelievetheyearisalreadyover?
Use appropriate review activities from Appendix B that are fun for your children and that will help them review the year’s material.
Class #8: Year Review
Daily Sentence: Goodluckonyourtest.Theclassesafterthatwillbefun.
Use appropriate review activities, and spend ½ of the class preparing the children for the test.
Class #9: End of the Year Assessment
Easy
1-15. Translate:coin,cost,price,shirt,hat,ocean,trees,rainy,windy,summer,store,school,clock
16. We(togo)totheparkyesterday.(went)
17. They(togo)tothebanktomorrow.(willgo)
18. I(towant)tobuyahat.(want)
19. I(tobe/towear)ascarf.(amwearing)
20. How(much/many)doesitcost?(much)
21. He(towash)hisfaceeverymorning.(washes)
22. You(togetup)at7:00.(getup)
23. Thegirl(toeat)dinnerat6:00.(eats)
24. She(togo)toschooleveryday.(goes)
25. Mybrotherenjoys(togo)toTashkent.(going)
26. Doyoulikespring?
27. Willyougotoschooltomorrow?
28. Whattimeisit?
29. Howareyoutoday?
30. Do you like fish?
Medium
1-15. Translate:cost,price,skirt,jacket,socks,forest,city,trees,snowy,spring,store,camel,clock,sofa,carpet
16. Thecatsits(on/under)thecarpet.(on)
17. Thesofais(under/in)thelivingroom.
18. Westand(in/on/near)thedoor.(near)
19. She(togo)tothestoreyesterday.(went)
20. You(toeat)lunchyesterday.(ate)
21. They(tobe/towear)hats.(arewearing)
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
22. I(tosee)theteachertomorrow.(willsee)
23. It…windyyesterday.(was)
24. Doyou(towant)anapple?(want)
25. Whichmonthisitnow?
26. Whichisbigger,acatoratiger?
27. Doyouwanttobuysomecandy?
28. How many fingers do you have?
29. Whattimeisit?
30. Iis(tosnow)now.(snowing)
Advanced
1-15. Translate:cost,price,oven,sink,sofa,boots,dress,winter,autumn(fall),windy,rainy,snow,cool,dolphin,sand
16. Bearslive(in/on)theforest.(in)
17. Thecarpetis(under/on)thechair.(under)
18. Welie(in/near)anapartment.(in)
19. I(towant)tobuyacaryesterday.(wanted)
20. She(togo)tothestorebeforelunch.(went)
21. They(tobe/towear)dresses.(arewearing)
22. He(togotothehospitaltomorrow.(willgo)
23. He(toeat)dinnerlatertonight.(willeat)
24. It(tobe)sunnytomorrow.(willbe)
25. It(tobe)raining2daysago.(was)
26. Whichissmaller,acatorabird?
27. Whichismore,3kilosor2kilos?(3kilosismore.)
28. Whattimeisit?
29. Whereisthebed?(itisinthebedroom.)
30. Wheredoweeatdinner?(Weeatdinnerinthediningroom.)
Class #10: Fun Day
Please see Appendix D for fun games and activities to do with your students on the last days of school.
���
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Fourth Year
���
Suggested Vocabulary
Our World: continentlandislandwater lakeriverocean mountain desert seahillEarthplainforestjungle nature treeplantrocks soilsandgrass skyanimal stream to throwto helpto saveto useto growgarbageto litterto kill smokedirtcleanto throw awaypollutionto make one illto shineto blowto flow to grow
My Town:post officetheaterdrug storeschoolstorepark
buildingbankmayor’s office marketdoctor’s officedentist’s office hospitalrestaurantcaféhairdresserapartmentbuildings housepoolgardenlakeforesthillsportstreetroadplaying fieldlibraryfactorycinemamanymucha fewa littlenot much not manyno, some turn turn aroundleftrightthroughstraightpassnorthsoutheastwest inonunder bynext toaroundfar fromnear
My Country: presidentcountryflaganthem
borderneighbor capitalcottonscientistwriterfamousGreat Silk RoadIndependence Day
Transportation: to go byto taketo drive to flyto sail to walkcartruckbusairplanetrainstreetroadon footmetroboatridepayticketwheelhelicopter motorcycle horsecamelwagonhelicopterskateboardroller-skates
Specific Time:facehand hourminute second clock o’clock watchNumbers 1 – 60, half pastquarter afterquarter ‘til/to/of midnightnoon
Health: medicine pillshotthermometer bonebloodcoughachesneeze tiredtemperature flucoldto be illto hurtto bleedto cutto fallto hitto breakto cleanto restto go to the hospital to go to the doctorto sleepto drink a lotto wash one’s hands
Feelings: to feelhappysad badfinemad angryboredgladsillysleepy surprised embarrassedshy
Question Words: WhoWhatWhen WhereWhyHow Do you…What timeHow muchHow many
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Semester 1Class #1: Introduction & Review Weather, Seasons, Months & Days
Daily Sentence: Welcome back to school. I hope you all have a great year in Englishclass.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Greetstudents.Reviewseveralgreetings,toseewhattheyremember.
Information:Describetochildrenclassroomrules,rewards,andpenalties.Describedailyroutineofcomingtoclass,gettingtheirnametagout,sittingdownandthenwritingthesentencethatisontheboard.
Practice:SingDaysof theWeeksong (SeeAppendixE).Reviewdaysof theweekandmonths. Put months into seasons. Review weather words like hot, cold, warm, cool,rainy,snowy,windy,andcloudy.Drawpicturesofeach.Gothroughthemonthsandsea-sonsandaskthechildrenwhichtypeofweatherthatwouldbeineach.
Application:Havechildrenmaketheirnametagslookniceathome.
Materials:Paperfornametags,calendar
Medium Lesson/Advanced Lesson
Motivation:GreetChildren,Introduceself.Makeatentativeseatingchartnow.
Information: Introduce class rules, consequences, andhomeworkpolicy.Take time tomakesurechildrenunderstandallpoliciesandconsequences.
Practice: Show the childrena large,empty calendar.Children should talk aboutdaysoftheweeksingDaysoftheWeeksong(seeAppendixE).Childrenshouldalsoreviewmonthsoftheyear,andseparatethemintoseasons.
Application:Children should talkaboutweather ineachof the seasons.Writewords:hot,cold,warm,cool,windy,rainy,sunny,snowy,cloudyontheboard.Teacherwritesanumericaldateontheboard,ex-5/15/2004,andchildrentellthemonth,season,anddescribepossibleweather.Useform“Itis…”“In(month),itis…”
Homework:Childrenshouldmakenametagsathome.
Materials:None
Class #2: Review Foods
Daily Sentence: Whichfoodsdoyouremember?Doyourememberhamburgers?
Easy Lesson / Medium Lesson
Motivation:ChildrenshouldtrytonametheirfavoritefoodinEnglish.
Information:Reviewdifferentkindsoffood.Choosefromthislistanddraw:rice,meat,carrot,onion,pumpkin,potato,bread,soup,tea,sugar,salt,cabbage,cheese,apple,orange,grape,pomegranate,tomato,cucumber,pizza,spaghetti,hamburger&hotdog.Goover:“MayIpleasehave…”and“ThankYou”
Practice:Childrenshouldpretendthattheyareatdinnerwithyouandwantdifferentkindsoffood.
Application:Childrenshouldwrite2simplesentences:“Iliketoeat…”and“Idon’tliketoeat…”
Materials:Picturesofdifferenttypesoffood
��0
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:GreetChildren.Theyshouldshownametags.Reviewclassrulesandhome-workpolicy.
Information:Reviewfoodwordswithchildren.Thenplayamarketgame.Reviewpro-nounsandtheverb‘tobe’.Writephrasesontheboard:Iwanttobuy…Howmuchdoesit (dothey)cost? Howmany?Okay. It’sexpensive! It’scheap!Nothanks.Thankyou.You’rewelcome.Review,thenchildrenshouldwritethesewordsinnotebooks.
Application:Childrenshouldtaketurnsbeingsellers.Theymustbuyandsellitems.Ifthisis too difficult, then play a game where children must guess a word from the shape of it letters. Use boxes to show each letter shape and children must fill in.
Homework:Childrenmustwriteashortdialogue,includinggreetingand6-8sentences,usingtheshoppingphrasesthattheywrotedownduringclass.
Materials:Foodcards
Class #3: Review Classroom
Daily Sentence: Pleasesitinyourchair,takeoutyourpenandwritethisinyourcopy-book.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Gooverhomework.
Information:Gooverclassroomobjects:chair,desk,chalkboard,clock,teacher,student,pen,pencil,copybookandbook.Gooverclassroomcommands:Standup,Gotothe…,Sitdown,etc.
Practice:Drawalloftheclassroomobjectsandhavethestudentsdrawthemintheircopybooks.
Application:PlaySimonSays.Usecommandslike“Touchthedesk.”“Showmeapen!”
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrentonameclassroomobjects.IftheycanremembertheEnglishwords,theymaygivethem.Writealist.
Information:Translatethewordsonthelistandreviewwithchildren.
Practice:Reviewcolors,Numbersthrough30anddaysoftheweek.
Application:Play I Spy.Teacher,and thenchild should say, “I spywithmy littleeye,something…yellow! Children should look around the room to find what yellow object the speakermeans.Ask“Isita…?
Homework:Reviewbodyparts
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Checkhomework.
Information: Review classroom objects: window, floor, door, wall, plant, pencil, pen, desk,chair,girl,boy,ruler,book,copybook,eraser,chalk,board.
Practice:Childrenshouldwritethesewordsintheirnotebooks.Then,writethe‘tobe’verbonboardandexplainitsuseinEnglish.Practiceitis…Theyare…
Application: Reviewalphabet together by spelling all thewords, untilmost childrenremembertheletters.PlayBallTossTranslationwithclassroomobjectwords.Teachertossesaballtoachild,saysawordinnativelanguage,andthechildmusttranslateitandtosstheballback.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Homework:Childrenshouldstudythenewwordsiftheydon’tknowthem.
Materials:Classroomobjects
Class #4: Review Body Parts and Clothing
Daily Sentence: Doyourememberwhichclothesgoonthedifferentbodyparts?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Sing,“Head,Shoulders,KneesandToes”(seeAppendixE)
Information:Gooverbodyvocabulary:face,eye,nose,mouth,ear,hair,arm,leg,hand,finger, foot, toe and all of their plurals. Go over clothing vocabulary: shirt, dress, pants, socks,shoes,jacketandhat,t-shirt,bathingsuit,gloves,scarf.
Practice:Drawapictureofapersonontheboardandlabeltheparts.Drawclothing.
Application:Write4sentences:“Myshoesgoonmyfeet.Mypantsgoonmylegs.”
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Teacherpointstobodypartsonselforachild,andchildrenmustsaywhatthepartsare.
Information:Writethebodypartsontheboardwithtranslation.Inanotherlist,writeclothingvocabulary:shirt,dress,pants,socks,shoes,jacketandhat,scarf,gloves,bath-ingsuit,t-shirt.Childrenshouldcopybothsetsofwords.
Practice:Childrenshouldmatchbodyparttopiecesofclothing.Forexample:Head—hat
Application:Childrenshouldbegintomakesentences:Iamwearingaskirt.Goaroundtheroom,andhaveeachchildsaywhathe/sheiswearing.
Homework:Copyeachwordfromthevocabularylistsandtranslateagain.
Materials:None(optional-clothingcards,abodypartsvisualaid)
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Askchildreniftheyrememberbodyparts.Invitechildrentopointtopartstheyremember.
Information:Put togetherBaby Joeydoll.Thenask children if they cannamepiecesofclothing.Showcardsand repeatclothingwords.Children shouldwritedownthesewords.
Practice:Writeseveralpiecesofclothingontheboard:shirt,dress,pants,socks,shoes,jacketandhat,scarf,gloves,bathingsuit,t-shirtinacolumnontheboard,andthenwriteanothercolumnwiththebodypartstheygoon.Childrenmustmatchupbodypartstoclothing.
Application:Showseveralpiecesofclothing(cards).Childrenmustsortitaccordingtowhichseasonitiswornin.
Homework: Children should write 4 sentences, using the form, “A (clothing) goes ona(bodypart).”Explainwhatthismeansinnativelanguage.
Materials:Clothingcards.BabyJoey.
���
Class #5: Review My Day, Time and Professions
Daily Sentence: Iwakeupat6:30andworkfor8hours.Iamabanker.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenwhattimeitis.TheyshouldanswerinformItis…o’clock.
Information:Writedailyactivityverbsontheboard:togetup,toeatbreakfast,lunch,dinner,snack, toplayoutside, togotoschool, togohome,towatchTV,todoone’shomework,togotosleep.Review,andaskchildrenifanyaremissing.Ifsowritethemdown.Childrenshouldalsocopyverbs.
Practice:7:00-Igetup.8:00-Igotoschool.9:00IlearnEnglish.10:00Ieatasnack.12:00Igohome.1:00Ieatlunch.2:00Iplayoutside.6:00Idomyhomework.7:00IwatchTV.9:00Igotosleep.Reviewschedulewithchildren,andletthemcopyit.
Application:Playquickgamewithchildren.Throwthemaball,andsayaverb(inEnglishornativelanguage).Theyshouldtranslatetheverbintotheotherlanguageandtosstheballback.
Homework:Childrenwritetheirdailyschedule,usingatleast5verbs.
Materials:Ball
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Usingclock,childrenshouldtellthetimeuntiltheyarecomfortable.Remindthemofthewordso’clock,noon,midnight,morning,afternoon,evening.
Information:Pantomimeeachwordasyouwriteitontheboard.Childrenshouldwritetranslations:Togetup,togetdressed,toeatbreakfast,togotowork,towork,toeatlunch,togohome,tomakedinner,towatchTV,tosleep.
Practice:Presentseveraldailyschedules-ateacher,abusinessmanager,adriver.Makealistofotherprofessions.
Application:Childrenwillpickaprofession,andmakeadaily schedule forwhat thatpersondoes.Somechildrenmayreadtheirschedules.
Homework:Studentsshouldusetheirnewverbstowrite5sentences.
Materials:3schedules
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Gooverthehomework
Information:Goovervocabulary:o’clock,wakeup,washmyface,brushmyteeth,eatbreakfast/lunch/dinner,gotobed,gotoschool,playandgetdressed.Reviewprofes-sions:Driver,doctor,engineer,teacher,cooketc.
Practice:Childrenshouldtalkabouttheirday.Putinorderthethingstodoeachday.Childrenshouldsaywhatjobstheirparentsdo.
Application:Writetwosentences.Myfather/motherisa….Iwanttobea...
Materials:None
Class #6: Review Animals
Daily Sentence: My friend has many pets. He has 4 dogs, 8 cats, and 21 fish.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Sing“TheItsy,BitsySpider”(seeAppendixE)andwildanimals.Writetheirnamesontheboard.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Practice:Letchildrenmakeanimalnoisesandothersmaydecidewhichanimaltheyare.Next,saythenameofananimalandhavethestudentsmakethenoises.
Application:Havethestudentswrite4sentences.“Ilikethe___”and“Idon’tlikethe___”usinganimalvocabulary.
Materials:Picturesofanimals.
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Showpicturesofanimals.Childrenshouldnameasmanyastheycan.Askwhereseveraloftheanimalslive.Childrenshouldrespondintheform,“Elephantsliveintheforest.”
Information:MakealistofanimalsinEnglish.Thenmakealistofverbsthatareassoci-atedwithanimals:run,jump,climb,eat,drink,hunt,andgrowl.Childrenshouldcopydownnewverbs.
Practice:Practicemakingshortsentences:Usetheverb“toliketo”ortheword‘often’:“Lionsoftengrowl”.“Monkeysliketoclimb.”Ifchildrenaren’tvolunteeringsentences,pointtoachildandgivethemananimalname.Remindchildrenthattheyshouldusethepluraloftheanimalname,becausetheyaremakinggeneralstatements.
Application:Playagame:Guesstheanimal.Childrenshouldpantomimeananimal-nonoises,andothersshouldguesswhatitis.
Homework:Write5sentencesusingnewverbs(asinthepracticesection).
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Showdomesticandwildanimalsposter.Askchildrentonameasmanyani-malsastheycan.
Information:Teachbodyparts ofAnimals.Then teach the interrogative form:Does amonkeyhaveatail?Dobirdshavefur?
Practice:Setupcolumnsofwordsontheboardandmakesillysentences.Example(pleasewritemorewordsinactualactivity):
Do
Does
you
giraffes
go
elephants
chickens
arooster
fish
amonkey
have
live/s
eat
toschool?
tails?
inthewater?
fur?
eatmeat?
4legs?
Application:Playgame:I’mthinkingofananimal…Ithas(atail,4legs,etc.)Itisbrown,ithaswings….Childrenmustguesstheanimalthattheteacherisdescribing.
Homework:Write3questionsandanswerthem.
Materials:ZooPoster,FarmPoster
���
Class #7: Our World (Large Geographic Features) Vocabulary Overview
Daily Sentence: Let’slearnaboutourworld.Itsureisbig.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Lookatamapoftheworld.Askchildren“Whatisit?”Teachthewordsmap,Earth,andworld.
Information: Introduce World vocabulary: continent, land, island, water, lake, river,ocean,mountainanddesert.Askchildrenwhichotherwordstheyneedtoknow-forest,jungleetc.
Practice:Lookatdifferentmapsordrawamapontheboard-notoftheworld,butonethatrepresentsthevocabularywords.Askthestudentstopickoutlakes,rivers,oceansandmountains.Playagamewhereonechildperteamcomestothefrontoftheroomandtriestobethequickesttosaywhatteacherispointingto.
Application:Childrenwritethenewwordsintheircopybooks,translatethem,anddrawalittlepictureafterthemsotheycangobackandeasilyseethewords.
Materials:Mapsorglobe
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Showpicturesofgeographicalfeatures:adesert,alake,anoceanetc.Askchildrentohelpyoumakealistofothergeographicalfeatures:continent,land,island,water,river,ocean,mountain,forest,andjungle.
Information:Translate thesewords, and let childrencopy them into their notebooks.Reviewthe‘tobe’verbandteach‘tobelocated’.
Practice: Speak about Uzbekistan. For Example: 2 deserts are located in Uzbekistan.ThereareriversinUzbekistan.ThereisoneislandinUzbekistan.Teachershouldprovidethe first few sentences, and after that children should give them. Write all sentences down.Ifchildrengiveincorrectsentences,writethemasthechildsaysthem.
Application:Withchildren,reviewsentences,andmakechangesiftheyareincorrect.Studentsshouldcopythemdownandtranslatethem.
Homework:Givechildren5wordswithmixedupletters,andaskthemtounscramblethemforthenextclass:sreedt-desert,teconnitn-continent,dlasin-island,noeac-ocean,tunomian-mountain
Materials:Picturesofgeographicalfeatures
Advanced Lesson
Motivation: Lookatmap. childrenmay call out features of themap suchas country,state,border,mountain,lake,river,oceanetc.
Information:Tellchildrentheyaregoingtolearnabouttheworldanddifferentenviron-ments.Givestudentsvocabulary:land,ocean,sea,river,lake,mountains,desert,hill,Earth,continent,island,plain.Askchildrentolistanymorewordstheycanthinkof(forlarge features only- not flowers, stones, etc.)
Practice:Drawabasicmapontheboardwithgeologicalfeaturesfromvocabulary.Thendrawaboxwhichwillbethemapkey.Childrenshoulddecidewhatsymbolsstandforwhichfeaturesonthemap.
Application: Look at the map again. Teacher calls out a country, and child must find it and decidewhatgeologicalfeaturesithas.Makesurechildrenusetheform“(Country)has___,___,and___.Itdoesnothave___.
Homework:WritealistofgeographicalfeaturesinUzbekistan.
Materials:Largeworldmap
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #8: Our World (Small Scale Environment)
Daily Sentence: TohelpsavetheEarth,weneedtothrowawayourtrashandgrownewtrees.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Showanaturescene-speakaboutthedifferentthingsinthepicture.Writedownwordsthatchildrensay.
Information:Introducenaturewords:nature,trees,plants,rocks,soil,sand,grass,sky,animals,stream.Remindstudentsoftheverb‘tolive’.Reviewweatherwords.
Practice:Makealistofallthevocabularyfromsmall-scaleenvironmentandlarge-scalegeographical features.Reviewwords togetherand translate.Children shouldpracticepronouncingthewords.
Application:Drawalargecircle,thenalargercirclearoundthat,andoneevenlargercirclearoundthat.Tellchildrenthatthecircleinthemiddleistheearth.Thenextcircleisforthingsthatareontheearth,andthebiggestcircleisforthingsinthesky.Childrenshouldcategorizewords,oneatatime:forexamplemountain,ocean,andcontinentgoin the earth circle, tree, rock, flower, go in the next circle, and bird, sky and weather wordsgointhelastcircle.
Homework:Childrenshouldlookoutoftheirwindowathomeandmakealistofthingsthattheysee.
Materials:Pictureofanaturescene
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Checkhomeworkandreviewvocabulary.Askthemtothinkaboutwhatthingsare located in those geographical features. Trees, rocks, flowers etc.
Information:Introducenaturewords:nature,trees,plants,rocks,soil,sand,grass,sky,animals,stream.Remindchildrenoftheverbtolive.
Practice:WriteCity,Mountains,Desert,Forestontheboard.Childrenshouldseparatenewvocabularywordsaccordingthewheretheyarefound.Encouragethemtouseani-malwords,andwordsfromotherlessons.
Application:Childrenshouldpickoneofthe4environmentsandwriteaparagraphaboutit.Usetheverb‘tohave’,“Thereis/are…”andthepreposition‘in’.
Homework:Finishthisparagraph.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:PlayAroundtheWorldwithnewvocabulary.
Information:Revieworteachenvironmentvocabulary:nature,trees,plants,rocks,soil,sand,grass,sky,animals,andstream.Introduceverbs:tothrow,tohelp,tosave,touse&togrow.
Practice:Gothroughthenewverbsandconjugatethem.Makesentencesontheboard.Writedownwhatchildrensay,andthencorrectsentencestogether.Childrencopydownsentences.
Application:Writethreesentencesusingthenewverbsandthreedifferentpronouns.
Materials:None
���
Class #9: Pollution
Daily Sentence: Pleasedon’tpollute.Itmakesourbeautifulearthlookugly.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Innativelanguage,tellchildrentheywilldiscusspollutiontoday.Askchil-drenwhatpollutionis.
Information:Makeawordwebwithpollutioninthemiddle,andwritethewordsthatchildrensayaboutpollutionaroundthemainword.Connectthewordswithlines.Chil-drenshouldcopyit.Translatethewords.Leadchildrentospeakabouttrash/garbage(synonyms), air pollution (smoke from factories, burning garbage, smoke from cars),waterpollution(dumpinggarbageandchemicalsinthewater)
Practice:Askchildrenwhypollutionisbad(thiscanbedoneinnativelanguage).Breath-ing bad air, eating bad fish or meat and drinking bad water can make us ill, and it is ugly tosee.
Application:Takewordsfromthewordweb:factory,garbage,tolitter,todie,smoke,dirty,clean,tothrowaway,pollution,andplaywordshapegame.Iftime,playTic-Tac-Toewithnewwords.
Homework:Childrenshouldwrite3sentencesaboutpollution.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Talkaboutpollutioninnativelanguage.Talkaboutwhathappenstouswhenwebreathepollutedair,andeatfoodfrompollutedplaces,ordrinkdirtywater.
Information:Teachthewords:garbage,tolitter,tokill,smoke,dirty,clean,tothrowaway,pollution,tomakeoneill.
Practice:Together,makesentencesontheboard.Thesecanbeaboutlitter,theenviron-mentorourworld.Idonotlikegarbage.Pollutionisugly.Dirtyairmakesmeill.Pollu-tion kills trees and animals. Dirty water makes me ill. There are 4 Oceans, the Pacific, Atlantic,IndianandArtic.Etc.
Application:Inpairs,studentsshouldwritesentencesfromtheboardonpiecesofpaper,andthencutthemout.Theyshouldpassthesescrambledsentencestoanothergroupofchildrentoputinorder.Whentheyareinorder,childrenshouldwritethesentenceintheirnotebooks.Theymaypassthemtoanotherpair,tounscramble.Pass1-2moretimes.
Homework:Translatesentencesfromnotebooks.
Materials:scissors
Advanced Lesson
Motivation: Look at 2 pictures. One of a beautiful forest/lake scene, the other withgarbage, smoke and dead/dying nature.Ask what could cause this change. Teach tochange.
Information:Introducevocabulary:factory,garbage,tolitter,todie,smoke,dirty,clean,throw,pollution
Practice:ReadParagraph:
Pollution In nature there are many beautiful things. People like to go to the mountains or the sea for a rest and look at the beautiful nature. But, if people throw garbage in the water, and if factories make smoke and throw chemicals into the water or forests, nature will be dirty. Many animals and plants will die. It is difficult to breathe dirty air. Many people will be ill. It is important to throw garbage in one place, and keep our beautiful world clean.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Teacher should go throughparagraphwordbywordand if students don’t understandthem,underline.Thenstudentsmaylookupwords.
Application: Test for understanding: It is not difficult to breathe dirty air. People like beautifulnature.Youcangotothedesertorthecityforarest.Plantsandanimalscandiefromgarbageandpollution.Factoriesmakepollution.True/False
Homework:Write3sentenceswiththenewvocabulary.
Materials:2pictures,onepolluted,oneclean
Class #10: Our World and Amounts (many, a lot, few, much)
Daily Sentence: InAmericatherearemanytrees,lakesandrivers.InUzbekistantherearemanyrivers,mountainsanddeserts.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:PlayAroundtheWorldorBallTossTranslationgamewithenvironmentvo-cabulary.
Information:Reviewenvironmentvocabularyontheboard.Introduceamountvocabulary:many,few,some,no,alittle,andalot.Remindchildrenofthephrase“Thereare…”
Practice:Childrenshouldmakesentenceslike:Therearemanytreesin(town).Therearenolakesin(town).
Application:Writethreesentencesusingamountandenvironmentvocabulary.
Homework:Translatethesentencesfromclassintonativelanguage.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation: Show several pictures of nature scenes. Point topictures anddescribe innativelanguagethepictureswithamountwords.Therearemanytrees,thereisalotofwater,Therearenopeople.
Information:Reviewforms“Thereis,thereare…”thenintroduceamountwords.Write:much,alotof,many,notmuch,few,alittle,no.Translate.Explainthatmanyisusedforcountableitemsandmuchisusedfornon-countableitems(water,grass,happiness,etc.)Manyandfewareusedwithpluralwordsandtheformoftobe‘are’.Alittle,alot,none,muchandnotmuchareusedwithsingularwordsandtheformoftobe‘is’.Childrenshouldwritenewwordsintheirnotebooks.
Practice:Makealistwiththechildrenofvocabularywords,andwhenlistisdone,askchildrentowriteanappropriateamountwordnexttoeach.
Application: Children should pick 5-6 of the words from the list and write sentenceswiththemusingtheamountwordwrittennexttoit.Somechildrenmayreadtheirsen-tences.
Homework:Childrenshouldmakelistsofwordsthatcanbeusedwitheachoftheamountwords.
Materials:Picturesofnaturescenes
Advanced Lesson
Motivation: Show children a map of the world. Talk about what things you find in Nature. Thentalkaboutotherthingsyouseeonthemap.
Information:Introducetheamountwords:many,alotof,few,much,none,alittle,notmuch.Explainthedifferencebetweenmanyandmuch.Manyisusedforcountableitemsandmuchisusedfornon-countableitems(water,grass,happiness,etc.)Manyandfewareusedwithpluralwordsandtheformoftobe‘are’.Alittle,alot,no,muchandnotmuchareusedwithsingularwordsandtheformoftobe‘is’.
���
Practice:Childrenshouldusetheamountwordsinsentences.Giveanexample.Therearemanytreesintheforest.(Showpictureifavailable)Askthemtogiveexamplesofsentences.
Application:Askchildrentocompletethesentences,insertingthecorrectamountword.Makemoresentencesforlesson.
Thereare_______treesintheworld.
Thereis________raininthedesert.
Arethere______rocksinthedirt?
Doeshehave________moneyor______ofmoney.
_____peopleareinterestedinGeography.
________peoplehavebeentoAntarctica.
Homework:Make4sentencesusingtheamountwords.
Materials:mapoftheworld
Class #11: Environment and Adverbs
Daily Sentence: Thesunisshiningbeautifullyandthewindisblowingstronglytoday.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Reviewvocabularywords.Childrenstandup.Goaroundtheroom,andhaveeachchildsayonewordfromthevocabulary.Whenachildcan’tthinkofawordwithin5seconds,heorshesitsdown.Don’trepeatwords.Whenallvocabularywordsareusedandmorethan5childrenarestillstanding,youmayusevocabularyfromanothertopic.
Information: Introduce verbs for natural features: to shine(sun), to blow(wind), toflow(water), to grow(plants, flowers, grass). Children should copy these words and orally conjugatethem.Writethemontheboardinpast,presentandfuturetenseforchildrentocopy.Thenremindchildrenaboutadjectives.Reviewadjectives,andmakesurethefollowingareinthelist-beautiful,bright,hot,cold,quick(fast),slow,cleanetc.Teachchildrenthatifyouwanttodescribeanaction,yousimplyputa–lyontheendoftheadjectiveandsaythewordbeforeoraftertheverb.Writeanexample.Thechildreadsslowly.Childrenshouldcopydownadjectivesandthenwritetheadverbnexttoit:quick-quickly
Practice:Teacherandstudentsshouldmakesentencestogether,usingadverbs,verbsandvocabularywords.Childrenshouldcopydownsentences.
Application:Childrenshouldtrytowritesentencesusingadverbs.Seewhocanwritethemostsentences.
Homework:Childrenshouldtranslatesentencesfrompracticesection.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Showverbs inactions (walkandtalk)Walkslowly, thenquickly, thentalkslowlythenquickly.Askchildrenwhatthedifferencewasbetweenthetwo.
Information:Whentheydescribeoneasslow,andoneasquick,usethis timetotalkabouthowwecandescribeverbs.Weuseadverbs.Adverbsareeasytomake,allyoudoistakeanadjectiveandadd–ly.
Practice:Takeseveraladjectives:quick,slow,nice,bad,new,strong,weakbeautiful,neat,clear,dark,careful.Childrenshouldmaketheadjectiveintoanadverb.
Application:PlayadverbSimonsaysorAdverbTic-TacToe(childrenmustmaketheadjec-tivesthatarewrittenintheTic-Tac-Toeboardintoanadverbinordertoputtheirteamsmarkinasquare.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Homework:Write3sentenceswithadverbs.Remindthemthattheadverbgoesinfrontoftheverb.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Showverbs inactions (walkandtalk)Walkslowly, thenquickly, thentalkslowlythenquickly.Askchildrenwhatthedifferencewasbetweenthetwo.Explainthatwehaveadjectivethatdescribeactions.
Information:Teachchildrenhowtomakeadverbs.Theyshouldtakeanadjectiveandadd–lytotheend.Explainthatonlysomeadjectivescanbeused,becausetheyhavetobeabletodescribeanaction:quick,slow,nice,bad,new,strong,weak,beautiful,neat,clear,dark,careful.Childrenshouldmakeeachintoanadverbontheboard.
Practice:Childrenshouldcomeupwithalistofverbsthatcanbeusedwiththeadverbsthatyouwrote.
Application:Childrenshouldpick5verbsandadverbsandwritesentenceswiththem.
Homework:Reviewspellingforvocabulary
Materials:None
Class #12: Environment and past/ present and future verbs
Daily Sentence: Theearthhaddinosaurs,andnowtherearelotsofpeople.Whatwillthefuturebe?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Quickspellingtest.Lookattwopictures.Oneofacaterpillarandoneofabutterfly. Tell students that one is before, and one is after. Label them, and see if stu-dentscanrememberthemeaningsofbeforeandafter.
Information:Reviewthepastand future tenses.Writeseveralverbsontheboard:ToThrow,ToHelp,ToSave,ToUse&ToGrow.
Practice:Turnsentencesintothefutureandpasttense.Writeabout5sentencesontheboard.Childrenshouldwritetheminpast,presentandfuturetenses.
Iwalktothestore.Igotoschool.Ihaveacat.TheEarthhasmanypeople.Therockisinthesoil.
Application:Askstudentstodrawabeforeandafterpictureandwrite3sentencesaboutit.
Somechildrenmayreadtheirsentences.
Homework:Conjugatethefollowing:totalk,tolike,toclean,tolisten
Material: Pictures of Caterpillar and Butterfly.
Medium Lesson
Motivation:PlayBallToss.Childrenshouldsayavocabularywordandthrowtheballback.Donotallowrepeatingwords.
Information:Reviewverbswithchildren.Makealonglist.Ontheleftoftheverbwritethepasttenseformandontheright,writethefutureform.Childrenshouldcopythis.
Practice:Writeashorttextontheboard.Teachershouldreadit,thenreadinchoruswithchildren.Letseveralstudentsreadthetextbythemselves.
Our world is very big. There are 7 continents and 4 oceans. We live on the continent of Asia. We live in Uzbekistan. We are learning English now. We are learning about many animals- domestic animals like chickens, horses and sheep, and wild animal that live in the for-est or the desert- tigers, lions, elephants, snakes and insects. There
��0
is a lot of pollution in the world. Pollution is bad for us. It makes us ill. We think that garbage is ugly. Our world is beautiful. The sun shines beautifully, the trees are green, and the water is cold, fresh and blue. We love our world.
Application:Askchildrenwhichwordstheydon’tknowandunderlinethem.Makealistandtranslatethem.Translatetexttogether.Childrenshouldcopytextfromtheboard.
Homework:Translatethetextathome.
Materials:Ball
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:PlayBallToss.Childrenshouldsayavocabularywordandthrowtheballback.Donotallowrepeatingwords
Information:Reviewverbswithchildren.Makealonglist.Ontheleftoftheverbwritethepasttenseformandontheright,writethefutureform.Childrenshouldcopythislist.
Practice:Writeashorttextontheboard.Teachershouldreadit,thenreadinchoruswithchildren.Letseveralstudentsreadthetextbythemselves.
Our world is very big. There are 7 continents and 4 oceans. We live on the continent of Asia. We live in Uzbekistan. We are learning English now. We learned about many animals- domestic animals like chickens, horses and sheep, and wild animal that live in the forest or the desert- tigers, lions, elephants, snakes and insects. These wild animals often live in the trees or the mountains. In Uzbekistan we have mountains, rivers, deserts and forests. We have many green plants. We grow delicious fruits and vegetables. The nature of Uz-bekistan is very beautiful. We know there is a lot of pollution in the world. Pollution is bad for us. It makes us ill. We think that garbage is ugly. We will not throw garbage in the street. Our world is beautiful. The sun shines beautifully, the trees are green, and the water is cold, fresh, and blue. We love our world.
Application:Askchildrenwhichwordstheydon’tknowandunderlinethem.Makealistandtranslatethem.Translatetexttogether.Childrenshouldcopytextfromtheboard.
Homework:Translatethetextathome.
Materials:Ball
Class #13: Our World and past/present and future verbs
Daily Sentence: Alongtimeago,noonelivedinAmerica.Now,therearemanycitiesfullofpeople.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:ReviewSeasons.
Information:Askchildrentomakealistofverbsontheboard.Childrenshouldpracticespellingtheseverbs
Practice:Reviewpast,presentandfutureverbtenseswithverbsfromthelist.Include:to grow, to shine, to flow, to rest, to go etc.
Application:Studentsshouldthinkaboutthelastyear.Theyshouldwrite6sentences,2abouttheseasonsinthepast,2inthepresent,and2aboutthingsthatwillhappeninthenextseason.Theysentencesshouldbeaboutnature.Example:Inspring,therewereflowers and the grass was green. In the summer, it was very hot, and we went to the mountains.Now,infall,theleavesareyellow.Inthewinteritwillbesnowy.Itwillbecoldoutside.
Homework:TranslatethesentencesthatchildrenwroteinEnglishintonativelanguage.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewvocabularywords.Childrenstandup.Goaroundtheroom,andhaveeachchildsayonewordfromthevocabulary.Whenachildcan’tthinkofawordwithin5seconds,heorshesitsdown.Don’trepeatwords.Whenallvocabularywordsareusedandmorethan5childrenarestillstanding,youmayusevocabularyfromanothertopic.
Information:Reviewpast,presentandfutureverbtenseswithseveralverbs.Include:togrow, to shine, to flow, to rest, to go etc.
Practice:Childrenshouldwritetexttogetherwithteacheronatopic.Forinstance,ifthereisaparkintown,thetextmaybeadescriptionoftheparkineachseasonofthisyear.Firstdescribewhatisintheparkandhowitlooks,thenwriteabouthowitlooksin different seasons. “In the fall, the park was cool, and there were no flowers. The treeswereverytall,andtheleaveswereyellow.Thereare…”Youmayalsodescribetheschool,orplayground.
Application:Childrenshouldcopytextandtranslate.
Homework:Finishtranslationforhomework.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:ReviewHomework.
Information:Reviewpast/futureverbs,andthenintroduceafewirregularverbs(see,sleep,speak).Tellchildrentheyaregoingtoworkonfuturetensequestionstoday,andthenpasttensequestionsalittlelater.Futuretensequestions“Doyou…”becomes“Willyou…?”Explainthatwhentheylistentoquestions,theyneedtolistenforcluesastowhetheritwaspasttense,presenttenseorfuturetense.Thebiggestfuturetenseclueisthewordwill.Alsolistenandlookforwordslikelater,tomorrow,orafter.
Practice:Childrenshouldcopyallofthisinformation,andthenanswerquestions.“Willyougotothestore?Willhewalktoschool?Willwegotothezoo?Willyousleeplater?After lunch,whatwillyoudo?”Writeanswerstoeachquestion.Childrenshouldcopysamplequestionsandanswers intocopybooksaswell as futureword indicators.Givechildrenafewminutestowriteafuturetensequestion,andthengoaroundtheclass,eachchildaskingaquestion,andthenextansweringit.
Application:PlayAroundtheWorldwithverbs.Teachersaysfuturepastorpresent,thena verb. The first child to answer, moves on to challenge the next child.
Homework:Write3futuretensequestionsandanswerthem.
Materials:None
Class #14: Review
Daily Sentence: Iwanttoreviewsomeofourvocabularywordstoday.
See Review Activities # 10,20,27,29, 30,34,39, 46,58 in Appendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Childrenshouldcopysentences,andmaketheadjectiveintoanadverb.
Thewatermoves(quick)inthestream.
Thewindblows(soft).
Thelightshinesontheocean(beautiful).
Theriverruns(calm)throughthetown.
Thefogrises(slow).
Thesunshines(brightly/dimly).
���
The airplane flies (slowly/ quickly) over the desert.
Therocksfall(dangerous)offthemountain.
The bird flies (safe) through the air.
Children should copy the sentences and fill in the amount word.
Thereare____treesintheforest.(many)
Thereare______lakesinthedesert.(feworno)
Thereare_______oceansintheworld.(few)
InUzbekistan,thereare(few/many)mountains.
Thereare(some/many)birdsintheair.
Thereare(no/some)pigsintheocean.
Theare(some/many)riversinUzbekistan.
________peopleliveinRussia.(Many)
_______peopleliveinAntarctica.(No)
Thereare(no/some)housesintheocean.
EnvironmentandtheWorld.Childrenshouldwritethesentences,andwritetrueorfalse,orpicktherightword.
T/F Therearemanytreesinthedesert.
T/F Birds fly in the rivers.
T/F Fishswimintheocean.
T/F Treesareintheforest.
Iliketodrink(water/grass).
I have a beautiful (flower/ continent).
Lookatthegreen(grass/desert).
The(ocean/lake)isverybig.
The (flower/ rock) is hard.
The(tree/river)islong.
Class #15: Assessment
Easy Lesson
1-5. Translate:country,lake,river,continent,island
6. Trees(togrow)inthesoil.(grow)
7. Pollutionis(good/bad).
8. Thereare(many/few)treesinthedesert.
9. Thereis(many/alot)ofwaterintheocean.
10. Thesunisshining(bright)today.(brightly)
Medium Lesson
1-5. Translate:country,lake,river,continent,island
6. Thereare(16/7)continents.
7. Flowers(togrow)intheforest.(grow)
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
8. Thereare(much/many)birdsinthesky.
9. Thereisa(few/little)windtoday.
10. Thecarisgoing(quick).(quickly)
Advanced Lesson
1-5. Translate:mountain,sea,hill,river,continent
6. Aseais(bigger/smaller)thananocean.
7. Pleasedonot(tothrow)garbageintheforest.(throw)
8. (Many/Much)peoplelovenature.
9. Thereare(afew/alot)ofpeopleinUzbekistan.
10. Thewindblows(strong)inthemountains.(strongly)
Class #16,17: Halloween
Please see Appendix C for suggested holiday activities.
���
Semester 2Class #1: Review Environment and future tense
Daily Sentence: HowwasHalloween?DidyougoTrick-or-Treating?
See Review Activities #10,20,27,29, 30,34,39, 46,58 in Appendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Class #2: My Town Vocabulary Overview
Daily Sentence: InmytownIlivenearthepharmacyandtheschool.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:PlayenvironmentvocabularyAroundtheWorld.
Information: Introduce vocabulary: post office, theater, drug store, school, store, park, building, bank, and mayor’s office. Ask children to list the places in their town. (stop after15-20words)
Practice:Childrenshouldwritedownnewwordsandtranslations.Practicesayingthenewwordstogetherandsomechildrenbythemselves.
Application:Write5sentences:“Inmytownthereis…”“Therearemany...”Usingmytownvocabulary.Somechildrenreadtheirsentences.
Homework:Choose4places,andwritewhatprofessionworksinthoseplaces.Forex-ample,“Doctorsworkinthehospital.”
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewdaysoftheweek,today’sdate,colorsandpracticenumbersto30.
Information:Reviewthe‘togo’verbinpast,presentandfuturetense.Showlargetownmap.Askchildrenwhattheysee.Makealistofnewvocabulary.
Practice:Childrenshouldpracticesayingthesenewwordsandtranslatingthem.
Application:Divide theclass into2 teams.Oneperson fromeach teamcomes to thefront.Teacherpointstoaplace,andchildrenshouldsayitsname.Whoeverisquickergetsapointfortheirteam.Or,teachercangiveawordinEnglishandchildreneachtryto translate it first.
Homework:Childrenshouldwrite5sentencesinthefuturetensethatdescribegoingtoaplaceintown.
Materials:Mapoftownwith20-30differentbuildings-labeled
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Showchildrenmapoftown.Readthelabelsforthebuildingstogether.
Information: Write the words and translations on the board. Children write down allwords.
Practice:Eraseallwords,andwritevocabularywordsontheboardwithlettersmissing.Children should fill in the letters.
Application: Play Simon Says with commands and verbs. Teacher leads the first few games, andthenletchildrenalsoleadthegame.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Homework:Choose4places,andwritewhatprofessionworksinthoseplaces.Forex-ample,“Doctorsworkinthehospital.”
Materials:Mapoftownwith20-30differentbuildings-labeled
Class #3: Town with Amounts
Daily Sentence: Therearemanytreesandlakesinmytown.Itisbeautiful.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenifthereisonlyoneschoolintown,onlyoneriver,onlyonepostoffice. They should answer in the form: “There are… post offices in town.” “There are noriversintown.”
Information:Writethedifferentplacesintownontheboard.Childrenshouldreadthemtogether.Thenwritetheamountwords-many,much,afew,alittle,notmuch,notmany,no,some.Translatetogether.Childrenshouldrememberthese.
Practice:Askchildrentowritesentencesontheboardusingamountwords.Write5-10sentences.Ifthechildrenwritethemincorrectly,leavethemuntilallthesentencesarewritten.
Application:Together,correctthesentencesiftheyhaveerrors,andwritethemdown.Thenchildrenbegintotranslate.
Homework:Finishtranslations.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation: Review Our World vocabulary, especially words such as flowers, trees, hills, rivers,etc.
Information:Writethedifferentplacesintownontheboard.Childrenshouldreadthemtogether.Thenwritetheamountwords-many,much,afew,alittle,notmuch,notmany,none,some.Translatetogether.Childrenshouldrememberthese.
Practice:Askchildrentowritesentencesontheboardusingamountwordsandthetownvocabulary.
Application:Childrenshouldre-writesentencesfromtheboardwiththeoppositeamountword.Ifstudentwrote:Therearefewplantsinthedesert,therewrittensentenceshouldbe: There are many plants in the desert. If children finish early, the teacher should erase thesentencesandplayagame.Teachersaysasentence,andchildrenmustdecideifitistrueorfalse.
Homework:Childrenshouldwrite4sentences,3trueand1false.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewcolors,daysoftheweek,askchildrenthedatetoday,andreviewnumbersto30.
Information:Reviewamountwordswithchildrenandaddafewnewones:many,much,afew,alittle,notmuch,notmany,no,some.
Practice:Goaroundtheroomandaskeachchildtomakeasentenceusingtheamountwords.
Application:Childrenshouldwriteacompositionabouttheirtown.Itshouldbeatleast10sentenceslong.
Homework:Forhomework,childrenshouldswitchpapers,andtrytocorrectmistakesthatweremade.Studentsmustbecarefulwiththepapers,andusepenciltowritethecorrections.
���
Materials:None
Class #4: My Town with directions and prepositions
Daily Sentence: Togettomyhouse,togostraightpastthebank,turnleftatthestoreandturnrightatthepark.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Quicklyreviewtheverb‘togo’inthecommandform.Showcardswithdi-rectionwords:turn,turnaround,left,right,through,straight,passby.Childrenshouldstandandpracticemovingwiththedirection.
Information:Writewordsdown.Lookatprepositionposter.Discuss.
Practice: Lead children around the town poster. They should use their finger to trace go inthedirectionyousay.
Application:Together,drawamapoftheschool,andthesurroundingarea.Childrencopythismap,anddrawaline,showingtheirwaystoschoolfromtheirhouses.
Homework:Childrenshouldwritealistofalltheplacestheypasstogettoschool.
Materials:Prepositionsposteranddirectioncards
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Childrenshouldreadtheirhomework,andotherchildrenmustdecidewhichsentence is false. If children did not do homework, or you finish quickly, play Around the WorldwithMyTownvocabulary.
Information: Review vocabulary: post office, theater, drug store, school, store, park, building, bank, mayor’s office etc. Review direction vocabulary: straight, left, right, turn,street,up,down,stopandpassby.
Practice:Directthestudentstofollowdirectionsusingamapontheboard.Havetheotherchildrenintheclassshoutoutdirections.
Application:Writebeginningplacesandendingplacesfromthemapontheboard,onpiecesofpaper.Foldpapers.Inviteapairofchildrentotheboard.Onepicksapieceofpaper,andmustsay:“Beginatthe…”Thenthechildmustgivedirectionstoreachtheendingplace.
Homework:Childrenshouldchooseaspotoutside,andwritewhattheyseewhentheylook:straight,totheleft,totheright,andwhentheyturnaround.
Materials:Mapoftown,orothermap,andpiecesofpaperwithbeginningandendingplaces.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Lookatcorrectedcompositions.Studentsmaymakecorrectionsoraskteach-eriftheyareunsure,orteachermaycollectcompositionsandcorrect.
Information:Lookatprepositionpicturesorposter.Writethetranslationsfortheprepo-sitionsanddecidewhichonesareusefulfordirections.Teachthewordsstraight,left,right,turn,turnaround,passby,up,downandstop.
Practice:Givethestudentsseveralvocabularywordswithscrambledletters.Theymustunscramblethewordtotellyouwhichitis.
Application:Studentsshouldwritewhattheyseewhentheylook:straight,totheleft,totheright,andwhentheyturnaround.Totheleft,Isee….Totheright,Isee…Encouragethemtouseadjectivesandwritemorethan1thingthattheyseeforeachdirection.
Homework:Childrenshouldwritedirectionsforhowgotoschool.
Materials:Picturesofprepositions,eitherinaposter,orlabeledcards.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #5: Directions
Daily Sentence: Let’slearntofollowdirectionstoday.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Checkhomework.
Information:Reviewvocabulary-directionwords,prepositions,andteachNorth,South,EastandWest.Tellchildrenthattheyaregoingtodictateamaptotheteachertoday.
Practice:Drawalargesquareontheboard,anddrawtheschoolinthemiddleofit.Eachchildshouldaddoneelementofthemap.Makesureallchildren’shousesareonthemapandlabeled.
Application:Studentsshouldwritesentencesaboutthemap:1describingwheretheirhouseis,1describingwhereafriend’shouseand1setofdirectiononhowtogotoan-otherplaceonthemapfromtheschool.
Homework:None
Materials:None
Medium Lesson / Advanced Lesson
Motivation:CheckHomework.
Information:Reviewvocabulary-directionwords,prepositions,andteachNorth,South,EastandWest.Teachtheword‘step’-‘astep’.
Practice:Givechildrenashort spelling testwith thewords fromTownandDirectionsvocabulary.
Application:Givestudentspiecesofpaperwithwrittendirectionsonthem,whichtellthemtostartinoneplaceintheclassroom,andgosomewhereelse.Hideobjectsindifferent places around the room for the children to find. Example: Stand at the door. Gostraightfor5steps.Turnleft,andpassby3desks.Thenturnright.Gostraightfor2steps.Sitdown.Looktotheleft.Thereisyourprize!
Homework:None
Materials:5-8piecesofpaperwithdirections-placeitemsintheroomforchildrentofind.
Class #6: Town with directions
Same lesson for all levels
Daily Sentence: Thisclassshouldbeextrafunforeveryone.
Instructions:Childrenshouldreviewalltownvocabularyanddirectionvocabulary.Onechildwillbeblindfolded,andteacherdirectshimorheraroundtheclass.Afterseveraltries,studentsshouldstarttodirecteachother.Teachthewordstep-takeonestep.Takeone big step. Take 2 small steps. Then set items (from the classroom) on the floor and studentsmustdirecteachotherthroughtheitemswithoutsteppingonthem.
Homework:None
Materials: blindfold, items to place on the floor
���
Class #7: Thanksgiving
Daily Sentence: IloveThanksgivingbecauseIlovetoeatturkey!
Please see Appendix C for suggested holiday activities.
Class #8: Review
Daily Sentence: Thanksgivingisthisweek.Whatareyouthankfulfor?
See Review Activities # 11,17,23, 25,26,27,30,31,34 in Appendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Childrenshouldcopythesentencesandputinthecorrectplacenames.
Igetmoneyatthe______.(bank)
Shedoesnotliveinahouse,shelivesinan_______.(apartment)
He sends a letter from the _____. (post office)
Weliketoeatatthe(café/restaurant)
Whenyouareill,yougotothe________.(hospital)
Thecardrivesonthe_______.(street/road)
Timorbuyseggsatthe_______.(store)
EverydayIlearnatthe_____.(school)
Igetmyteethcleanedatthe_______.(dentist)
Everydayweplayatthe______.(park)
Class #9: Assessment
Easy Lesson
1-5. Translate:hairdresser,school,factory,pool,bank
6. Thereare(many/much)streetsinourtown.
7. Thereare(no/many)restaurantsinmyschool.
8. Thereis(alotof/many)waterinthelake.
9. Therearetrees(in/under)thepark.
10. Iliketowalk(on/to)thestore.
11-15.Translate:right,left,straight,turn,stop.
Medium Lesson
1-5. Translate:restaurant,factory,cinema,apartmentbuilding,dentist
6. Thereare(many/much)streetsinourtown.
7. Thereare(no/many)restaurantsinmyschool.
8. Thereis(alotof/many)waterinthelake.
9. Yougo(by,through)thehouse.
10. Iwillgo(under,to)thestore.
11-15.Translate:right,left,straight,turn,stop.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Advanced Lesson
1-5. Translate:dentist,hospital,factory,cinema,pool
6. Thereare(no/many)cowsinmyhouse.
7. Wehave(many/much)money.
8. Youhave(much/alot)offriends.
9. Youwent(in/through)thelake.
10. Theteacherworks(on/in)theschool.
11-15.Translate:right,left,straight,turn,passby
Class #10: My Country Vocabulary
Daily Sentence: Uzbekistanisourhomeland.Weloveourcountry.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:LookatamapofUzbekistan
Information:Reviewnaturevocabulary-mountains,deserts,rivers,forests,city/ies,tobe located, to live, to grow. Introduce the vocabulary. Our/ the President, country, flag, anthem,border,neighbor,cotton,capital.
Practice:Make2listsofwords,1inEnglish,1innativelanguage.Childrenshouldmatchwordswithtranslation.
Application:Reviewpossessiveadjectives,especially‘our’.Studentsshouldtrytomakesimplesentenceswithvocabularywords.OurPresidentisIslomKarimov.Wegrowcottonin Uzbekistan. The capital of Uzbekistan is Tashkent. Our flag is blue, white and green. OuranthemisSirkaYosh.Kyrgystanisourneighbor.
Homework: Give children scrambled words- desitenrep- president, glaf- flag, pltiaca- capital,drreob-border
Materials:MapofUzbekistan
Medium Lesson
Motivation:LookatamapofUzbekistan
Information:Reviewnaturevocabulary-mountains,deserts,rivers,forests,city/ies,tobe located, to live, to grow. Introduce the vocabulary. President, country, flag, anthem, border,neighbor,cotton,capital
Practice:Listthewordsonboardandreadtogetherwithstudents.Studentsshouldreadthemagain,bythemselves,andthenclosetheireyesasteacherremovesoneword.Thestudentsshouldreadthelistagain,andremembertheerasedwordwhentheyareread-ingthe listofwords.Repeatuntilallwordsaregone.PlayquickBallTossTranslationgame.
Application:Askthequestions:WhoisthePresidentofUzbekistan?WhichriversareinUzbekistan?WhichdesertsareinUzbekistan?WhichvalleyisinUzbekistan?WhatdowegrowinUzbekistan?Answerquestionstogetherontheboard,andchildrenshouldwritethequestionsandanswersintheircopybooks.
Homework: Give children scrambled words- desitenrep- president, glaf- flag, pltiaca- capital,drreob-border
Materials:MapofUzbekistan
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:LookatamapofUzbekistan
��0
Information:Reviewnaturevocabulary-mountains,deserts,rivers,forests,city/ies,tobe located, to live. Introduce the vocabulary. President, country, flag, anthem, border, neighbor,capital,cotton,scientist,writer,famous,GreatSilkRoad,andIndependenceDay.
Practice:Children should say sentencesaboutUzbekistan innative language.Teacherwritesthemontheboard,andteacherandstudentstranslatetogether.
Application:Askthequestions:WhoisthePresidentofUzbekistan?WhichriversareinUzbekistan?WhichdesertsareinUzbekistan?WhichvalleyisinUzbekistan?WhatdowegrowinUzbekistan?Answerquestionstogetherontheboard,andchildrenshouldwritethequestionsandanswersintheircopybooks.
Homework: Give children scrambled words- desitenrep- president, glaf- flag, pltiaca- capital,drreob-border
Materials:MapofUzbekistan
Class #11: My Country and Adjectives and Prepositions
Daily Sentence: Mycountryhasyellowdeserts,greenvalleys,andtallmountains.
Easy Lesson /Medium Lesson
Motivation:ReviewPrepositions.
Information:MakealistofcitiesinUzbekistan.Reviewthedirectionwords:north,southeast,andwest.Reviewadjectives:beautiful,modern,old,big,small,busy,traditional.
Practice:Matcheachmajorcitywiththeappropriatedirection.Forexample,Nukusisinthenorth,Tashkentisintheeast,Karshiisinthesouth,Buhkaraisinthewest.Useamapifnecessary.Studentsshouldthenmakesentencesusingthe‘tobelocated’verb,anad-jective,andacityname.Example:Karshiislocatedinthesouth.Itisasmall,traditionalcity.Makeasentenceforeachcity.Childrenshouldcopythesesentences.
Application:DrawtheshapeofUzbekistanontheboard.Childrenshouldwrite inthenamesofthecitieswheretheybelong-don’tlookatamap!Writeoneortwoadjectiveswiththecityname.Childrenshouldcopythismapintotheirnotebooks.
Homework:Write5sentencesaboutcitiesinUzbekistan.Useanadjectiveorprepositionineachsentence.
Materials:Map
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewprepositionsanddirectionwords.
Information:Goaroundtheroom,reviewingvocabularywords.Eachchildmust sayawordwithoutrepeatingwhatanyonehassaidbefore.
Practice:WriteacompositionaboutUzbekistaninEnglish.Childrenshouldwriteabouttheirtown,aboutUzbekistan’scities,andgeography,andwhateverelsetheycanthinkof.Compositionshouldbe12sentenceslong.
Application:Translatecomposition.Studentsmayreadtheirworktotheclass.
Homework:Finishcompositionsifnecessary.
Materials:None
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #12: Uzbekistan Past/Pres./Future Verbs
Daily Sentence: TodayyouwillreadaboutUzbekistan.Ibetyouwillknowallthewords.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren,andaskthedayanddate.
Information:
Readtext:WeliveinUzbekistan.UzbekistanislocatedincentralAsia.OurneighborsareKazakhstan,Kyrgystan,TurkmenistanandTajikistan.Thereare2riversinUzbekistan,theAmuDaryoandtheSirDaryo.Therearetwodeserts,theKizilKumandtheKaraKum.TheTienShanandPamirMountainsarealsoinUzbekistan.TheAralSeawasabigsea,butnowitissmall.IntheFerghanaValley,itisverygreen.Wegrowlotsoffruitsandvegetables. Our President is Islom Karimov, and our capital is Tashkent. Our flag is green, blueandwhite,withalittleredinit.Manyyearsago,UzbekistanwasontheSilkRoad,andthereweremanyfamousUzbekscientistsandwriters.Uzbekistanwillhaveaverygreatfuture.
Practice:/Application:Teachershouldreadtext,andthenstudentsshouldreadtextto-gether.Studentsshouldunderlinethewordstheydon’tknow,andteacherwilltranslate.Studentsshouldcopythetextintotheirnotebooks.
Homework:Studentsshouldtranslatetext.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren,andaskthedayanddate.
Information:
Readtext:WeliveinUzbekistan.UzbekistanislocatedincentralAsia.OurneighborsareKazakhstan,Kyrgystan,TurkmenistanandTajikistan.Thereare2riversinUzbekistan,theAmuDaryoandtheSirDaryo.Therearetwodeserts,theKizilKumandtheKaraKum.TheTienShanandPamirMountainsarealsoinUzbekistan.TheAralSeawasabigsea,butnowitissmall.IntheFerghanaValley,itisverygreen.Wegrowlotsoffruitsandvegetables.TheweatherinUzbekistanisveryhotinsummer,andcoldinthewinter.OurPresident is Islom Karimov, and our capital is Tashkent. Our flag is green, blue and white, withalittleredinit.Uzbekistanisaverybeautifulcountrywithveryfriendlypeople.Manyyearsago,UzbekistanwasontheSilkRoad,andthereweremanyfamousUzbekscientistsandwriters.Uzbekistanwillhaveaverygreatfuture.
Practice:/Application:Teachershouldreadtext,andthenstudentsshouldreadtextto-gether.Studentsshouldunderlinethewordstheydon’tknow,andteacherwilltranslate.Studentsshouldcopytextintotheirnotebooks.
Homework:Studentsshouldtranslatetext.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren,andaskthedayanddate.
Information:
Readtext:WeliveinUzbekistan.UzbekistanislocatedincentralAsia.OurneighborsareKazakhstan,Kyrgystan,TurkmenistanandTajikistan.Thereare2riversinUzbekistan,theAmuDaryoandtheSirDaryo.Therearetwodeserts,theKizilKumandtheKaraKum.TheTienShanandPamirMountainsarealsoinUzbekistan.TheAralSeawasabigsea,butnowitissmall.IntheFerghanaValley,itisverygreen.Wegrowlotsoffruitsandvegetables.
OurPresidentisIslomKarimov,andourcapitalisTashkent.TheIndependenceDayofUz-bekistan is September 1st. Our flag is green, blue and white, with a little red in it. Many yearsago,UzbekistanwasontheSilkRoad,andthereweremanyfamousUzbekscientists
���
andwriters.Uzbekistanwillhaveaverygreatfuture.OurfamouscitiesareSamarkand,Bukhara,andKhiva.InUzbekistan,therearemanypeople.MostofthemareUzbek,butsomeofthemareRussian,Korean,Tajik,Kazakh,andKyrgyz.WespeakRussianandUz-bek.TheweatherinUzbekistanisveryhotinsummer,andcoldinthewinter.Uzbekistanisaverybeautifulcountry,withveryfriendlypeople.
Practice:/Application:Teachershouldreadtext,andthenstudentsshouldreadtextto-gether.Studentsshouldunderlinethewordstheydon’tknow,andteacherwilltranslate.Studentsshouldcopytextintotheirnotebooks.
Homework:Studentsshouldtranslatetext
Materials:None
Class #13: Review
Daily Sentence: It’stimetogetreadyforatestbeforetheholidaysbegin.
See Review Activities # 13,14,17,31,38, 48 in Appendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Children should copy the sentences, and fill in the blanks, or write true or false.
ThePresidentofUzbekistanis________.
ThecapitalofUzbekistanis_________.
Ilearnatschoolnumber______.
ThebestrestaurantsinUzbekistanarein_______.
The2riversinUzbekistanarethe________andthe_______.
2famouscitiesinUzbekistanare_____and__________.
T/F Bukharaisaverysmalltown.
T/F TherearenoparksinUzbekistan.
T/F AmirTimurisafamousUzbek.
T/F ChirchikisthelargestcityinUzbekistan.
Children should copy the sentences, and write in the correct word, or write true orfalse.
The Uzbek flag has the colors ___, _____, and ______. (blue, white and green)
(Baytqorgon/Bukhara)isafamouscity.
T/F George Washington was the first president of Uzbekistan.
T/F Uzbekistanisaverylargecountry.
T/F TherearetwobigriversinUzbekistan.
T/F TashkentisthecapitalofUzbekistan.
T/F AllpeopleinUzbekistanspeakRussian.
Uzbekistanhas____seasons.(4)
MostofthecarsinUzbekistanare(Fords/Daewoos).
Uzbekistanhasdeliciousfruitinthe(winter/summer).
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #14: Assessment
Easy Lesson
1-5. Translate:modern,old,new,traditional,west
6. Uzbekistanislocated(in/under)CentralAsia.
7. ThemountainsinUzbekistanare(orange/tall).
8. ThePresidentofUzbekistanis___.(IslomKarimov)
9. (Many/Much)peoplegrowcottoninUzbekistan.
10. The flag of Uzbekistan is ____, ____, and ____. (blue, white and green)
Medium Lesson
1-5. Translate:north,south,west,modern,cotton
6. Uzbekistan(tobelocated)inCentralAsia.(islocated)
7. ThePresidentofUzbekistanis___.(IslomKarimov)
8. TheFerganaValleyisvery(pink/green).
9. We___manyfruitsandvegetableshere.(grow)
10 ThecapitalofUzbekistanis___.(Tashkent)
Advanced Lesson
1-5. Translate: beautiful, modern, traditional, flag, cotton
6. Name2ofUzbekistan’sneighbors.(Kyrgyzstan,Kazakhstan,Turkmenistan,Tajiki-stan.
7. ThePresidentofUzbekistanis___.(IslomKarimov)
8. Uzbekistan(willbe/was)ontheGreatSilkRoad.
9. The flag of Uzbekistan is ____, ____, and ____. (blue, white and green)
10. There were many great writers and scientists from Uzbekistan. (Translate thissenetenceintonativelanguage.
Class #15 and #16: Holiday Activities (Christmas and New Year)
Daily Sentence: It’sbeginningtolookalotlikeChristmas!
Daily Sentence: HappyNewYear!Iwishyoumanyhappyreturns!
PleaseseeAppendixCforsuggestedholidayactivities.
���
Semester 3Class #1: Review Town and Country vocabulary
Daily Sentence: WelcomebacktotheNewYear.Whatisthedatetoday?
See Review Activities # 11,19,25,27, 31,38, 39, and 43 in Appendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Class #2: Transportation Overview
Daily Sentence: Manypeople inAmericahavecarsandtruckstogetaround.TogettoUzbekistanyoumusttakeanairplane.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:ReviewtownandCountryvocabulary.
Information:Introducevocabulary:car,truck,bus,airplane,train,street,road,onfoot,metro,boat,ride,pay,ticket,andwheel.
Practice:Playgamewherestudents try to say thetypeof transportation theteacherpoints to first.
Application:Drawthedifferentformsoftransportationnexttovocabularywordsincopy-books.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Childrenshouldmakea listontheboardofdifferenttypesoftransporta-tion.
Information:Teachertranslatesthese.Include:car,truck,bus,airplane,train,street,road,onfoot,metro,boat,ride,pay,ticket,andwheel,helicoptermotorcycle,horse,camel,wagon,helicopter,skateboards, roller-skates. Introducetheterms‘togoby…’‘totakea…’
Practice:Childrenshouldwritealltermsintheirnotebookswithtranslation.
Application:Children shouldpracticemaking sentences.Teachermaygivea location,andchildrenmustoffersentencesdescribinghowtoget there.ChildrenshouldwritedowntheEnglishversionsofthelocationsaswell.
Homework:Childrenshouldpickaplace,andgive transportdirectionsonhowtogetthere.
Materials:Optional-mapoftheworld
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrentobrainstormdifferenttypesoftransportation.
Information:WritetheEnglishwordsforthetypesoftransportation,thenintroducethephrases:“HowdoIgoto(place)?”“Togoto(place)youtakea(transport).”“Iwillgoby(transport)to(place).”Giveseveralexamples.Askthemwhatthefutureandpasttensesofthesesentenceswouldbe.
Practice:Children shouldwrite thevocabularyand sentence structures in their note-books
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Application:Askchildrentothinkofplacestheywanttogo.Askthemwhattransporta-tiontheywouldusetogothere.Helpbysuggestingplaces.Useamapoftheworldifpossible
Homework:Childrenshouldpickaplace,andgivetransportdirectionsforhowtogetthere.
Materials:Optionalmapoftheworld
Class #3: Transportation with directions
Daily Sentence: I like to drive in cars, fly in airplanes and sail in boats.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:checkhomework
Information: Review transportation vocabulary. Introduce verbs: to drive, to fly, to sail andtowalk,Askchildreniftheycanthinkofanymoretypesoftransportation.Trans-late.
Practice:Conjugatetheverb“todrive”andthenaskchildrentocopyandconjugatetheremainingverbs.Addtheword‘to’andaplacenametosentencestomakethemmorecomplete.
Application:Playaroundtheworldwiththetransportationvocabulary.
Homework:Write5sentencesusingthenewverbs.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson / Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewdirectionwordsandtownvocabulary.Usemapoftown.
Information:Tell children thatone important skill tohave inEnglish is tellingpeoplewhereyouwanttogo.So,todaytheywillpracticeridinginataxi,andgivingdirectionstothedriver.Together,comeupwithalistofphrasesthatyouwouldneedtosayinthissituation.“Howmuchfor1kilometer?”“Iamgoingto…”“Doyouknowwhereitis?”“Itisnear….”“Stophere.”“Goalittlefurther.”“Howmuchisit?”“Thankyou.”
Practice:Tellchildrentheyaregoingtopickastartingpointinatown,andadestination,andwritedirectionsdownabouthowtogetthere.Makesuretheyusephrasessuchas‘passthe…’‘turnatthe…’
Application:Teachershouldsetupchairsasinacar.Teachermaymakeotherpropssuchasasignthatsaystaxiorasteeringwheel.Afterteacherchecksallwrittendirections,childrencanpractice‘riding’inthetaxi,andgivingdirectionstothedriver(teacher).
Homework:Writedirectionsforatriptoyourlocalbazaar.
Materials:Mapoftown,taxisign
Class #4: Transportation and Time
Daily Sentence: Whendoestheplaneleave?Now?Uh-oh!
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Showschedulefortrain,busorairplane.
Information:Teachthedifferentwordsontheschedule:departure,arrival,todepart,toarrive,gate,late,ontime,to,cost,from,early.Reviewhourlytime,andthetermsa.m.andp.m.Teachermayalsotakethistimetoreviewmilitarytime(14:00=2:00pm).
���
Practice: Askchildrenquestionsandshowtheanswerform:“WhendoesthetraintoLeningradarrive?”Itarrivesat9:00.”“WhendoestheairplanetoAmericadepart?”“Itdepartsat2:00.”“DoyouknowwhenthebustoSamarkanddeparts?”“Yes,itdepartsat...”Writetheseontheboardsothechildrencanseethesentencestructure.Childrenmaycopythequestionsandanswers.Pointoutthatwhenthesentencestartswith“Whendoes…theverbattheenddoesn’thavean–s(becauseoftheverb‘does’).Butintheanswertheverbhasan–s.
Application:Childrenshouldwrite5questionsfollowingthesentencestructuresontheboard.
Homework:Childrenshouldanswer3ofthequestiontheymade.(Theydonothavetoworryifthetimesarecorrect)
Materials:Bus,trainorairplanescheduleorschedules
Medium Lesson
Motivation:ShowAirplaneorbusschedule
Information:Teachwords,depart,arrive,gate,price,ticket.Lookatanotherposterthatadvertiseswaystogettoawell-knownplace,suchasSamarkand.Itshouldgivetravelinformationsuchashowtogobycar,bybus,byplane,andbyboat.Discussvariouspartsoftheposters.Childrenshouldwritedownnewwords.
Practice:Askchildrenwhichinformationinnottrueontheposters.(Youcan’ttakeaboat to Samarkand) Ask questions about the specific destinations and departure times. “WhencanIgoto…?”“Howmanyhoursto…?”Howmuchisitto…?”
Application:Write2ofeachtypeofquestionontheboardforthechildrentoanswerintheirnotebooks.Childrenshouldwritebothquestionandanswers.
Homework:Childrenshouldstudynewwords.
Materials:BusorAirplaneSchedule,TravelAdvertisementtoSamarkandwithinforma-tion
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Lookatatrain,planeorbusschedule;askchildreniftheycanunderstandanypartofit.
Information:Teachthedifferentwordsontheschedule:departure,arrival,todepart,toarrive,gate,late,ontime,from,tocost,early.Reviewhourlytime,andthetermsa.mandp.m.Youmaytakethistimetoreviewmilitarytime(14:00=2:00pm).
Practice:Teacheraskschildrenquestionsabouttheschedule.“WhattimedoesthebustoBukharaleave?”Childrenshouldpracticemakingsentencesabouttheschedule.“ThetrainfromMoscowarrivesat9:00.”“AtickettoAlmatycosts40,000soum.”“Theair-planetoAmericadepartsat…”Theyshouldwritethesesentencesdown.
Application:Childrenshouldreadoneoftheirsentences,andaskotherchildrentomakeaquestionthatthissentenceanswers.Forexample:TheplanetoBerlinleavesat4:00.Thequestionshouldbe“DoyouknowwhattimetheplanetoBerlinleaves?Thisisdif-ficult, so the teacher may want to write questions on the board.
Homework:Childrenshouldstudynewwords.
Materials:Bus,trainorairplanescheduleorschedules
Class #5: Transportation and Question Words
Daily Sentence: HowdoIgettoSamarkand?CanIgobybus?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:LookatamapofAmericawithchildren.AskthemhowtheythinkpeopletravelinAmerica.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Information:Reviewtransportationschedulewords,andphrases.Include“Iwanttogoto…”“Iwantaticketto…”“Howmuchisit?”Teachthesentence“Doyouwantareturnticket?”Theymustwritethisdown.
Practice/Application:TellthechildrenthatmustpretendtheyareatthebusstationinAmerica.Eachgroupofstudents(2pergroup)willgetapieceofpaperwithaplaceonit.Theywillhavetogouptotheticketcounterandbuyaticketfortheirdestination.
Homework:Begintostudyforthetest.
Materials:MapofAmerica.Busschedule
Medium Lesson / Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Tellchildrenthatwhentheygotoanothercountry,theymustbeabletoaskimportantquestionsinEnglish.AskthemtopretendtheyareinAmerica,andtheyneedtobuyatickettoUzbekistan.Whatdotheyneedtobeabletoask?Writedownnativelanguagequestions.Translateandaddsome.
Information:Teachterms“HowdoIgetto…?”“CanIgoby(transport)to(place)?”Howmuchisaticketto(place)?”“Whereisthegate/ticketcounter/cashier?”“Iwanttobuyaticketto
(place).”“Whendoesthebus/trainleave?”Childrenshouldpracticesayingthesewords,andcopythemdownwithtranslation.
Practice:Givepairsofchildrenpiecesofpaperwiththewordstoasentence.Thissen-tencemaybeaquestionthatiswrittenontheboard,orananswerinaformthechildrenknow.Childrenmustarrangethewordstoformasentence.Theymayworkingroups.
Application:Trytohaveshortdialogueswiththechildren.Teachertellsachildorchil-drenaplacewheretheymustgo,andthentheymustpracticebuyingaticketfromthe‘cashier’(teacher).
Homework:Begintostudyforthetest.
Materials:piecesofpaperwithwordsfromtransportationquestionsandanswers
Class #6: St. Valentine’s Day
Daily Sentence: Valentine’sDayisthisweek.Don’tforgettosay‘Iloveyou’toyourVal-entine!
Please see Appendix C for suggested holiday activities
Class #7: Review
Daily Sentence: DoyouhaveasecretValentinethisyear?
See Review Activities # 44,48,49,50,51, 53,57and 58 in Appendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Children should copy the sentences and choose the correct word or write true or false.
The(car/boat)sailsontheocean.
Iridea(bicycle/motorcycle)toschool.
She likes to fly in a (helicopter/ trolleybus).
The(car/motorscooter)isfast.
Manypeoplecanrideonone(bicycle/bus).
The(truck/train)islong.
���
T/F You fly on a boat.
T/F Sixpeoplecanrideonamotorcycle.
T/F ThereisonlyoneroadinUzbekistan.
T/F Many people can fit into an airplane.
Town and Transport
Wegottothebazaar(byfoot/byhelicopter).
Wecantakea(train/boat)toMoscow.
Ican(walk/rideahorse)tothehairdresser.
Icango(byfoot/bycar)toTashkent.
Shegoestothe(café/polyclinic)toeatlunch.
Theygo(byhelicopter/bybicycle)upthemountain.
Myteachergoestoschool(bytrain/byfoot).
Myfatherworksatthe(factory/lake).
We can mail a letter at the (post office/ office).
Class #8: Assessment
Easy and Medium Lessons
1-5. Translate:byfoot,helicopter,airplane,boat,train,gate.
6. Shewill(totake)abustoSamarkand.(take)
7. Igo…toschool.(byfoot)
8. (What/When)doesthetraindepart?
9. (Where/When)isthebusstation?
10. (How/Where)muchisthetickettoBukhara?
Advanced Lesson
1-10. Translate:byfoot,ticket,motorcycle,toride,byboat,byskateboard,bycamel,gate,todepart,toarrive.
11. Howdoyougettoschool?(Igotoschoolby___)
12. (What/Where)isgate20?
13. (When/How)doestheairplanearrive?
14. (What/When)timeisit?
15. (How/Where)manyhourswillwewait?
Class #9: Specific Time vocabulary overview with review of Hourly Time
Daily Sentence: I wake up at five fifty-five in the morning and go to bed at nine thirty-sevenatnight.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Greetchildren,askthedayanddate,reviewcolors,daysoftheweek.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Information: Introduce vocabulary: face, hand, hour, minute, second, clock, o’clock,watch.Numbers1–60.
Practice:Childrenshoulddrawaclockandlabelitsparts.Thentheyshouldwriteoutthenumbers1–20inEnglishthenthenumbers30,40,50&60.Explainhowtheycansayallthenumbersonaclockwiththisinformation.
Application:WritevarioustimesontheboardandhavethestudentswritethemoutinEnglish.
Homework:Studynewnumberwords.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Teachnumbers1-60.
Information:
Reviewvocabularyusingalargeclock:Face,hand,hour,minute,second,clock,o’clock,watch.Introducewordshalfpast,quarterafter,quarter‘til/to/ofmidnight,noon.Ex-plainthatthesecondhandcountstheminutes,andtotellthetime,wesaythenumberofthehour,andthenumberofminutes.Example:5:23,10:12,etc.Wecanalsosayhalfpast5for5:30,Quarterafter4for4:15andquarter‘til/to/of4for3:45.Childrenshouldwriteallofthesevocabularywordsandexamplesintheircopybooks.
Practice:Movethehandsoftheclock,andaskstudentstopracticetellingthetime.
Application:Givethewordformofseveraltimes,andchildrenshouldpracticereadingnumbers.
Homework:Givethestudentssometimes,andaskthemtowritethetimes-5:00,2:30,1:45,7:15
Materials:Largeclock
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewnumbersandgreetings.Introduceclock.Ask“Whatisit?”
Information:Teachform“Whattimeisit?”“Itis…o’clock.Reviewtimesofday(morning,afternoon,evening),andteachchildrenmidnight,noon,hour,halfpast,quarterpast,andquarterto.Remindstudentsthatweusuallydon’tusemilitarytime,andthatyoucantellfromcontextwhetheritismorningornight,a.m.orp.m.
Practice:Childrenshouldwritenewwords intheirnotebooks,andthenwriteoutthewordformsofnumbers1-20,andthenumbers30,40,50,and60.
Application:Practicewiththeclock.Whenchildrenarecomfortable,givepuzzles.Trytimemath.Example:4:30-2:30=2hours.5:00-1:00=4hours.Showthemhowtodo2-3examples,andthengive5forthemtodoontheirown.
Homework:Finishtimemath.
Materials:Largeclock,timeofdaypictures
Class #10: Specific Time & Tenses
Daily Sentence: Iwenttoworkat7:12a.m.andwillplaysoccerat4:27p.m.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Writedialogueonboardandreadwithastudent.
1:Hello! 2: Hi!Howareyou?
1: Well, Now, I am fine, 2: Oh, that’s too bad butat8o’clockIwasbad.
1: But NOW I am fine! 2: Oh good!
��0
1: Andhowareyou? 2: Well,at9:30Iwasgreat,but nowIamjustokay.
1: Well,goodbye! 2: Goodbye!
Information:Reviewthepastandfuturetenseof‘tobe’andtimeindicatorssuchasyes-terday,tomorrow,today,ago,fromnow,etc.Childrenshouldwritealltimeindicators.
Practice:Childrenshouldpracticemakingsentences,“At(time)I(verb).Trythiswithotherverbssuchasgo,want,sit,play,read,write.Eachchildshouldmakeseveralsen-tencesintheircopybooks,andpracticereadingthem.
Application:PlayBallTossgame:Tossaballtoachild,andgiveaverbandaverbtense.Childmusttellyoutheverbintheappropriatetense.Tossballback
Homework:Copythesentences:Wearehomenow.Hewantsadog.Athomewritetheminpastandfuturetense.
Materials:Ball
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Reviewpast,present,presentcontinuousandfuturetenseoftobe,togo,towant,tohaveontheboard.Reviewtimeindicators:Yesterday,today,tomorrow,--daysago,--daysfromnow.
Information:Reviewthewordsbeforeandafter.Teacherwritesseveralexamplessen-tencesontheboard.“Iwillbehomeafter2:30.”“Shewenthomebefore8:00.”“3daysago,theywenttothestore.”“Iamwritingaletternow.”Childrenshouldcopydownexamples.
Practice:Childrenshouldtakeanexamplesentenceandtaketurnschanging it.Writechangedsentencesontheboard.
Examplesentence: Shewenthomebefore8:00.
Changeto: Hewenthomebefore8:00.
Hewenttoschoolbefore8:00.
Theywenttoschoolafter8:00
Theywillgotoschoolafter8:00.
Dothiswitheachoftheexamplesentences.
Application: Practice conjugating verbs. Write 10 pronoun/infinitive verb/tense sets on theboard.Childrenshouldcopydownwhatiswrittenontheboard,andwriteasentenceforeach.Example:“They/togo/pasttense”Childrenshouldwrite:“Theywenttothestore.”
Homework:Finishthisworkforhomework.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Askstudentshowtheyknowwhattimeofdayitiswhentheyhearatime.
Information:Reviewtimevocabulary,a.m.andp.m.Teachtimeindicators,reviewsomeverbsinpastandfuture.Reviewpresentcontinuoustense.
Practice:Reviewa.m.andp.m.andgivethestudentsatime(leavingouta.m.orp.m.)and have them try to figure out if it is happening during an a.m. or p.m. time (Example: At6:12Iatebreakfast…6:12a.m.)Varytheverbtensetogivechildrenhints.
Application:Writedownthecurrenttimeinthemiddleoftheboard.Ontheleft,writeseveraltimesfromearlierintheday,andontheright,writesometimesforlaterintheday.Leaveroomforchildrentowritesentencesnexttothetimes.Childrenshouldwritesentencesforeachofthetimes.Correctanymistakestogether.
Homework:Write6sentences,2ineach,past,presentandfuture.Theyshouldbeginthesentences:“At5:15…”
Materials:None
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #11: Specific Time and Past Continuous
Daily Sentence: Whoknowswhattimeitisrightnow?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Write2sentencesontheboard:“At8:00Iwaseatingbreakfast.”“Yester-day, at 2:30 we were watching television.” Ask children if they can figure out what they mean.
Information:Reviewthepasttenseoftheverbtobe,andthenintroducepastcontinu-ous.Writeseveralexamplesontheboard.
Practice:Setupcolumnsofwordsandletchildrenmakesentences.
I
You
He
She
It
We
They
was
were
walking
driving
thinking
writing
at
Etc…
children should finish the sen-tence.
Application:Writesomesituationsontheboard,usingthepastcontinuoustense.Thechildrenmustdecideifitwasinthemorning,afternoonorevening.Forexample:Iwaswashingmyclothesat1:30.Shewasgettingdressedforschoolat6:00.
Homework: Write 4 sentences about the day using past continuous and specific time: At 11:00,Iwasatschool.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Write2sentencesontheboard.“At8:00Iwaseatingbreakfast.”“Yester-day, at 2:30 we were watching television.” Ask children if they can figure out what they mean.
Information:Reviewthepasttenseoftheverb‘tobe’,andthenintroducepastcontinu-ous.Writeseveralexamplesontheboard.Itissimplythepasttenseformof‘tobe’(wereorwas),andtheverb+ing.Write2or3moreexamplesontheboard.Childrenshouldwritethisinformationintheircopybooks.
Practice:Give a pair of children scrambled sentencewords on pieces of paper.Theyshouldunscramblethesentenceandwriteitdown.Thenpassthestripstoadifferentpairofchildren.
Application: Ball Toss Translation: Teacher says a sentence in the present continuoustense,andchildshouldrepeatthesentence,changingittopastcontinuous.
Homework: Write 4 sentences about the day using past continuous and specific time: At 11:00,Iwasatschool.
Materials:Sentencesinthepastcontinuous,witheachwordwrittenonaseparatepieceofpaper.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation: Write on the board and ask a child “What were you doing yesterday at5:00?”
Information:Reviewthepasttenseoftheverb‘tobe’,andthenintroducepastcontinu-ous.Writeseveralexamplesontheboard.Itissimplythepasttenseformoftobewereorwas,andtheverb+ing.Write2or3moreexamplesontheboard.Childrenshouldwritethisinformationintheircopybooks.
���
Practice: Teacher draws a line on board, with arrows at each end. Introduce it as atimeline. Teacher should write the days of the week, times and verbs in the infinitive at differentpointsalongtheline.Example:
_____I____________________I______________________I______
Tuesday Wednesday Thursday
5:30/towatchTV7:45/toeatdinner 8:45/towork
Childrenshouldmakesentencesabouttheteacher’sweek.Forexample:OnTuesdayat5:30,shewaswatchingTV.
Application:Childrenshouldmaketheirowntimelinesforthelastweek.
Homework:Writesentencesfortimeline,1foreachday.
Materials:None
Class #12: Specific Time
Daily Sentence: Igottoschoolthismorningatseven-twentynine.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Withlargeclock,reviewhowtotellthetimeinEnglish.
Information:Reviewverbtenses,andpracticesayingnumbers.PlayaBallTossgame:Tossaballtoachild,andpointtoanumberwrittenontheboard.ChildmustsaythenumberinEnglishandtosstheballback.
Practice: Write the following numbers in word form: 1-30, then 40,50…100. Childrenpracticesaying,copywords.
Application:Playscramblednumbersgame.Givechildrenpiecesofpaperwithlettersthatspellanumber.childrenmustarrangetheletterstospellthenumber.Childrenmaypassscrambledlettersetstodifferentgroupswhentheyaredone.
Homework:Writeoutthefollowingtimesinwordform:4:12,5:30,8:50,and12:23
Materials:Largeclock,piecesofpaperwithletterswhichspellnumberwords.
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Withlargeclock,reviewhowtotellthetimeinEnglish.
Information:Quicklyreviewallverbtenses,aswellas10-15verbs.
Practice:Childrenshouldworkinpairstomakedialoguesabouttheirday.Theyshouldinclude2sentencesineachtense,past,present,future,pastandpresentcontinuous.Practicedialoguetogether.Perhapswritesomeusefulsentencesontheboardiftheyarehavingtrouble.
Application:Childrengotothefrontoftheroomandgivetheirdialogue.
Homework:Memorizethedialogue.
Materials:Largeclock
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Withlargeclock,reviewhowtotellthetimeinEnglish.
Information:Introducefuturecontinuoustense.Explainthatitissimilartothepastcon-tinuous,butinsteadofthepasttense,theverb‘tobe’isinthefuturetense:‘willbe’andtheverb+ing.Childrenshouldwritethefuturecontinuous,andseveralexamplesthattheteacherwritesontheboard.“IwillbeinTashkenttomorrow.”
Practice:Readtext:
Tomorrow will be a busy day for me. At 6:00 I will get up. I will eat breakfast, brush my teeth, and get dressed before 6:45. Then at
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
7:00, I will be on a bus, riding to Tashkent. I will be riding the bus for 3 hours. When I arrive in Tashkent, I will go to the Amir Timur Museum. There I will buy a ticket, and I will be walking around the museum and looking around for 2 hours. After that, I will go to the park. In the park, I will be waiting for my friend from America. He will meet me at 3:00. At 3:30 we will be going in a taxi to the The-ater. We are going to see a ballet at the theater. By 6:00 we will be eating dinner in a restaurant. Then, I will go home. I will go home by car, and I will be riding in the car for 2 hours. Then I will arrive home. At 9:00 I will be sleeping in my bed. It will be a busy day!
Application:Copytextandtranslate.
Homework:Finishtranslatingtextforhomework
Materials:Largeclock
Class #13: Catch-up Day
Class #14: Specific Time Review
Daily Sentence: HavethestudentswriteoutthefollowingtimesinEnglish:3:33,4:28,11:59,1:11,9:31.
See Review Activities # 55, 14,15,16, 29, 30 and 33 in Appendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Class #15: Review
Daily Sentence: It’salmosttimetocelebrateNavruz.Areyouexcited?
See Review Activities # 39,41,42, 49, 51, and 53 in Appendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Children should copy the sentences and fill in the correct times.
Iwakeupat6:20(am/pm)
Ieatdinnerat5:40(am/pm)
15minutesafter7:00is_____.(7:15)
15minutesbefore7:00is_____.(6:45)
Igotosleepat_______(3:17/9:45).
Ieatbreakfastat(4:37/7:13)
40minutesafter7:30is_______.(8:10)
40minutesbefore7:30is______.(6:50)
17minutesafter8:45is________.(9:02)
17minutesbefore8:45is_______.(8:28)
���
Class #16: Assessment
Easy and Medium Lesson
1-6Writethetimeusingnumerals.
1. eightthirty(8:30)
2. nine forty-five (9:45)
3. twelveo’clock(12:00)
4. four fifteen (4:15)
5. sixeleven(6:11)
6. five thirty (5:30)
7. ThismorningI(tobe)atschool.PastTense(was)
8. AtlunchI(toread)abook.PastTense(read)
9. We(togo)tothestoreat1:00.PastTense(went)
10. At5:00I(towalk)tothebazaar.PastContinuous(waswalking)
11. At11:00she(toeat)anapple.PastContinuous(waseating)
12. At7:30thismorningthey(todrink)milk.PastContinuous(weredrinking)
13. Inanhour,I(togo)home.FutureTense(willgo)
14. In30minutesthey(toplay)basketball.FutureTense(willplay)
15. At7:00tonightwe(tohave)dinner.FutureTense(willhave)
Advanced Lesson
1-6Writethetimeusingnumerals.
1. halfpasteight(8:30)
2. aquartertillten(9:45)
3. noon(12:00)
4. aquarterafterfour(4:15)
5. sixeleven(6:11)
6. half past five (5:30)
7. ThismorningI(tobe)atschool.PastTense(was)
8. AtlunchI(toread)abook.PastTense(read)
9. We(togo)tothestoreat1:00.PastTense(went)
10. At5:00I(towalk)tothebazaar.PastContinuous(waswalking)
11. At11:00she(toeat)anapple.PastContinuous(waseating)
12. At7:30thismorningI(todrink)milk.PastContinuous(wasdrinking)
13. Tonightat10,I(togo)tosleep.FutureTense(willgo)
14. Later,I(tobe)athome.FutureTense(willbe)
15. Tomorrowat9:30I(toride)abus.(willride)
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #17: Women’s Day Activities
Daily Sentence: Thismonthisfullofgreatholidays!
Class #18: St. Patrick’s Day Activities- or Navruz
Daily Sentence: WecancelebrateanAmericanholiday,andanUzbekholiday.
Class #19,20: Navruz Activities
Daily Sentence: Navruzisawonderfulholiday.Let’scelebrateSpring.
Please see Appendix C for suggested activities for these holidays.
���
Semester 4Class #1: Review
Daily Sentence: Welcomeback.Didyouhaveagoodrestovertheschoolbreak?
See Review Activities # 43,46, 58,59,60,61, and 63 in Appendix B for suggested activity ideas.
Class #2: Health Vocabulary Overview
Daily Sentence: Howisyourhealth?Doyoufeelhealthytoday?
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenwhathappenswhentheybecomeill.Writedownsomeofthewordstheysay,andtranslate.
Information:Ontheboard,theteachershouldwriteandtranslatethefollowingwords:to be ill, temperature, to hurt, medicine, bone, blood, cough, ache, sneeze, tired, flu, cold.Teachthattheword–achecanbeusedwithbodypartstosaythatsomethinghurts:headache,stomachache,andearachearecommon.
Practice:Playmatchinggame.Inonecolumn,writeEnglishwords,andinanothercol-umn,write translation.Children shouldmatch them.Thengoaround the room,eachchildpronouncingandspellingawordfromthelist.
Application:Studentsshouldtaketurnscomingtothefrontoftheroom,andactingoutoneofthevocabularywords.Otherstudentsmustguesstheword.
Homework:Studentsshouldconjugatetheverbs:tohurt,tocough,andtosneezewithallpronouns.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Teachershouldwriteontheboard:“Howisyourhealth?”andtranslate.Tellchildrenwewillbelearningwordstousewhenwebecomeill.
Information:Ontheboard,theteachershouldwriteandtranslatethefollowingwords:tobeill,temperature,tohurt,medicine,bone,blood,cough,ache,sneeze,tobetired,flu, cold. Teach that the word –ache can be used with body parts to say that something hurts:headache,stomachache,andearachearecommon.
Practice:Practicespellingwords.Askchildrentoreadthelettersinwordsthatarewrit-tenontheboard.Everychildshouldreadaword.
Application:Erasethelistofwords.Writethevocabularywords(inadifferentorder)with several letters missing. Children should copy this into their notebooks, and then fill intheletterstomakethewords.
Homework: Write a list of things that have happened to you- broken bone, flu, stomach-ache,etc.forthenextclass.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Teachershouldwriteontheboard:“Howisyourhealth?”andtranslate.Tellchildrenwewillbelearningwordstousewhenwebecomeill.
Information:Ontheboard,theteachershouldwritethefollowingwordsandtranslate:tobeill,temperature,tohurt,tobleed,medicine,pill,shot,thermometer,bone,blood,
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
cough, ache, sneeze, tired, flu, cold. Teach that the word –ache can be used with body partstosaythatsomethinghurts:headache,stomachache,andearachearecommon.
Practice:Childrenshouldpracticesayingthe listofwords,andthenclosetheireyes.Teacherwillremoveaword,andthechildrenmustreadthelistagain,andremembertheword.Repeatthisuntilallthewordsareerased.
Application:Assignanactiontogoalongwitheachword.Readthelistofwordsseveraltimes,andshowtheaction.Thenonlyusetheaction,and let thechildrenguess theword.
Homework: Write a list of things that have happened to you- broken bone, flu, stomach-ache,etc.forthenextclass.
Materials:None
Class #3: Health: How? What to do if you hurt yourself
Daily Sentence: Doyouknowwhattodowhenyouarehurtorill?Youshouldlearn.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Reviewhealthwordsfromlastclass
Information:Reviewtheverb‘tohave’andmakealistofbodyparts.
Practice:Nexttolistofbodyparts,askwhatcanhappentoeach.Writeverbssuchasache,break,cut,sneeze,cough,tocut,tohit.
Application:Askchildrentomakesentencesfromthewords:“Icutmyhand.”“Ibrokemyleg.”I“Ihitmyhead.”“Icoughed.”“Isneezed.”Writetheseontheboard,andaskchildrenwhattheyshoulddoifanyofthesethingshappen.Teach:togotothehospital,togotothedoctor,towashmyhands,torest,tosleep.Writetheseontheboardwithtranslations,andaskchildrenshouldmatchthemwiththesentences.Childrenshouldcopyallwords.
Homework:Write4sentenceswithillnesswords.Examples:Ihaveacold.Icutmyleg.
Materials:None
Medium Lesson / Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewbodyparts.Askonechildtocometothefrontbeforeclassstarts.Wrapbandagesaroundvariouspartsofthechild.Thentelltheclass:“Oh,lookatpoor(child’s name). “He broke his arm, cut his finger, has a stomachache and hit his head.” Askchildrentorepeat,andpointtotheplaceswherethechildishurt.
Information:Lookatthelistschildrenmadeforhomework.Writewordsfromthehome-worklistsontheboard-translate.Forcutsandbreaksandstomachaches,ask,“Howdidyouhurtyourself?Astheyanswer,writetheverbsontheboard.Include:Tofall(pasttense-fell).Tocut,tohit,tohurt.Thesewordsarethesameinthepasttenseasinthepresenttense.Teachthewords:toclean,torest,togotothehospital,togotothedoc-tor,tosleep,todrinkalot,towashone’shands.
Practice:Teachchildren theword“If”and teach the sentence:“ If you (injury), youshould(verb).Writeexamples:Ifyoufallandbreakyourarm,youshouldgotothehos-pital.
Application:Childrenshouldwrite4sentences:“Ifyou…youshould…”
Homework:Translatesentencesfromapplicationsection.
Materials:Materialorwhitebandages
���
Class #4: Health and Verbs
Daily Sentence: WhenIwasyoungIbrokemyarm.Ihadtowearacastfor6weeks!
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Withpuppets,haveadialogue:Hello!/Hello!/Howisyourhealth?/Oh,Iamill./Why?/Ihaveacold,andatemperature./Oh,toobad./It’sokay,Iwillbebettertomorrow./Goodbye!/Goodbye!
Information:Copythedialogueontotheboardandtranslatetogether.Letseveralchil-drenrepeatthedialogue.Reviewtheverbsfromlastclass.Teachthefollowing:totakemedicine.Togetashot,togotothedoctor,togotothehospital,tohaveacold,tohavethe flu, I hurt my, I have a… I broke my… Next to each phrase, write the past tense of theverb.Childrenshouldcopythewordsandtranslate.
Practice:Childrenshouldmakesentencesusingthesenewverbs.Telleachchildwhichverbtensetouseinthesentences.Theycanbeverysimple:Iwenttothehospital.Igotashot.
Application:Write5simplesentencesontheboard.Childrenshouldcopyasentence,thenmakeonechangeinthesentenceandrewriteit.Dothis4times,witheachsen-tence. Do the first sentence together. Example: She cut her finger./He cut his finger./He broke his finger./He broke his leg.
Homework:Finishtheapplicationsection.
Materials:Puppetsmadefrompaperortoys
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Writeontheboard:“Iamilltoday.Iamverytired.Iwenttothehospitalyesterday and talked to the doctor. He said I had the flu. Now I take medicine. I take 1 pilleverydayfor10days.”Studentsandteachershouldreadtogether.Studentsshouldcopysentences,underlinethepronouns,circletheverbsandmakeasquarearoundthenewwords.Ontheboard,makethecorrectmarkstogether.
Information:Reviewtheverbstotake,togoandtohaveandwritealistofphrasesthathavethesewords:Totakeapill,totakemedicine,togetashot,togotothedoctor,togo to the hospital, to have a cold, to have the flu, I have a…
Practice:Studentsshouldpracticemakingsentences.
Application:Together,writeashortstoryontheboardinnative languagewith illnesswords.Thentranslate.Childrenshouldcopythestoryandtranslation.
Homework:Write5sentencesusingthenewverbphrasesinthepasttense.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewhealthwordsandverbs.
Information:Teachthefollowing:totakeapill,totakemedicine,togetashot,togoto the doctor, to go to the hospital, to have a cold, to have the flu, I hurt my, I have a…-ache,Ibrokemy…Nexttoeachphrase,writeitinpasttense.Childrenshouldcopythewordsandtranslate.
Practice:Childrenwillpretendtheyarecallingtheemergencynumber03.Theymusttelltheoperator(teacher)whathappenedandthattheyneedhelp.Askchildrenwhichphrasestheyneedtoknowtomakethecall.Teach:Pleasehelpme/Ineedhelp/Whathappened?/Whereareyou?/Iam…/Comequickly!
Application:Childrenshouldtaketurnscallingforhelpfromtheteacherandeachoth-er.
Homework:Memorizethenewphrases.
Materials:None-optionaltelephoneto‘call’forhelp
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Class #5: Feelings Vocabulary Overview
Daily Sentence: Areyoufeelinghappy?Ifeelhappytoseeyoueveryday.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Lookataposterwithdifferentfaces.Discussthedifferentfeelingsthatthefacesrepresent.
Information: Translate feeling words. Include happy, sad, bad, fine, mad, angry, bored, silly,sleepy,surprised,embarrassed,andshy.TeachtheformIamhappy,Youare….
Practice:Leavethewordsontheboard,andhavedifferentchildrencomeupandactoutafeeling.Otherstudentsmustguessthefeeling.
Application:PlayFruitBasket(seeAppendix--)withnewvocabulary.
Homework:Write6sentences,usingeachpronounandadifferentfeeling.
Materials:Picturesoffacesshowingdifferentfeelings
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Innativelanguage,askthechildrenhowtheyfeel.Makealistofdifferentfeelingsontheboard.
Information: Translate feeling words. Include happy, sad, bad, fine, mad, angry, bored, silly,sleepy,surprised,embarrassed,andshy.
Practice:Studentsshouldmakefaceswitheachfeelingintheirnotebooksnexttothefeelingword.
Application:PlayAroundtheWorldwithfeelingwords
Homework:Write6sentences,usingeachpronounandadifferentfeeling.
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Innativelanguage,askthechildrenhowtheyfeel.Makealistofdifferentfeelingsontheboard.
Information: Translate feeling words. Include happy, sad, bad, fine, mad, angry, bored, silly,sleepy,surprised,embarrassed,andshy.
Practice:Playmatchinggamewith1columnofEnglishwordsand1columnofnativelanguagewords.
Application:PlayBallTossTranslationgame.Teachermakesaface,andtossestheballtoastudent,andthestudentmustdescribethefeelingandtossback.Classmayalsoplaywordshapegamewiththenewwords,usingboxestomaketheshapesofthelettersinaword.
Homework:Write6sentences,usingeachpronounandadifferentfeeling.
Materials:None
Class #6: Feelings and the verb ‘to feel’
Daily Sentence: SometimesIfeelsadwhentheweatherisbad.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Reviewfeelingwords.
Information:Teachthephrases,“Howdoyoufeel?”“Howareyoufeeling?”“Ifeel…”“I’mfeeling…”“Oh,I’mglad.”“Oh,that’stoobad.”“I’msosorrythatyou’re(sad).”
��0
“Ihopeyoufeelbettersoon.”Repeatwordstogether,translate,andhavechildrencopynewphrasesintocopybooks.
Practice:Inpairs,makedialogues,usingthewordsandphrasesforfeelings.
Application:Childrenshouldreadprepareddialogues,andthenhaveunprepareddia-logueswiththeteacher.Speakaboutmanydifferenttopics,andincludefeelings.
Homework:Childrenshouldmemorizethedialoguesfromclass.
Materials:None(optionalfeelingsposter)
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Lookatpictures(cutoutofmagazinesorfrombooks)anddescribethefeel-ingsofthepeopleinthem.
Information:Teachthephrases,“Howdoyoufeel?”“Howareyoufeeling?”“Ifeel…”“I’mfeeling…”“Oh,I’mglad.”“Oh,that’stoobad.”“I’msosorrythatyou’re(sad).”“Ihopeyoufeelbettersoon.”Repeatwordstogether,translate,andhavechildrencopynewphrasesintocopybooks.
Practice:Studentsshouldhaveshortdialogueswiththeteachertopracticenewphras-es.
Application:On theboard,write the linesofadialogue in thewrongorder.Childrenshouldwritethedialogueinthecorrectorderintheirnotebooks.
Homework:Writeanewdialoguewiththevocabularywordsandnewphrases.
Materials:Pictures(frommagazinesorbooks)ofpeoplewhoareshowingdifferentfeel-ings.
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewfeelingwords-useposter
Information:Writethepoemontheboard:
I was mad and I was sadAnd I was all upsetI couldn’t go outside and playThe weather was too wetBut then my best friend called my upWith lots of things to sayWe made each other giggleI felt better right away
Teacher reads the poem first, and then children read together. Translate together, and writenewwordsontheboard.Childrenshouldcopypoem
Practice:Childrenshouldcopypoemandpracticesayingit.
Application:Playhangmanwithfeelingvocabulary
Homework:Learnpoem
Materials:Posterwithfeelingwords
Class #7: Feelings and Because
Daily Sentence: IfeltsoexcitedbecauseIwasgoingtothecircus.
Easy Lesson
Motivation:Asksomechildrentoreadtheirdialoguesfromhomework.Ifnooneisready,teachercanhavedialogueswithchildrenaboutfeelings.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Information:Writethequestions:“Howdoyoufeel?”and“Whyareyou…?”Teachtheword“because”Andtheform,“Ifeel…because…”and“Iam…because…”
Askeachchildtothinkof2reasonstheymayfeelhappy,sad,mad,surprised,sleepy,etc.WritetheminEnglishandtranslate.
Practice:Makesentencesfromtheinformationontheboard.Goaroundtheroom,andeachchildshouldgiveonesentence.Theremayberepetition.
Application:Scrambledsentences.Writesentenceswithwordsinthewrongorderontheboard.Childrenshouldtrytoputthewordsinorder.Theclassshoulddothistogetherwiththeteacher.
Homework:None
Materials:None
Medium Lesson
Motivation:Askchildrenhowtheyarefeelingtoday.
Information:Askchildrentolistdifferentthingsthatcanhappenthatcanmakeapersonfeeldifferently:tohaveanewbrotherorsister,togotothezoo,tohaveabirthday,todropanicecreamcone,toplayoutside,etc.Writetheseinlocallanguage,andtranslatetogether.Childrenshouldcopythesephrasesdown.Writethequestions:“Howdoyoufeel?”and“Whyareyou…?”Teachtheword“because”Andtheform,“Ifeel…because…”and“Iam…because…”
Practice:Ask “Whyareyouhappy?”childrenshouldanswer:“Iamhappybecause…”Orallygiveexamplesofsentences:IfeelhappybecauseIameatingicecream.IfeelmadwhenIgeta2.IfeelsurprisedwhenIgetapresent.Childrenshouldpracticeseveralofthesesentenceswiththeteacher.
Application: Children should write down 5 sentences that describe their feelings andwhy.
Homework:None
Materials:None
Advanced Lesson
Motivation:Reviewdifferentfeelings
Information:Writethequestions:“Howdoyoufeel?”and“Whyareyou…?”Teachtheword“because”Andtheform,“Ifeel…because…”and“Iam…because…”Askchildrentoeachthinkof2reasonstheyfeelhappy,sad,mad,surprised,sleepy,etc.WritetheminEnglishandtranslate.
Practice: Students should pick one of their sentences, and make a new sentence bychangingoneword.Makeanother sentencebychangingoneword fromthenewsen-tence.Example:IfeelhappybecauseIsawmyfriend./IfeelhappybecauseIsawmymother./IfeelsillybecauseIsawmymother…Childrenshouldwrite5versionsoftheoriginalsentence.
Application:Sayasentenceindifferentways.Writeasimplesentenceontheboard.IgotothestoreonSunday.Achildcomestothefront.Thechildmustreadthesentenceindifferentvoices-onceinamadvoice,onceinasadvoice…Writeseveraldifferentsentences,andletmanychildrentry.
Homework:None
Materials:None
���
Class #8: Review
Daily Sentence: Everyonehasdoneverywellthisyear inEnglishclass.Congratulationsandgoodluckonthetest!
Use appropriate Review Activities that are fun for your children and help them review the material. Spend ½ the class preparing for the test.
Class #9: End of the Year Assessment
Easy Lesson
1-20. Translate:nature,grass,mountain,president,happy,sad,hairdresser,pool,lake,continent, train,car,airplane,cough,sneeze,ache, tired,motorcycle,capital,cotton,street
21. Idonot(tothrow)garbageinthestreet.(throw)
22. We(tolive)nearthemountains.(live)
23. Thesunisshining(bright).(brightly)
24. Thegirls(togo)bycartomorrow.(willgo)
25. Theboys(tolike)toridebicycles.(like)
26. Myfather(todrive)acartowork.(drives)
27. Yourfriend(tolive)inUzbekistan.(lives)
28. Weoftengotothe(restaurant).(translate)
29. Hehas(many/much)friends.(many)
30. She(towork)atschool.(works)
31. Howmanylegsdoyouhave?
32. Doyoufeelhappytoday?
33. WhatisthecapitalofUzbekistan?
34. Wheredoyoulive?
35. DoyoutakeaboattoTashkent?
Medium Lesson
1-20. Translate: post office, theater, hairdresser, café, capital, anthem, cotton, neigh-bor,hills,trees,motorcycle,horse,camel,boat,continent,island,forest,cough,sneeze, cut, flu.
21. Manytrees(togrow)intheforest.(grow)
22. Themountains(tobe)veryhigh.(are)
23. The river flows (quick). (quickly)
24. Shetakes(ahelicopter/abus)towork.(abus)
25. We(togo)toTashkenttomorrowat6:00.(willgo)
26. Youtake(atrain/aboat)toBukhara.(atrain)
27. IndependenceDay(tobe)September1st.(is)
28. Mytown(tohave)2hospitals.(has)
29. Uzbekistan(tobelocated)inCentralAsia.(islocated)
30. Thereare(few/alittle)ducksinthelake.(few)
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
31. Whattimeisit?(drawaclock2:30)
32. Whattimeisit?(drawaclock12:00)
33. WhatisthecapitalofUzbekistan?
34. WhatdowegrowinUzbekistan?
35. Doyoufeelilltoday?
Advanced
1-20. ill,healthy,surprised,embarrassed,happy,mad,cotton,anthem,neighbor,capi-tal, bus, motorcycle, train, continent, country, hill, cold, flu, sneeze, post office.
21. (Are/Is)youfeelingill?(Are)
22. She(togo)tothestorenow.(isgoing)
23. He(tocut)hishandyesterday.
24. We(tobe/tosleep)yesterdayat11:00.(weresleeping)
25. Themaniswalking(quick)ontheroad.(quickly)
26. Doyou(tofeel)happy?(feel)
27. Writeinnumberform:foursixteen(4:16)
28. Writeinnumberform:eightforty-three(8:43)
29. Uzbekistan(tobe)ontheGreatSilkRoad.(was)
30. WhatisthecapitalofUzbekistan?
31. Whattimeisit?(drawclock-4:15)
32. Whattimeisit?(drawclock-5:55)
33. Whattimeisit?(drawclock-11:30)
34. Which2riversareinUzbekistan?
35. Aretheremanytreesinthedesert?
Class #10: Fun Day
Please see Appendix D for fun games and activities to do with your students at the end of the year.
���
Appendix A: Visual AidsAlphabet Folder with Windows: This is a folder with five small square ‘windows’ cut in it.Thesewindowsshouldonlybecutonthreesides,sotheymaybeopenedandclosed.Thereshouldbe2nearthetop,oneinthemiddle,and2onthebottomofthefolder.Labelthewindows1-5.Inside,youshouldhave26piecesofpaper(thesamesizeasthefolder).Oneachpieceofpaperoneletterofthealphabetshouldbewritten.Childrenmayaskforawindowtobeopened.Thentheymusttrytoguesswhichletterisinside.Theymayasktoopenanyandallofthewindows.Theyshouldtrytoguesstheletterwithasfewwindowsopenaspossible.
AlphabetLetterCards:Piecesofpaper, largeenoughforall thechildrentosee,witheachletterofthealphabetwritteninupper-andlower-case.Variation:Youmaymakeaseparatesetofalphabetcardsforeachuppercaseandlowercase.
AlphabetPoster:Alargeposterorsetofcardsthathaseachletterofthealphabetwrit-teninitsupper-andlower-case.Thisshouldbevisibleatalltimesinyourclassroom.
AnimalPictureCards:Piecesofpaper,largeenoughforallchildrentosee,withpicturesofallanimalswhichwillbetaught:wild,domesticandpets.
ApartmentPoster:Pictureofanapartment,whichshowseachroom,anditemsthatarefoundineachroom.
Baby Joey Doll: This is a large doll, made from cloth and filled with cotton. Each of the dollspartsissewnseparately,andattachtogetherwithVelcro.Thisdollmaytakealotoftimetomake,butthechildrenenjoyitanditcanbeusedformanyyears.
BagofDifferentTypesofClothing:Abagwithdifferentitemsofclothing.Useapieceofclothingforeachvocabularywordyouareteaching.
BagswithBeginningLetters:Smallbagswithlettersonthefront.Theselettersshouldbethebeginninglettersfromthefooditemsyouareteaching.Childrenshouldpracticeputtingpicturesoffoodsinthebagwiththecorrectbeginningletter.Forexample:Inabaglabeledwith‘m’,childrenshouldputmeat,milk,melon,etc.
Bean Bag: A small cloth bag filled with small beans or rice. It may be a 10 cm by 10 cm square,oranothershape.Thisisusedforseveralgames,andcanbetossedfromteachertochild,andfromchildtochild.Thesebeanbagsdonotbounceorroll,andtheydonothurtiftheyaccidentallyhitachild.
Blindfold:Ascarforpieceofcloth,whichyoucanusetocoverachild’seyes.Ablindfoldisusefulformanydifferentactivitiesinwhichthechildshouldlisten,performanactionoridentifyanobjectorperson.
BodyPartsCards:Piecesofpaper, largeenoughforallchildrentosee,withdifferentbodypartsdrawnonthem.Theymayhavethenameofthebodypartwrittenontheotherside.Suggestedbodypartsinclude:head,hair,eyes,ears,nose,mouth,shoulders,arms, hands, fingers, body, stomach, leg, knee, foot, toes.
Bus,Train,orAirplaneSchedule:seefollowingpagesforexample.
Calendar:Acalendarthatshowsthedaysoftheweeksandmonthsoftheyear,bestifinEnglish.
ClassroomObjectCards:Piecesofpaper,largeenoughforallthechildrentosee,whichhavepictures(drawnortakenfromabookormagazine)ofclassroomobjects.Suggestedclassroomobjects include:chair,desk,board,window,door,pen,pencil,eraser(rub-ber),copybook,book,girl,boy,chalk,andruler.Onesidemayhavethepicture,andtheothersidemayhavethewrittenword.
Clothorbandagematerial:Piecesofclothtowraparoundchild-sohelookslikehehasbeenhurt.
ColorCards:Piecesofpaper,largeenoughforallthechildrentosee,whicharecolored.Wesuggestoneforeachofthefollowingcolors:red,orange,yellow,green,blue,violet,black,white,pink,brownandgray.
Countable and Non-Countable Items: Items, such as water, pencils, sand, flour, sugar, light,dirt,milk,pens,copybooks,etc.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Cut-outPicturesofHamburgerandPizzaParts:Piecesofpaper,intheshapesofbreadroll, lettuce, tomatoandmeat (itemsthatarefound inahamburger),andatriangleshapewithdough,anotherwithsauce,cheese,etc.thatcanbeputtogethertoformapreparedpizza.
DesertScene:Apicturefromamagazineorbook,whichshowsadesert.
DirectionCards:Piecesofpaper,largeenoughforthechildrentosee,witharrowspoint-ingindifferentdirections.Suggesteddirections:left,right,straight,turn,turnaround,through.
FamilyPictureCards:Piecesofpaper, largeenoughforall thechildrentosee,whicheachshowafamilymemberormembers.Suggestedcardsinclude:amother,afather,agrandmother,agrandfather,anuncle,anaunt,abrother,asister,2brothers,2sisters,3brothers,3sisters.
FamilyTreePoster:Largepieceofpaper,dividedinthreeparts(top,middleandbot-tom).Theserepresentgenerations.Thegrandparentsshouldbeshownontop,parents,auntsandunclesinthemiddle,andchildrenonthebottom.Drawlinestoconnectthechildrentotheparents.
FoodItems:Bagsorcontainersofsomefoods,including:sugar,salt,tea,andanyotherfoodsyouwishtoteach.
FoodPictureCards:Piecesofpaper,largeenoughforallchildrentosee,withpicturesofdifferentfruits,vegetablesandfoodproducts.Ononesideyoumayhaveapicture,andtheothersidethewrittenword.
ForestScene:Apicturefromamagazineorbook,whichshowsaforest.
HokeyPokeySongPoster:Alargepieceofpaperwiththewordstothesong,“TheHokeyPokey”.Thewordsareasfollows:Youputyour(leftfoot)in/youputyour(leftfoot)out/youputyour(leftfoot)in/andyoushakeitallabout./YoudotheHokeyPokey/andyouturnyourselfaround,/that’swhatit’sallabout.
Thissongcanbesungusingdifferentbodyparts:rightfoot,arm,ears,head,wholeself,etc.
HousePoster:Pictureofahouse,whichshowseachroomanditemsthatarefoundineachroom.
HouseholdObjectCards:Piecesofpaperthatarelargeenoughforallchildrentosee,whichshowdifferenthouseholditems.Suggesteditems:chair,table,bed,oven,sofa,television,bookshelf,mirror,carpet,sink,picture,vase,desk,andrefrigerator.
MapofTown:Thismapshouldshowatown,withstreetsandmanybuildings.Thebuild-ingsandplaces inthetownshouldallbe labeled.Thereshouldbeat least30placespictured.
Maps:MapsofUzbekistan,America,theworldoranyotherplace.
NatureScene:Apicturefromabookormagazine,whichshowsascenefromnature.
NumberCards:Piecesofpaper,largeenoughforallthechildrentosee,withanumberwrittenoneachone.Ontheothersideofthecard,youmaydrawsmallpictures,asmanyasthenumberindicates.Forexample:Forthecardnumbered2,draw2starsontheotherside.For3,3stars,etc.
PaperforNametags:Piecesofwhitepaperapproximately30cmlongand10cmwide,onwhichchildrenmaywritetheirnames.
Papermoney:Smallpiecesofpaperintheshapeofpapermoney,withnumberswrittenonthemtorepresenttheamountofmoney.Thereshouldbeenoughforeachchildtohave8-10piecesofpaper.
PaperswithDirectionsAroundtheClass:Teachershouldwritedirectionsforchildrentofollow.Theseshoulddirectthechildaroundtheclassroomtoacertainspot,wherehewill find something (a piece of candy, a message).
Picture of a Caterpillar and a Butterfly: A piece of paper with a caterpillar, and another with a butterfly.
PictureofaThermometer:Alargepieceofpaperwithathermometerdrawnonit. Itshouldshowdifferentdegrees.
���
PictureofClosetwithClothes:Alargepictureorposter,showingaclosetwithdifferentitemsofclothinginside.Suggesteditems:coat,jacket,shirt,t-shirt,pants(trousers),skirt,dress,socks,shoes,boots,sandals,scarf,gloves,hat,bathingsuit.
PictureofImmediateFamily:Thesepicturesmaybephotographsorpicturesdrawnbytheteacher,whichshoweithertheteacher’sfamily,oranotherpictureofafamily.Thesepicturesshouldonlyincludeamother,father,sistersandbrothers.
PictureofLargeFamily:Seepicturesofextendedfamily
PictureofTeacher:Alargepieceofpaperwithapictureofaperson.Thismaylookliketheteacheroranotherperson.
PicturesofAdjectives:Piecesofpaper,largeenoughforallthechildrentosee,whichshowacertainadjective.Thesecanbedonewithanypictures,andthechildrencanlearntoassociatethepicturewiththeadjectives.Youmaywritetheadjectivethatispicturedontheothersideofthepaper.
Pictures ofAnimals and People:These are pictures that are cut out of magazines orbooks,ormadebytheteacher.Theyshouldbepicturesofanimalsandpeoplewithdif-ferentcharacteristics,sothattheycanbedescribedusingadjectives.
PicturesofComparableItems:Thesearepicturesthatdescribeadjectives:Asmallballandasmallerball,afatdog,andafatterdog,etc.Thereshouldbe2picturesofeachtypeofitem.
PicturesofDifferentGeographicalFeatures:Piecesofpaper,whichshowdifferentgeo-graphical features. Suggested pictures: lake, river,mountains, continent, island, hill,etc.
Pictures of Extended Family: These pictures, which should be big enough for all thechildrentosee,maybephotographsordrawnpicturesoftheimmediateandextendedfamily.Thepictureshouldincludethemother,father,sisters,brothers,cousins,auntsanduncles.
PicturesofHobbies:Piecesofpaper,largeenoughforthechildrentosee,whichshowdifferenthobbies.Suggestedpictures:watchingtelevision,collectingstamps,traveling,goingtothecinema,playingcomputergames,writing,reading,running,walking.
PicturesofItemsofDifferentSizes:seePicturesofComparableItems.
PicturesofLivingPlaces:Largepiecesofpapers,withdifferentlivingplacesdrawnonthem.Suggestedpicturesinclude:house,apartmentbuilding,city,andtown.
PicturesofPeopleandAnimalsDoingActions:Picturescutfrommagazinesorbooks,ordrawn,ofpeopleandanimalsperformingdifferentactions.
PicturesofPeople ShowingDifferentFeelings:Thesepictures, cut frommagazinesorbooks,shouldshowdifferentpeoplewhoarehappy,sad,angry,surprised,etc.
Picturesof Sports:Piecesofpaper, largeenough fro thechildren to see,which showseveraldifferent sports.Suggestedpictures: football,basketball,volleyball,baseball,tennis,hockey,andswimming.
PicturesofToys:Piecesofpaper,largeenoughforallthechildrentosee,withpicturesoftoysdrawnonthem.Ontheotherside,thewordmaybewritten.Suggestedtoys:ball,doll,game,boat,andairplane.Variation:Useactualtoys.
PosterofDomesticAnimals:Aposterorlargepieceofpaper,whichallthechildrencansee.Thispostershouldhavepicturesofdomesticanimalsonit.Suggesteddomesticani-malsinclude:cow,cat,dog,pig,chick,hen,rooster(cock),goose,duck,sheep,goat,andhorse.Variation:Youmayusepiecesofpapertomakedomesticanimalcardswithpicturesofthedomesticanimals.
PosterofFeelingFaces:Alargepieceofpaper,whichshowsmanyfaces,eachshowingadifferentfeeling.Labelthefeelings.
PosterofItemsonShelvestoBuy:Aposterorlargepieceofpaperwithitemsonshelves.Theseitemsshouldhavesmallpricetagsonthem,andstudentscanpractice‘buying’themfromtheteacher.Itemsmayincludetoys,animals,classroomobjects,andfoods.
PosterofWildAnimals:Aposterorlargepieceofpaper,whichallthechildrencansee.Thispostershouldhavepicturesofwildanimalsonit.Suggestedwildanimalsinclude:el-
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
ephant, lion, tiger, giraffe, bear, fox, crocodile, kangaroo, turtle (tortoise), fish. Include othersasyouwish.
PosterwithSetsof3Items:Alargepieceofpaperorposterwith3ofthesameitem,buttheseitemsshouldbedifferentfromeachother.Forexample:3apples,onered,onesmall,andonebrownandold.Studentscomparetheitems.Youmaydothiswithanyitem.Thepostershouldshowatleast4setsofitems.
PreparedMenus:LargepiecesofpaperwithEnglishmenus(Seepg—forexample)
PreparedSentenceswithErrors:Sentenceswrittenwithsmallerrors.Thesecanbemadetopracticeverbtenses,pronoun,orspelling.Example:Thecatarenot inthehouse.Childrenshouldreplace‘are’with‘is’.
PrepositionsPoster:Alargepieceofpaperwithpicturesofdifferentprepositions.Theseshouldbelabeledandmayuseaboxandaball.Theballcanbeindifferentplacesinrelationtotheboxtoshowthedifferentprepositions.Suggestedprepositions:in,on,under,near,over,around,near,farfrom,andthrough.
ProfessionPictures:Piecesofpaperwithpicturesofprofessions.Suggestedprofessionsinclude:ateacher,apupil,abuilder,abanker,abusinessman,adriver,acook,aseller,adoctor,ascientist,andawaiter/waitress.
PuppetsandBackgrounds:Smallpaperpuppetsorotherpuppetsastheteacherwishes.Thebackgroundsarelargepiecesofpaperwithdifferentscenes.Suggestedbackgrounds:desert,city,forest,orpark.
RoomPoster:Pictureofaroom,withitemsthatarefoundinatypicalbedroom.
ScheduleofaDay:Onalargepieceofpaper,writealistoftimesandactionsdoneatthosetimes.Thesecanbemadefordifferentprofessions.
ScrambledSentencesorWords:Writesentencesonpiecesofpaper.Thencutapartsen-tences,sothateachwordisseparate.Keepthewordsofeachsentencetogether,butmixupthewordorder.Thiscanbedonewiththelettersofwordsaswell.
SeasonandMonthCards:Piecesofpaperthatarelargeenoughforallchildrentosee.Theyshouldbelabeledwiththemonthsoftheyearandseasons.Theseasonscardsmayshowapictureononeside.
SightWordCards:Piecesofpaperthatarebigenoughforthechildrentosee.Oneachshouldbewrittena‘sightword’.Thesearewordsthatthechildrenshouldlearntorec-ognizeimmediately.
TaxiSign:Asmallsignthatsays“TAXI”.Thisisapropthattheteacheruseswhenplayingadirectiongame.
TenLittleKittensPicture:Toaccompanythesong“10LittleKittens.”Thisisapicturewith10kittens,sittingsidebysideinarow.Itshouldbelargeenoughforallthechildrentosee.
TimeofDayPictures:Largepiecesofpaperwithpicturesofasceneduringdifferenttimesofday:morning,afternoon,eveningandnight.Thesemaybeofahouseandsky,oranotherscenethatyouchoose.Theseareusefulwhenspeakingaboutgreetingsandtimeofday.
TravelAdvertisementtoMoscow:seepg–forexampleforexample.
TV screen:A large ‘screen’ made to look like a television screen. It should be largeenoughthatchildrencanstandbehinditandpretendtheyareweathermen.Perhapsuseashowercurtain,andcutoutalargesquarefromthemiddleforthe‘screen’.Youcanhangitfromtheceilinginyourclassroom.
TwoPictures,onepollutedandoneclean:Thesepicturesshouldbeofthesameplace.One should show a bright sunny day, with flowers and animals. The other can show a brown,dirty,place,withuglygarbageandnoanimals.
TwoSimilarPicturesofaRoom:Thesepicturesshouldbeverysimilar,buthave10-12dif-ferences.Seefollowingpagesforexample.
Vowelsoundwordcards:Piecesofpaper,largeenoughforthechildrentosee,withwordwrittenonthem.Thesewordsareexamplesofdifferentvowelsounds,andvowelsoundblends.
���
WeatherWheel:Alargepieceofroundpaper,withallweathertypesshownaroundthesides.Useapapercliptoputanarrow(cutoutofpaper) inthemiddleofthepapercircle.Childrencanpracticemovingthearrowtothedifferentweathertypesaccordingtotheday’sweather.
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
MenuBreakfast
Eggs............................................................................... $2.00
Toast.............................................................................. $1.00
Cereal............................................................................. $3.00
Muffins............................................................................ $2.50
Pancakes......................................................................... $5.00
Lunch
Hamburger....................................................................... $5.00
Cheeseburger.................................................................... $6.00
Hotdog........................................................................... $3.00
Chickensandwich............................................................... $7.00
Soup............................................................................... $4.00
Frenchfries...................................................................... $3.50
Dinner
Spaghetti......................................................................... $6.00
Steak.............................................................................$12.00
ShishKebabs....................................................................$10.00
Stew............................................................................... $6.50
FriedChicken.................................................................... $8.50
Fish................................................................................ $7.50
Dessert
Cake............................................................................... $4.00
Cookies........................................................................... $2.50
IceCream........................................................................ $3.00
Chocolate........................................................................ $2.00
�00
Tash
kent
Cen
tral
Bus
Sta
tion
Dep
artu
res
Arr
ival
s
Bus
#Fr
omTi
me
Gat
e #
Bus
#To
Tim
eG
ate
#A
rriv
es
��A
nkar
a�:
00�
��
Ista
nbul
�:00
��:
00
��O
sh�:
00�
��S
amar
kand
�:00
��:
00
���
Fran
kfur
t�:
00�
���
Kar
shi
��:0
0�
�:00
��B
ukha
ra��
:00
���
�B
ukha
ra�:
00�
�:00
��K
arsh
i�:
00�
��M
osco
w�:
00�
��:0
0
�0B
ishk
ek�:
00�
��N
ovos
ibirs
k�:
00�
�:00
�S
amar
kand
�:00
���
Dus
hanb
e�:
00�
�:00
���
Mos
cow
�:00
���
Alm
aty
�0:0
0�
�:00
�0�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Appendix B: Review Day Activities
1. (Adjectives)Cutpicturesofpeopleorotherthingsfrombooksormagazines.Giveeachchildapictureandhavehimorherwriteadescriptionofit.Beforethenextclass,glueortapethepicturestoalargepieceofpaperandnumberthem.Eachchildmustthenreadtheirdescriptionsandothersmustdecidewhichpictureitdescribes.
2. (Adjectives)Havechildreneachwriteadescriptionofonepersoninclass.Whentheyaredone,childrenreadtheirdescriptions,andothersmustguesswhoisbeingdescribed.
3. (Adjectives)Choose3childrentocometothefront.Theyshouldbealikeinsomeway.Theotherchildrenmustguesshowthechildrenarealike.Forexample:3studentswithlonghairor3studentswithbluejeans.
4. (Alphabet)Divideclassintoteams.Theyshouldstandin2linesintheaislesbe-tween the desks. One person comes up at a time, and writes the first letter of the alphabet,thenwalksbackandtapsthenextperson,whocomesupandwritesthenext letter. See which team can write the whole alphabet first.
5. (Animals)SpeedRabbit:Smallgroupsofchildrenmustmaketheanimalsoundthattheteachercallsout.
6. (BodyParts)Drawacrazymonsterorpersonfromshapesorbodyparts.Forex-ample:Draw4eyes.Draw1arm.Etc.
7. (Body Parts) Each child has a piece of paper. Teacher tells the first child to draw a headandthenfoldthepapersotheheadiscovered.Hepassesittothenextchildwhoistoldtodrawabody.Continueuntilallthepartsaredrawn.Thenchildrenmaylookatthedrawings.
8. (Clothing)Sortbagsofclothingbycolor,size,season,etc.
9. (Colors)Callout2colors.Thechildrenwearingthemshouldstandup.
10. (Colors, Vocabulary) Color Me: Have children draw pictures such as animals orpeople.Thentellthemtocoloreachpartofthepictureadifferentcolor.Example:Colorthehairblue.
11. (Dialogues)Groupchildrenin3lines,andhavethemmeet,onefromeachline,inthe‘street’andhaveadialogue.
12. (Feelings)Song:YouaremySunshine(seeAppendixE)
You are my Sunshine, My only sunshine You make me happy, When skies are gray. You’ll never know dear, How much I love you, So please don’t take, my sunshine away.
13. (Interests)Standupif…:Teachersays,“Standupifyou…(likecats,haveamother,etc.)Childrenmuststandiftheylikecats,orhaveamother,etc.
14. (MyDay,SentenceWork)MakeapapercirclewithMorning,AfternoonandEveningindifferentplaces.Makeanarrow,andattachittothepapersothatitwillspinaroundwhenitispushed.Ifitlandsinonetimeofday,studentsmustdescribeactivitiestheydoduringthistime.
15. (My Day) Draw 4-5 pictures on the board that show daily activities. Childrenmust describe each picture and put them in order of what happens first, second, third…
16. (MyDay)PantomimeMorningActivities.Childrenmustguesswhichactivityisbeingdone.
�0�
17. (MyTown,Directions)Makeamap.Studentsmaymakeupamagicplace,anddrawamapofit.Useallvocabularywords,andstudentsmaytelltheteacheroreachotherwherethingsare.Givedirectionstogotodifferentplacesonthemap.
18. (MyHouse/Apartment)Childrenshouldwritethenamesof4differentroomsonapieceofpaper.Theteacherthenlistsorwritesdifferentpiecesoffurnitureontheboard.Astheteachersaysthewords,thestudentshavetowritethepiecesoffurniture next to each room where they may be found. The first student to list 5 differentpiecesoffurnitureinoneroomwins.Variation:Thisgamemaybeplayedwithmonthsoftheyearandweather/seasons.
19. (Numbers)Buzz-Goaroundtheroomcounting,butsay‘buzz’forevery3rd,5th,7th,etc.number.Forexample:1,buzz,3,buzz,5,buzz…etc.Ifachildsaystheincorrectwordorwaitstoolong,heshouldstopplaying.
20. (Numbers)HighLow-Pickanumberandwriteitonapieceofpaper.Don’tletany-oneseeit.Childrenmusttaketurnsguessingthenumber,andteachersays‘high’iftheirguessistoohigh,and‘low’iftheirguessislessthanthenumber.Childrenmust try to figure out from these hints which number you chose.
21. (Numbers)ClappingGame-Childrenshouldrhythmicallyclaptheirhandstogether,thenclaptheirknees,thensayanumber.Goingaroundthecircle,eachpersonsaysonenumber(1,2,3…).Ifthestudentsaysthenumberincorrectly,tooslowly,orloosestherhythm,heisout.Variation:Trythiswithdaysoftheweek.
22. (Numbers)Havechildrenputtheirhandsbehindtheirbacks.Calloutanumberand give them some time to put up that number of fingers. Then have the children show you their fingers. See who is holding up the correct number of fingers.
23. (Prepositions, Vocabulary) Draw a picture and ask the class questions about.“Whereisthe…?”Useprepositions.
24. (Professions)Findobjectsthatgowithprofessions,andletstudentsguessthepro-fession.
25. (Sentence Work)Answer Precedes the Question: Give an answer, for example,“TodayisTuesday.”andchildrenmustdecidewhatthequestionis,forexample,“Whatdayistoday?”
26. (SentenceWork)HideandSeek.Onestudentleavestheclassroom.Hideanobjectin the room. Child enters and must ask yes/no questions to find the object.
Variation:Hideanobjectwhileachildisoutoftheroom.Childentersandwalksaroundtheroom.Otherchildrenmaysayhot,warm,cool,orcold.Whenhe isclose,hewillbewarm,whenheisveryclosehewillbehot.Ifheisfar,heiscool,Ifheisveryfar,heiscold.
27. (SentenceWork)Writeasentenceontheboard.Childrenshouldunderlinethedif-ferentparts(noun,verb,adjective).Thentheyshouldwiththesamestructuretomakeothersentences.
28. (SentenceWork)Writeavarietyofwordsontheboard.ChildrenshouldunderlinethedifferenttypesofwordsindifferentwaysForexamplenounswith1line,verbswith2lines,adjectiveswithawavyline.
29. (SentenceWork)Writesentencesontheboard.Childrenmustunderlinethenounsandchange themtopronouns.Variation:Childrenmayunderline theverbsandchangetheverbtense.
30. (SentenceWork,Vocabulary)AVeryLongSentence:Beginasentence,forexample,“Iwenttothemarket…”Eachchildshouldsaythebeginningofthesentence,andaddawordtoit.Iwenttothemarket,andIboughtgrapes.Thenextsays,“IwenttothemarketandIboughtgrapesandapples.Thethirdaddsanotherwordandsoon.
31. (Sentence Work, Vocabulary) TwoTruths and a Lie- Children write 3 sentencesaboutthemselvesoranothertopic,2correctand1lie.Childrenshouldguessthelie.
32. (SentenceWork,Vocabulary)ClassSurvey:Chooseaquestion,forexample:What’syourfavoritesport?Childrenshouldquestionclassmates,andwritetheiranswers.Thenmakeachart,showinghowmanychildrenlikeeachsport.
�0�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
33. (Spelling)6StepstoSpelling:
1. Closeyoureyesandrepeattheletters.
2. Lookattheword,sayitandlistentothesounds
3. Saythelettersinorder.
4. Coverthewordandwriteit.Checktoseeifyouspelleditcorrectly.Ifnot,startover.
5. Writethewordcorrectly2moretimes.
6. Writethewordwhilelookingatit.
34. (Spelling)SpellingBaseballArrange3chairsanda‘homechair’aroundtheclass-room. Divide the class into 2 teams. The first team is lined up at home chair. The teacher asks the first child to spell a word. If he spells it correctly, he goes to the 1stchair.Thenextchildgetsaword.Ifshegetsitcorrect,shemovesto1stchairandtheotherchildgoestothe2nd.Apointisscoredwhenachildgoestoeachchairandreturnshome.If3childrenincorrectlyspellwords,theteamisout,andthenextteammustlineup.Repeatprocedure.
35. (Spelling) Spelling Bee- Children line up and teacher gives the first child a word. Thechildmustspellthewordcorrectly.Ifhedoes,hegoestotheendoftheline.Ifhedoesnot,hesitsdown.Continueuntilonlyonechildremains.
36. (Time) Children should use arms to be the hands of the clock. Other childrenshouldtrytotellthetime.
37. (Transportation)Song:TheWheelsontheBus-transportation
The Wheels on the bus go round and round, Round and round, Round and round, The wheels on the bus go round and round, All around the town! The wipers on the bus go swish swish, swish (wipers= windshield wipers) The baby on the bus goes waa, waa, waa! The kids on the bus go Ha! Ha! Ha! (Make your own words as well)
38. (Uzbekistan)Song:tothetune“ThisLandwasMadeforYouandMe(SeeAppendixE)
This land is your land, this land is my land, From Nukus City, to Andijon! From the white sand desert, to the big green valley, This land was made for you and me!
This land is your land, this land is my land, From the high, high mountains, to the grassy taiga, From the Sir Daryo River to Samarkand, This land was made for you and me.
39. (Vocabulary)Categories:Putstudentsinacircle.Childrennameitemsinagivencategorysuchasanimals,food,clothing,etc.Goaroundthecircle,andeachchildmustsayawordfromthecategory.Childrenwhorepeatanswersorwhoareun-able to answer quickly must sit down. The final 3 children should begin their letters withalettergivenbytheteacher.
40. (Vocabulary)Duck,Duck,GrayDuck:Childrensitorsquatinacircle.Onechildis‘it’.Hegoesaroundthecircle,tappingeachchildontheheadandsayingacolor,number,orothervocabularyword.Whenthechildsaysthespecialword-decidedbefore(forexampleifyouareusinganimalvocabularythespecialwordcouldbe‘elephant’)thechildwhoistappedmustgetupandrunafterthechildwhois‘it’.Ifhecatchesthe‘it’childbeforehecansitdowninthetaggedchild’splace,thechildwhowas‘it’mustsitinthemiddle.Thenthenewchildis‘it’andrepeatstheprocess.
41. (Vocabulary)BlackboardBingo:Write10-15wordsontheboard.Eachchildshould
�0�
chooseandwritedown5ofthewords.Readoffthewordsinarandomorder.Chil-drenmaymakeacheckastheyhearawordontheirlist.Whenastudentchecksoffallofhiswords,hemustyell“BINGO!”Teacherchecktomakesurehehasallofthewordsthatwerecalled.
42. (Vocabulary)Dialogueinabag:Inabag,putseveralitems,andthe2studentsmustmakeadialogueusingtheseitems.
43. (Vocabulary)DrawingDictation:ForExample:Tellchildren,“Drawahouse.Drawatableinthehouse.Drawacakeonthetable…”Checktoseeifchildrenfolloweddirections.
44. (Vocabulary)FruitBasket:Giveeachchildavocabularywordso thatat least2childrenhavethesameword.Childrensquatorsitinacircle.Onechildisinthemiddle,andcallsoutavocabularyword.Thechildrenwhohavethatwordmustswitchplacesinthecircle.Theymustdoitquicklybecausethechildinthemiddlealsomusttrytogettooneoftheemptyplaces.Whoeverhasnoplaceinthecircleisthenextonetocalloutaword.Ifthechildcalls“FruitBasket”,allthechildrenmust try to find a new place in the circle
45. (Vocabulary)Givealistofwords.Sayanotherwordthatrhymeswithoneonthelist. Children must find the word that rhymes.
46. (Vocabulary)Giveeachstudentaletterfromthealphabetcards.Writeawordontheboardandhavethechildrenspellit.Askstudentswiththoseletterstocometothefrontandlinethemselvesupintheproperordertospelltheword.
47. (Vocabulary)Guesswhat’sinthebox.Putanobjectinaboxanddescribeittothestudents.Havechildrenguesstheobject.Thenchooseachildtodescribeanewobjecttotheclass.
48. (Vocabulary)Hangman:Childorteacherchoosesawordanddrawsalineforeachletterontheboard(forexample,ifthewordiscat,drawthreelines:___).Chil-drenmusttaketurnsguessingletters.Iftheletteristhere,theteacherwritesitin.Iftheletterisnotintheword,drawonepartofabody.Whenthewholebodyisdrawn,thegameisover.Childrenmusttrytoguessthewordbeforethebodyisdrawn.
49. (Vocabulary)Makeacrosswordpuzzleforchildrentosolve.Drawitontheboard,andgivecluesorallyorinwrittenform.
50. (Vocabulary)MemoryGamePut15-30itemsonatable,andletthestudentslookatthemfor30seconds.Thentheyshuttheireyes,andteachersecretlyremovesanobject.Childrenmustdecidewhatwasremoved.
51. (Vocabulary)OddWordOut:Write4wordsontheboard.Threeofthewordsshouldhave something in common, 1 should be different. Children have to figure out which one doesn’t fit, and why. For example: apple, raspberry, potato, peach. Potato doesn’t fit. It is a vegetable.
52. (Vocabulary) Pass race: Teacher hands a word or picture card to the first student andsayswhatitis.Childmustturntothenextchildandsaywhatitis.Repeataroundtheclassroom.
53. (Vocabulary)Pictionary:Callonestudenttotheboard.Whispertohimorheronevocabularyword.Thechildmustdrawthewords,andtheclassmusttrytoguessthewordwithinatimelimit.Canalsobeplayedwithteams.
54. (Vocabulary)Postpicturesofvocabularyaroundtheroom.Calloutaword.Seewho can find the picture first.
55. (Vocabulary)Preparevocabularywordcards-2 foreachvocabularyword.Handout the cards, and children must find the other child who has the same card. They should ask, “Do you have a….?” Variation: Prepare cards with specific times on them instead of vocabularyChildrenmust say, for example: “What timedo youhave?” “I have four fifteen.”
56. (Vocabulary)Put8-10picturesontheboardanddividetheclassinto2groups.Sayawordandthechildmustputhishandonthatpicture.Onechildfromeachteamcom-petes at a time. The child who finds the picture (and puts his hand on it) first wins.
�0�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
57. (Vocabulary)TeacherpreparedtextmostlyinnativelanguagebutwithsomeEng-lishwordsmixedin.ChildrentrytoguesswhattheEnglishwordsmean.
58. (Vocabulary)WheelofFortune:Writeaseriesofdashesontheboard,oneforeachletterofawordorsentence.Inteams,childrenmustcalloutaletter.Iftheletterisinthewordorsentence,writeitin,andgivetheteam10pointsforeachtimeitappears.Iftheletterisnotthere,theotherteamgetsaturn.Ifthechildrenknowthewordorsentence,theymustwaitfortheirteam’sturn,andiftheyarecorrect,theyreceive100points.
59. (Vocabulary)Animal-Food–Color:Everyonestandsinacircle.Oneplayerischosenandisgivenaball.Hetossestheballtosomeoneelseinthecircleandsays‘ani-mal’,‘food’or‘color’.
60. (Vocabulary)BallToss.Tosstheballtoachild.HemustsayanEnglishwordandtossitback.Tossittosomeoneelse.Repeatuntilnoonecanthinkofanewword,orifallstudentsknowthewordswell.
61. (Vocabulary)Bingo-Childrenmakecardswith5rowsof5squares(or4rowsof4),Childrenwriteavocabularywordorpictureineachsquare.Theteacherreadsoffvocabularywords,andthechildputsasmallpieceofpaperoverthewordastheteachersaysit.Whenthechildmakesalineofpaperpieces,eithergoingacross,downordiagonally,hemustyell“BINGO!”Teachercheckshiswords,andthegamecanstartagain.
62. (Vocabulary)Chooseavocabularywordthatcanbedrawn.Drawonepartofit.Askchildrenwhattheythinkitis.Drawanotherpart.Childrenmayguessateachpartthattheteacherdraws,untilthepictureiscompleteorachildguessescorrectly.
63. (Vocabulary)Dividechildreninto3teamsandwrite3lettersontheboard.Onechildfromeachteammaycometotheboardatatime.Theymustwriteawordthatstartswiththatletter.Thenextchildmustwriteawordthatstartswiththelast letter of the word the first child wrote For Example: Apple, elephant, tree, egg,goat…
64. (Vocabulary,AdvancedAlphabet)thechildwhocatchestheballmustsayawordfromthecategory.Ifhecan’theisout.Repeat.
65. (Vocabulary,Alphabet) Divide class into teams. Put all alphabet cards or wordcardsinabag.Childfromeachteammustpickacardandnameit.Gofromoneteamtotheother.Theteamthatnamesthemostletterscorrectlywins.
66. (Vocabulary) Word shape boxes/square game: Teacher makes the shape of thewordusingboxes.Tallboxesfortallletters:l,k.h…squareboxesforsquareletters:a,s,e,r…andlowboxesforlowletters:j,q,p….Childrenmustguessthewordfromitsshape.
�0�
Appendix C: Holiday ActivitiesHalloween
October 31st
History of Halloween
Halloween,orAllHallowsEvebeganasareligiousholiday.AllHallowsDay,adaytore-memberpeoplewhodied,isNovember1.So,onOctober31st,theeve(dayoreveningbefore)ofthisday,somepeoplethoughtthatspirits,orghosts,wouldcometoearthandcausetrouble.Peopledressedup inscarycostumes inordertoscarethespiritsawaybeforetheycouldcausemischief.
OurAmericanholidayhasbecomenon-religious.ChildrenandadultsbothenjoyHallow-een.Theydressupinsillyorscarycostumes,andgotopartiesoroutto“Trick-or-Treat”.Children,dressedincostumes,walkaroundtheirneighborhoodsintheeveningwithabagorpillowcase,knockingondoorsandcallingout“Trick-orTreat”!Theresponsefromtheneighborsistoputcandy,or“treats”,inthebags.Thetraditionisthatiftheneigh-bordoesn’tgiveatreat,thechildwillplaya“trick”onthem.
Halloweentraditions includecarvingafaceinapumpkin-andputtingacandleinsidesothefaceshines(calledaJacko’Lantern),andplayingpartygamessuchas“BobforApples”,“PintheTailontheDonkey”,and“MusicalChairs”.
Traditional costumes include witches, wizards, ghosts, monsters, princesses, pirates,skeletons…becreative!
Traditionalfoodsincludepopcornballs,toastedpumpkinseeds,candy-coveredapplesonastick,applecider,andCANDY!
TraditionalanimalsofHalloweenarebats,spiders,blackcats-anythingthat’sblackorscary.
TraditionalsymbolsofHalloweenareskeletons,pumpkins,witches(stirringabigqazonor flying on brooms), spiders, bats, and ghosts.
Traditionalcolorsareorangeandblack-soevenifyoudon’thaveacostume,youcanstillcelebratetheholidaybywearingthesecolors.
Suggested Activities
Bob For Apples-A large basin of water is placed on the floor. Apples are placed in the water,andchildrenmusttreytopickupanappleusingtheirteeth.Theymustnotusetheirhands.
PintheTailonTheDonkey-Alargeposterofadonkeywithnotail isputonthewall.Children-onatatime-areblindfoldedandgivenapaper“tail”whichtheyshouldtrytopinonthewall-asclosetotherightplaceastheycan.
MusicalChairs-Chairs(onelessthanthenumberofplayers)areplacedinacircle.Musicisplayed,andtheplayerswalkaroundthechairs.Whenthemusicstops,theplayersmustquicklysitdown.Whoeverisleftwithoutachairisout.Onechairistakenaway,andthegamecontinuesuntilonlyonepersonisleft.
PopcornBalls-Popcorn.Makeasugarsyrupwith1partwaterto2partssugar.Boiluntilgolden.Addaspoonfulofbuttertothesyrup.Poursyrupcarefullyoverthepopcorn,andmixwithaspoon.Becareful-itisHOT!Afterafewminutes,putsomebutteroroilonyourhandsandmakeballswiththepopcorn.Coolandeat.
CarvedPumpkinandToastedPumpkinSeeds-Chooseapumpkinwiththin‘walls’.Cutaholeinthetop,aroundthestem,andtakeoutalloftheseeds.Setaside.Drawafaceonthepumpkin.Becreative,butrememberyouhavetocutouttheeyes,noseandmouth.Ifyoudothispleasebeverycareful.ThepumpkinsinUzbekistanareharderandthickerthanthoseinAmerica.Takecaretocutyourself.Putacandleinthepumpkin,andlightintheevening.Taketheseeds,andwashthem,removingallofthepumpkin.Poursome
�0�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
saltandoilonthemandmixwell.Placethemonapan,andbakeuntiltheyaretoasted,about15minutes.Coolandeat.
A Halloween Song
Halloween is Coming Soon (to the tune of ‘London Bridge’, see Ap-pendix B)Halloween is coming soon, coming soon,Coming soon. Halloween is coming soon, Oh, what fun!
Black cats sitting on a fence, on a fenceOn a fence.Black cats sitting on a fence, Meow, meow, meow!
Witches flying on their brooms, on their brooms,On their brooms,Witches flying on their brooms,Eee! Eee! Eee!
2nd Year Activities:
Explainthehistoryoftheholidayinnativelanguage.Teach4-6newwords,suchastrick,treat,ghost,witch,pumpkin,toscare.
Makeascarymask
Teachchildren“TheItsyBitsy(orEentsyWeentsy)Spider”Rhyme.(‘ItsyBitsy’and‘EentsyWeentsy’arebabylanguageandmean‘small’.)(SeeAppendixE)
Makefoldedpaperobjects-seenextpages.
3rd Year- 2 Days of Activities
Explain history of holiday. Encourage children to fill in parts that they remember formthepreviousyear.Learnsomenewwords-animalsorsymbolsassociatedwithHalloween(seeabove)
Brainstormcostumes-learntheEnglishwordsforthem.Drawapictureofacos-tume.
Play“IsitaTrick?”GuessingGame:Makecardswith8-10Halloweensymbolsthatyouteachthechildren.2Childrenshouldcomeuptothefrontoftheroom.Onepicksacardandholdsitbehindtheother’sback.Theotherchildmustaskques-tions-Isitatrick?(yes),Isitaspider?(no)Isitawitch?(YES!).Taketurnsdoingthis.
4th Year-2 Days of Activities
Readtextandtestforunderstanding.Underlinedwordsmaybenewvocabulary.
Halloween is on October 31st. It is an interesting holiday. On this day, children dress up in costumes. They walk around their neighbor-hood and ask their neighbors for treats. Treats are candies or other sweets. It is fun to scare our friends with masks. It is also fun to dress up as a different person or thing. I like to go to Halloween parties. Do you like Halloween?
Makefoldedpaperobjects(seefollowingpages)
DoHalloweenWordSearch(inpairsortogetherontheboard)
Designapumpkinface
Assignchildrentomaketoastedpumpkinseedsforthenextclass.(Warnchildrennottotrytocarveapumpkinface-theycouldcutthemselves)
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�0�
Thanksgiving
The 4th Thursday in November
ThanksgivingisanAmericanholidaywhenwethinkaboutallthethingsweareluckytohave-family,friends,andallofthethingsthatmakeourlivesgood.WhenthePilgrims-the first European settlers in America- first arrived in America, it was a very difficult and dangerousplacetolive.Manypeopledied.ThePilgrimsdidn’tknowhowtoliveandgrowfoodinAmericayet.Theywereveryworriedthattherewouldbenofoodinthewinter.ButtheNativeAmericanswhoalreadylivedinAmericahelpedthePilgrimsandshowedthemhowtogrowfoodandlivethere.BecauseofthekindnessoftheNativeAmericans,thePilgrimslivedthroughthewinter,andinNovember,theyallhadafeast-abigmealtogether,tocelebratetheirfriendshipandtheirgoodfortune.Werememberthistimeon the fourth Thursday of each November. On this day we gather together with ourfriendsandfamilyandeatalargemeal,asymbolofourgoodluckandrichness.Weoftentelleachotherwhywearethankful-andonthisday,wethinkabouthowluckyweare.
SymbolsofThanksgiving:
Aturkey-thetraditionalthanksgivingfood
Acornucopia-ahornshapedbasketfulloffruitsandvegetables-thiswordalsomeans“alotof”
Pilgrims-Pilgrimstraditionallydressedinblackandwhitewithblackhatsforthemen,whitehatsforthewomen.
Corn-especially‘IndianCorn”whichhasdifferentcoloredkernels,isasymbolofhavingenoughtoeat.
TraditionsofThanksgiving:aparade,abigfootballgame,givingthanks,visitingfamilymembers,andeatingalotoffood!
FatTurkeysSong(tothetuneof“DidyoueverseeaLassie?”)
Oh, gobble, gobble, gobble,Fat Turkeys, Fat TurkeysOh, gobble, gobble, gobble,Fat Turkeys we are.We walk very proudly and gobble so loudly,gobble, gobble, gobble, gobble, gobbleOh gobble, gobble, gobble,Fat turkeys we are.
5LittleTurkeysPoem
5 little turkeys standing by a door,One waddled off and then there were 44 little turkeys standing by a door,One waddled off and then there were 33 little turkeys standing by a door,One waddled off and then there were 22 little turkeys standing by a door,One waddled off and then there was 1One little turkey, better run away,For soon will come Thanksgiving Day.
�
�
�
�
�0�Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Suggested Activities for Thanksgiving
3rd Form-2 days
Teachershouldexplaintheoriginoftheholidayinlocallanguage.Teachseveralvocabularywordssuchasturkey,togivethanks,dinner,tradition.Useagamethatthechildrenliketopracticethewords.
Makea“turkey”:Childrentracetheirhandsonapieceofpaper(thethumbisthehead and neck, the fingers are feathers). They can color and decorate the turkey, andthenwriteonethingaboutthemselvesineachofthe“feathers”.
Reviewdaysoftheweek,payingspecialattentiontothepronunciationofthe‘th’inThursday.
SpeakaboutFall
Childrencanalsowriteorspeakaboutwhattheyarethankfulfor.Teachthemthevocabularyasitcomesup-althoughtheyshouldknowmostofthewords.
4th Form- 1 day
Askthechildrenwhattheyrememberabouttheholiday,andthenreadthetext:
On the 4th Thursday of every November, Americans celebrate Thanksgiving. Giving thanks means we like to think about and tell each other about the things we like or love. This tradition started when the first people came to America. The Native Americans helped them to live through the winter. They were so glad they all had a big feast. So now, Americans have a big feast every year to remember all the things that we have, especially our family and our friends. We remember how lucky we are.
Studentsmayalsospeakaboutwhattheyarethankfulfor.Theyshouldusewordslike”Iamthankfulfor…Iamgladthat…
StudentsmaydiscusswhattheywouldeatiftheyhadThanksgivinginUzbekistan.
Christmas
December 25th
New Year’s Eve, New Year’s Day
December 31st, January 1st
InAmerica,Christmasisoneofourfavoriteholidays.Christmasistraditionallyknownasthe birthday of Jesus Christ, the main figure in the Christian religion. Christians celebrate thisholidaybygoingtochurch,butmanyotherpeoplethinkofChristmasnotonlyasareligiousholiday,butasafamilyholiday,andatimetotellourfriendsandlovedoneshowmuchwelovethem.Itisalsoatimetogivegiftstoeachother.Manypeoplestartprepar-ingforChristmasinthebeginningofDecember.WehavepartiesandgetChristmastrees.AChristmastreeisusuallyanevergreentree,whichisdecoratedwithsmalllightsandorna-ments.PeopleinUzbekistanalsodecoratetreesfortheNewYear’sholiday.WeplaceourwrappedgiftsunderneaththeChristmastree,waitingtoopenthemonChristmasmorning.Forchildren,thereisthetraditionofSantaClaus-orSaintNicholas.SantaClausisabigfatmanwhowearsaredandwhitesuit.WesaythatSantaClauslivesattheNorthPole,andhasatoyworkshop.Elves-magicallittlepeoplewithpointedears-areSanta’shelpers.Theyworkallyearmakingtoysforgoodgirlandboys.WesaythatSantaClauskeepsournamesonalistandalwayswriteswhetherwehavebeengoodorbad.Alongwiththetree,we also keep ‘stockings’ or big socks hanging on a wall so that Santa can fill them up with presents. If we have been bad, Santa will fill our stockings with coal instead of presents. On Christmas Eve, we say that Santa flies around the world in a sleigh pulled by flying reindeer, andclimbsdownourchimneystoplacepresentsfromhisbigbagorsackundertheChrist-mastree.OnChristmasmorning,childrenliketowakeupearlytoseewhatgiftsSantahas
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
��0
leftthem.Afteropeninggifts,weoftenvisitrelativesandhavealargemeal.Oftenthismealincludesaroastedgooseasthemaindish.
SomeChristmastraditionsareasfollows:
Caroling- Singing Christmas carols- or songs, is a popular tradition. Sometimesgroupsoffriendsgoaroundtheirneighborhoodsandsingfortheirneighbors.Thisiscalled‘caroling’.
Mistletoe-mistletoe isasmallplantwithwhiteberriesthatgrows intrees.Weoftenhangapieceofmistletoefromtheceilingsinourhomes,andiftwopeoplestandunderthemistletoe,theyshouldkiss.
RoastingChestnuts-ItistraditionaltobuyormakeroastedchestnutsinChristmas.Theyaresimplychestnutsthathavebeenbaked.
Gingerbreadhouse-Agingerbreadhouseisasmallhousemadefromcookiesanddecoratedwithbrightlycoloredcandies.Itisheldtogetherwithasugarfrostingwhichlookslikesnow.Theyarefunforchildrentomakeandeat.
ChristmascookiesforSanta-ChildrenoftenleaveaplateofChristmascookies(anytypeofdecoratedcookie)andaglassofmilkneartheChristmastreeforSantatoeatwhenhecomeswithpresents.
GoingtovisitSantaClaus-Amorerecenttraditionistovisit“SantaClaus”atastoreorpublicplace.ChildrengoandsitonhislapandwhispertohimwhattheywantforChristmas.
Traditionalsymbols:Christmastree,Holly(aplantwithpointed,greenleavesandredberries-itstaysgreeninthewinter),mistletoe,aSanta’scap,candycanes(aredandwhitestripedpeppermintcandy)aChristmastreeAsleigh,andreindeer
TraditionalColors:green,redandwhite
NewYear’sEveandNewYearsDayarealsotraditionalholidaysinAmerica.OnNewYearsEve,peopleoftengotopartiestocelebratetheendoftheoldyear,andthebeginningofthenewone.Weoftenmake“NewYear’sresolutions”onthisday.Thisiswhenwedecidethatwewilldosomethingdifferentlyoraccomplishagoalforthenextyear.NewYear’sDayisadaytospendwithfamilyandfriends,visitingandeatingtogethertocelebratetheNewYear.AtNewYear’sparties,weoftenwearsillyhats,makenoisewithnoisemakers,andthrowsmallpiecesofcoloredpaper,orconfetti,aswe‘countdown’totheNewYear.Peopleusuallystopevery-thing and count down from ten seconds until the first second of midnight, when the New Year begins.Peopleoftendrinkchampagneandeatexpensivefoodstocelebratethisholiday.
TraditionalsymbolsofNewYear’s:
Anoldman-FatherTime,andababy-asymboloftheNewYear.
InNewYork,abigcelebrationtakesplaceinTimesSquare-andpeoplewatcha‘ball’drop.Thisballisalargeballwithlightonitatthetopofabuilding.Attenseconduntilmidnight,itbeginstodrop,andeveryonewatchesituntilitreachestheroofofthebuilding.
SingingAuldLangSyne-aGermansongwhichtranslatesto“thegoodolddays”asongtoremembertimethathaspast,andtellingustolookforwardtotheNewYear.
Suggested Activities for Christmas and New Year
1st Form- 2 days
ExplainAmericanChristmasandNewYear’straditions
MakeanornamentforaChristmastree
LearnashortChristmasCarols-seeAppendixforexamples
CutaChristmastreeshapeoutofpaper,anddecorateit
2nd Year- 3 Days
ExplainholidaytoChildreninnativelanguage
Teachnewvocabularywordssuchasholiday,SantaClaus,present,gift,reindeer,Christmastree,NewYear,old,new
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
LearnChristmasCarols
Playgame“What’sinSanta’sSack?”Childrenshouldfeeltheoutsideofabagandguesswhichobjectisinside.
MakeaChristmasWishList-alistofpresentstheywouldlike
MakeChristmasorNewYear’sTreeornaments
MakeaNewYearsresolution
3rd Year- 2 Days
RemindChildrenabouttheholiday,teachsomenewvocabulary
LearnandsingChristmasCarols
MakeChristmastreeornaments
MakeNewYear’sResolutions
Makeasillypaperhat
4th Year-2 Days
Childrenshouldreadthetextandlearnnewwords
Christmas and New Year’s are 2 holidays at the end of December. On Christmas, children wait for Santa Claus to come and give them pres-ents- but only if they have been good! Christmas is a time for families to be together, and think about all the good things in their lives. On New Year’s Eve we celebrate the end of the old year and the beginning of the New Year. We often go to parties and stay up late to welcome the New Year. We also make resolutions, or goals for the New Year.
SingChristmasCarols
MakeChristmastreeornaments
MakeNewYearsResolutions
Groundhog’s Day
February 2nd
February2ndisGroundhog’sDay.Agroundhogisasmallfurryanimal,aboutthesizeofacat,whichlivesintheground.Theyhibernate,orsleepallwinter.WesaythatonFebru-arysecond,thegroundhogwakesupandcomesoutofhishole.Ifheseeshisshadow,hewillbescaredandgobackintohishole.Thisisasignthattherewillbe6moreweeksofwinter.Ifhedoesnotseehisshadow,wesaythattherewillbeanearlyspring.
Suggested Activities
2nd Form
Teachermayexplainholidayinnativelanguage.Introducevocabulary:groundhog,shadow,scared.
Poem(orsungtothetuneof“I’maLittleTeapot,seeAppendixB)
Here’s a little groundhog, furry and brownHe’s coming up to look around,If he sees his shadow, down he’ll go,Then 6 more weeks of winter, oh no!
Tapepapertothewall,andshinealightonthestudentssotheycastashadow.Tracetheshadowofthestudent’sheads.Theycancutthemoutandplayaguess-inggame“Whoseheadisit?
Teachermayholdaniteminfrontofalight,andstudentsmuchguesswhatitisfromtheshadow.
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
���
4th Form
Teachermaygivestudentsthetext,andtheycanpracticereading.Goovernewvocabulary.Thentheteachermayremovesomewordsandseeifthestudentscanputthewordsbackin.
Studentscanreviewmonthsoftheyearandseasons.PayspecialattentiontotheseasonFebruaryisin.
Poem
Sunday was a lovely day The sun was shining bright The sun on Monday his it’s face Behind some clouds of white On Tuesday we saw only fog And Wednesday brought us more Thursday’s skies were dim and dull And rain began to pour On Friday morning the wind crept up And it began to blow By Saturday the sun peeked out And once more said hello!
St. Valentine’s Day
February 14th
St.Valentine’sDayisFebruary14th.Valentine’sdayisaveryniceholiday.InAmericaitisourtraditiontogivegiftstopeoplewelikeonthisday.Thegiftmaybeacard,aboxofchocolateor sweets, flowers, or something else that the person will like. We give Valentine’s Day gifts to ourfamily,friendsandmaybeourboyfriendsorgirlfriends.Itisadaytotellsomeonehowmuchwelikehimorher.Ifyoulikeaperson,onthisdayyoumaycallhimorher“MyValentine”.
TraditionalsymbolsofValentine’sDay:
Pink or red hearts, Cupid (a little baby with wings who flies around and shoots peoplewitharrows.Thearrowswillmakethepersonfallinlove)andcupidsar-rows,aheartwithanarrowthroughit.
TraditionalsayingsforValentine’sDay:
Bemine,BemyValentine,YouaremyValentine,Youaresweet,Youarenice,Iloveyou,Ilikeyou,You’reasweetheart.
TraditionalcolorsofValentine’sDay:
Pink,redandwhite
Valentine’sDaySongs:
YesIDo(tothetuneof3BlindMice,seeAppendixE)
I love you, I love youYes I do, yes I doI love you every night and dayI love you when I work and play,I love you in so many ways,I love you!
BeMyValentine(tothetuneofMaryHadaLittleLamb,seeAppendixE)
You’re a special friend of mine,
�
�
�
�
�
�
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
friend of mine, friend of mine.You’re a special friend of mine,Be my Valentine!
Suggested Activities
2nd –2 days
Tellchildrenaboutthisholiday.Teachnewvocabularywords:tolike,tolove,gift,andValentine’sDaysayings.Teachthedifferencebetweentolikeandtolove(loveisamuchstrongerwordthanlike).
Makeacardforyourvalentine.
Makevalentinescardsforeveryoneinyourclass,andmake‘mailboxes’thattheycanbedeliveredto.
Discusspolitewordsandwhenandhowtousethem.
3rd –1 day
Reviewholidayanditstraditions.
MakeaValentinesDaycard.
Learnthepoem:
Roses are redViolets are blueSugar is sweetAnd so are you!
4th –1 day
Reviewholidayandreadtext.Removesomeofthevocabularywordsandaskthemif they can fill them in.
Valentine’sDayWordSearch-makephotocopiesordotogetherontheboard.
Discuss adjectives that compliment: beautiful, handsome, pretty, nice, sweet,friendly,cute,smart,clever,etc.Childrenmayusethemtocomplimentsomeone.
Play I’mthinkingofapersonwhois…Studentsdescribeeachotherwithadjec-tives.Theymustguesswhoitis.
Women’s Day
March 8th
InAmerica,wedon’tcelebrateWomen’sDaybutwedocelebrateMother’sDay.Onthisday,weshowourmothershowmuchwelovethembymakingtheirdayextraspecial.Sincemothersusuallydothingsforus,onthisdaywedoeverythingforourmothers.Weoftenmakeourmothersandgrandmothersbreakfast,ortakethemtoarestauranttoeat. We do the housework, and give gifts such as flowers, candy, jewelry or perfume. We giveourmothers“thedayoff!”
Howismother’sDaysimilartoWomen’sDay,andhowisitdifferent?
Suggested Activities
2nd Form
DiscussMother’sDay.AskhowitisdifferentfromWomen’sDay.Teachsomevocabulary:celebrate,toshow,extraspecial,housework,togive
ChildrencantrytousethesevocabularywordsinsentencesaboutWomen’sDay
Makeapictureforyourmother,sisterorgrandmother
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
���
3rd Form
Reviewtext(above),andspeakaboutMother’sDay.
ReviewPoem:
Roses are RedViolets are blueSugar is sweetAnd so are you (or And I love you!)
Playavocabularygame-nameitemsandaskiftheyaregoodgiftsforWomen’sDay.
Playgame:ShoppingforWomen’sDay.Providepicturesofitemswithpricetags.Havedialogsinwhichchildrenmustastheshopkeeper(teacher)foranitem,andthenbuyit.Givestudentspapermoneytoshopwith.
4th Form
Childrenshouldreadthetext,andlookfornewwords.Thenteachercanerasesome of the words, and ask children to fill them in. This can be done with preposi-tions,nouns,oranypartofspeechthatthechildrenneedtopractice.
Childrencanmakesentenceswithnewwords
MakeaWomen’sDaycardorpicture
Playavocabularygame:NameitemsandaskiftheyaregoodgiftforWomen’sDay.
Playgame:ShoppingforWomen’sDay.Providepicturesofitemswithpricetags.Havedialogsinwhichchildrenmustastheshopkeeper(teacher)foranitem,andthenbuyit.Givestudentspapermoneytoshopwith.
St. Patrick’s Day
March 17th
March17thisSt.Patrick’sDay.ThisisadayforChristianstorememberanIrishsaint,St.Patrick.AlthoughitistraditionallyanIrishholiday,theIrishpeopleinAmericahavemadeitsomuchfunthatwesay,“OnSt.Patrick’sDay,everyoneisIrish!”Wetrytoweargreenonthisdayandoftengotopartiesorparades.ThisisadaytoshowprideinbeingIrish.St.PatrickwasamanwhowenttoIrelandalongtimeago.He’sthemostfamoussaintinIrelandandpeoplesayhegotridofallthesnakesthere.
Traditionalsymbols:
AShamrockor4leafedclover.Thisisasmallplantwith3or4roundleavesatthetop.
ALeprechaun[leh-pri-kahn]-thisisasmall,magicalIrishmanwhohasapotfullofgold.Heisverytricky,butifyoucancatchhim,youcanhavehisgold.Itishiddenat“theendoftherainbow”.Weknowthatthereisnosuchplace,andthismeansthat a person can never find it.
Potsofgold,rainbowsandtheleprechaunsgreentophatarealsosymbolsofthisholiday.
Traditionalcolor:
Greenofcourse!
St.Patrick’sDaySong(tothetune,I’maLittleTeapot,seeAppendixB)
I’m a little leprechaun,Dressed in GreenThe smallest man,You’ve ever seen.If you ever catch me, so it’s toldI’ll give you my pot of gold!
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Suggested Activities
2nd Form
Tellchildrenabouttheholiday,andteachsomenewwords:Ireland,Irish,sham-rock,andleprechaun.
Childrencanmake shamrocksand ineachof the leaveswrite somethingaboutthemselves
Reviewcolors,andperhaps“RainbowBingo”toreview.Childrenshouldmakebin-gocardswithcolorwords.Wordscanberepeated,butwheneachcoloriscalled,onlyoneofthecolorsquarescanbecovered.
ShowmapofIreland.FactsaboutIreland:verygreen,peoplespeakEnglish,onesymbol isashamrock. Infairytalesthere isa leprechaun.Littlemanwhotakesgoldandifyoucancatchhim,hehastogiveyouhisgold,whichisattheendofarainbow.Reviewvocabularywords:rainbow,gold,leprechaun,green,shamrockEnglish,Ireland.IncludeothervocabularywordsforWomen’sday.
Game:Bigrainbow,revisecolors.Attheendofeachcolorhaveastackofwordcards.Eachteamgetstopickacolorandtrytotranslatetheword.Playastic-tac-toe.
3rd Form
Recalltext.Speakabouttheleprechaunattheendoftherainbow.Childrenmaydrawtheleprechaunastheyimaginehim.
Practicespellingwordsfromthetext.
Ask children where they would hide something if they wanted no one to find it.
4th Form
Childrenshouldreadthetextandlearnnewwords.Teachermaywritethetextontheboard,andafterchildrenlearnwords,removesome,andseeiftheycanrecallthem.
Makeamatchinggame:Writevocabularywordson“goldcoins”(yellowpiecesofpaper).Eachwordshouldbewrittenon2ofthepiecesofpaper.Hanoneouttoeach child, and they must find the match. This may be with antonyms, or English/locallanguagetranslations.
Navruz
March 21st
NavruzistheCentralAsianNewYear.ItisMarch21st.Itisaveryniceholiday.Peoplearehappy,anditisspring.Wegotoparties,sing,danceandmakesumalak.Wecanmakewishedonsmallstonesthatwethrowinthesumalakpot.Wevisitourfamilyandfriends.WeeatalotoftastyfoodsonNavruz.Thereisnoschoolonthisday,sowecanrest.NavruzisaspecialholidayinUzbekistan.
Suggested Navruz Activities
(Please remember that you can make your own Navruz lessons and activities!)
2daysofactivitiesforeachyear
DrawapicturethatdescribesNavruz.
TeacherdictatesapictureaboutNavruz.Teacheralsodictatescolorsofthepic-ture.
Readtext.Copyandtranslate.
Writeowntextwiththeclassorindividually.
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
���
Answerthequestions:
What do you do on Navruz?What is Navruz?When is Navruz?What do you eat on Navruz?
Writeasetofsentences,describinghowtopreparesumalak.Writethesentenceson the board out of order. Children must arrange the sentences in order of first, second,thirdstep…
Teachwordssuchastostir,toboil,tosqueeze,tocollect,toadd,etc.
WhichfoodsdoyouliketoeatonNavruz?Eachchildcandrawandlabeladishtotapeona“Navruzable”alargepieceofpaper.Thispicturecanbedisplayedinclass.
Reviewfamilywords,andtheverb‘tovisit.’
Reviewmonthsoftheyear,daysanddates.
WritethelettersN.A.V.R.U.Z.ontheboard.Childrenmustthinkofawordthatstartswitheachoftheseletters.ThentrytouseitinasentenceaboutNavruz.Theymaybeverysillysentences.
See who can think of and write the most words starting with the lettersN.A.V.R.U.Z.
April Fool’s Day
April 1st
April first is April Fool’s Day. On this day it is common to play jokes on your friends. This meansthatyoutellyourfriendssomethingthat isfunny,butnottrue.Oryoucandosomethingtomakethemfeelsilly.Peoplecanbeverycreativeonthisdayandmakeupveryinterestingandfunnystoriesto‘fool’theirfriends-thatis,tomaketheirfriendsfeelsillyorfoolish.Thisholidaystartedlongago,whenNewYear’sDaywaschangedfromApriltoJanuary1st.Therewerenotelevisions,radiosortelephones,somanypeopledidn’thearaboutthischangerightaway.PeoplewhostillcelebratedtheNewYearonApril1stwere‘fools’andpeopleplayedjokesonthemandcalledthemAprilFools!
Traditionaljokestoplayonpeople:
Tellsomeonehisorhershoeisuntied.
Tellsomeonethereissomethingonhisorherface.
Teachersoftentellchildrentherewillbeasurprisetestonthisday.
Studentsmayplayajoketosurprisetheirteacher.
Tell someone there is a fly or bug in his or her food or drink.
2nd Form- ½ class
Tellchildrenaboutthisholidayandaskthemwhomtheywouldplayajokeonandwhatwouldthatjokebe?
3rd Form- ½ class
Remindchildrenaboutthisholiday.Teachthewordstotrick,tojoke,tofool,toplayajokeon.Letchildrenmakeupsentencesusingthesenewverbs.
ImagineyourfriendtoldyouthatNavruzhadbeenchangedtoMay15th.Wouldyoubelievehim?Whatwouldyoudo?Wouldyouthinkthathewasplayingajokeonyou?
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
�
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
Appendix D: Fun Day ActivitiesYoumayuseanysongs,gamesorreviewactivitiesonFunDays.Hereareafewothergamesuggestions.
7Up:7childrenarechosentocometothefrontoftheroom.Allotherchildrenmustputtheirheadsontheirdesksandclosetheireyes.Theyshouldholdouttheirhand,andholdtheirthumbup.The7childreneachmoveveryquietlytoonestudent,andtouchhisorherthumb.Thentheygobacktothefront.Teachersay,“Headsup,7up!The7childrenwhosethumbsweretouchedstandup,andmustguesswhotouchedtheirthumb.Iftheyguesscorrectly,theytaketheplaceofthatchild.Repeat.
Alphabet Bingo: Use the alphabet to fill in Bingo Cards (5 rows of 5 squares) teacher or childcallsletters,andthechildrencovertheletterswithsmallpiecesofpaperastheyare called. The first child to cover a row of letters (across, down or diagonally) wins the game.
AroundtheWorld:Thisgamemaybeplayedwithanyvocabulary,orsimplemath.Thefirst two children in the front desk stand up. Teacher gives a word, and the child must translateit(or,inthecaseofmath,solvetheequation).Thechildwhoanswersmorequicklymovestothenextchild,andtheteachergivesanotherwordorequation.Whenonechilddoesn’tanswermorequicklythantheother,hemustsitwherehe is(don’tmovebacktoownseat).Thisway,youcanseewhohasmovedthefarthestaroundtheroom.
BlanketNameGame:Dividetheclassinto2teams.2childrenmustholdtheblanketupsotheteamscan’tseetheotherteams.Eachteamquicklychoosesachildtostandinfrontoftheblanket.Thechildrenquicklypulldowntheblanketandeachchildmusttryto say the other’s name first. The child who says the name first brings the other child to histeam.
Detective:Labelthecornersoftheroom1,2,3and4.Onechildisblindfolded-thedetec-tive.TheotherchildrenmustmoveVERYQUIETLYfromonecornertoanother.Whentheyareallintheirchosencorner,thedetectivecallsoutanumberwhereheorshethinkschildrenarestanding.Allchildreninthatcornermustsitdown.Childrenmoveagain,andthedetectivecallsoutanumber.Repeatuntilthereisonechildleft.Thatchildbecomesthenewdetective.
HumanKnot:Childrenstandinaclosecircle.Theyeachputonehandinthemiddleofthecircle,andholdsomeoneelse’shand.Thentheyeachputtheirotherhandinthecircleandholdadifferenthand.Withoutbreakinghands,childrenmustundotheknottheyhavemade,andmakethemselvesintoacircle,allholdinghands.
SherpaWalk:Blindfoldeddirectionswithalineofblindfoldedchildren,eachholdingtheshoulderofthechildbeforehimorher.
Tic-Tac-Toe(NoughtsandCrosses):MakealargeTic-Tac-Toeboardontheboard.Dividetheclassinto2teams.Onechildfromeachteamcomestothefrontandmustansweraquestionortranslateaword.Whoeveranswersmorequicklymayputamarkontheboardforhisorherteam.
Titanic:Childrenwalkaroundinalargespace,asiftheyweretakingawalkontheTi-tanic.Theteachercallsoutanumber-usually1-6,dependingonnumberofchildren.Thismeansthattheshipissinkingandthechildrenmustgetinthelifeboatsinsetsofthatnumber.Theymustholdhandswithnomoreorlesschildrenthatthenumbercalled.Thosechildrennotholdinghandwithenoughchildrenornonemustsitdown.Repeatuntilafewchildrenremain.
ZipzapZop:Childrenmuststandinacircle:Goinginorderaroundthecircle,childrenmustsay,zip,thenzap,andthenzop.Childrenhave2secondstosaytheappropriateword.Iftheysaythewrongwordorhesitatetoolong,theyareout.Continueuntilthereisonestudentleft.
���
10 Little Fingers 10 Little Kittens
1 little, 2 little, 3 little kittens
4 little, 5 little, 6 little kittens
7 little, 8 little, 9 little kittens
10 little kittens in a row!
Good Morning SongGood Morning, Good Morning,
How are you, How are you?
Very Well, I thank you
Very Well, I thank you
How are you, How are you?
Where’s my Desk?Where’s my desk? Where’s my desk?
Here it is! Here it is!
I can touch the desk, I can touch the desk,
With my hand, With my hand.
Thiscanbedonewithotherclassroomobjectsaswell:
Where’s my chair(2), Near my desk!(2) I will sit in my chair(2) Quietly(2)
Where’s my pencil(2), On my desk(2)I can hold my pencil(2) In my hand(2)
Where’s the window(2) Over there(2), I can see the outside (2) Of my school(2)
I Like MiceI like mice, I like mice
Squeak, squeak, squeak
Squeak, squeak, squeak
Nose and eyes and whiskers,
Nose and eyes and whiskers
I like mice, I like mice.
Days of the Week SongSunday, Monday,
Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday,
Friday, Saturday, Then we start again
Head, Shoulders, Knees and ToesHead, Shoulders Knees and Toes, Knees and Toes
Head, Shoulders Knees and Toes, Knees and Toes
Eyes and ears and mouth and nose,
Head, Shoulders Knees and Toes, Knees and Toes
The Good Morning SongOh, the duck says quack
And the cow says moo,
The old red rooster says
Cock-a-doodle-do.
The sheep says baa,
And the cat says meow
But I say good morning
When I see you!
Halloween Song Halloween is coming soon, coming soon,
coming soon.
Halloween is coming soon, Oh, what fun!
Black cats sitting on a fence, on a fence
On a fence.
Black cats sitting on a fence,
Meow, meow, meow!
Witches flying on their brooms, on their brooms,
On their brooms,
Witches flying on their brooms,
Eee! Eee! Eee!
Fat Turkeys Song Oh, gobble, gobble, gobble,
Fat Turkeys, Fat Turkeys
Oh, gobble, gobble, gobble,
Fat Turkeys we are.
We walk very proudly and gobble so loudly,
Gobble, gobble, gobble, gobble, gobble
Oh gobble, gobble, gobble,
Fat turkeys we are.
Groundhogs Day SongHere’s a little groundhog, furry and brown
He’s coming up to look around,
If he sees his shadow, down he’ll go,
Then 6 more weeks of winter, oh no!
Adjective SongLooking in the mirror, what do I see?
I see a (body part) smiling at me.
Looking in the mirror, what do I see?
I see someone who looks like me!
St. Patrick’s Day Song I’m a little leprechaun,
Dressed in Green
The smallest man,
You’ve ever seen.
If you ever catch me, so it’s told
I’ll give you my pot of gold!
Appendix E: Songs and Music
���Elementary English Curriculum Teacher’s Manual
3 Blind MiceYes I Do
I love you, I love you
Yes I do, yes I do
I love you every night and day
I love you when I work and play,
I love you in so many ways,
I love you!
Mary Had a Little LambBe My Valentine
You’re a special friend of mine,
friend of mine,
friend of mine.
You’re a special friend of mine,
Be my Valentine!